Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2010
Registration Number 333-164590
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 3531 | 134275891 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number) |
7777 North 73
rd
Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
(414) 354-2310
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's of principal executive offices)
James L. Janik
President and Chief Executive Officer
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
7777 North 73
rd
Street
Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53233
(414) 354-2310
(Name, address and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Bruce D. Meyer
Ari B. Lanin Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP 333 South Grand Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90071 (213) 229-7000 |
Gregg A. Noel
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP 300 South Grand Avenue Los Angeles, CA 90071 (213) 687-5000 |
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.
(Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public)
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer
ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company o |
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
||||
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
|
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering Price(1)(2) |
Amount of
Registration Fee |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Common Stock, $.01 par value |
$150,000,000 | $10,695(3) | ||
|
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED , 2010
Shares
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are selling shares of common stock and the selling stockholders are selling shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. Prior to this offering there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $ and $ per share. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PLOW."
The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis an aggregate of additional outstanding shares from the selling stockholders to cover over-allotments of shares.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14.
|
Price to
Public |
Underwriting
Discounts and Commissions |
Proceeds to
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. |
Proceeds to
to Selling Stockholders |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Per Share | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Total | $ | $ | $ | $ |
Delivery of the shares of our common stock will be made on or about , 2010.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Credit Suisse | Oppenheimer & Co. | |
Baird |
|
Piper Jaffray |
The date of this prospectus is , 2010.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. The information in this prospectus may only be accurate as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities offered hereby in any jurisdiction where, or to any person to whom, it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation.
Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation
Until , 2010 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
The following summary should be read together with, and is qualified in its entirety by, the more detailed information and financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. For a more complete understanding of this offering, we encourage you to read this entire prospectus, including the "Risk Factors" section, before making an investment in our common stock.
In this prospectus, unless the context indicates otherwise: "Douglas Dynamics," the "Company," "we," "our," "ours" or "us" refer to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. (formerly known as Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.) and its subsidiaries and "Douglas Holdings" refers to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. exclusive of its subsidiaries. Douglas Dynamics, Inc. is a Delaware corporation and the issuer of the common stock offered hereby.
Our Company
We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. In 2009, we generated net sales, Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in "Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data") and net income of $174.3 million, $45.2 million and $9.8 million, respectively, as compared to net sales, Adjusted EBITDA and net income of $180.1 million, $47.7 million and $11.5 million, respectively, for 2008. See "Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" for a discussion of why management uses Adjusted EBITDA to measure our financial performance, and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA.
We offer the broadest and most complete product line of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for light trucks in the U.S. and Canadian markets. We also provide a full range of related parts and accessories, which generates an ancillary revenue stream throughout the lifecycle of our snow and ice control equipment. The following charts highlight our net sales by product type and brand for the year ended December 31, 2009:
Net Sales by Product Type | Net Sales by Brand | |
|
|
|
We sell our products through a distributor network primarily to professional snowplowers who are contracted to remove snow and ice from commercial, municipal and residential areas. Because of the short snow season (which we consider to run from October 1 through March 31), unpredictability of snowfall events and the difficult weather conditions under which our end-users operate, our end-users have a fairly limited time frame in which to generate income. Accordingly, our end-users demand a high degree of quality, reliability and service. Over the last 50 years, we have engendered exceptional customer loyalty for our products because of our ability to satisfy the stringent demands of our customers. As a result, we believe our installed base is the largest in the industry with over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. Because sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders are primarily driven by the need of our core end-user base to replace worn existing
1
equipment, we believe our substantial installed base provides us with a high degree of predictable sales over any extended period of time.
We believe we have the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us and are located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist. A breakdown of our distributor base is reflected in the table below:
We believe we are the industry's most operationally efficient manufacturer due to our vertical integration, highly variable cost structure and intense focus on lean manufacturing. We continually seek to use lean principles to reduce costs and increase the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. Our manufacturing efficiencies have contributed to the increase of our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2000 to 2009. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, our manufacturing efficiency allows us to deliver desired products quickly to our customers during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfall events, when our customers need our products immediately. Our ability to deliver products on a rapid and efficient basis through lean manufacturing allows us to both better serve our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.
2
Our Industry
The light truck snow and ice control equipment industry in North America consists predominantly of domestic participants that manufacture their products in North America. Snowplow sales account for a significant portion of snow and ice control equipment sales for light trucks, with sand and salt spreader sales accounting for a lesser portion. The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.
The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of snow and ice control equipment in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes equipment usage to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they otherwise might have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, thereby extending its useful life and delaying replacement equipment purchases.
While snowfall levels vary within a given year and from year-to-year, snowfall, and the corresponding replacement cycle of snow and ice control equipment, is relatively consistent over multi-year periods. The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from 1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.
Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)
Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.
Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.
The demand for snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users
3
cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.
Sales of parts and accessories for 2008 and 2009, respectively, were approximately 69.4% and 55.7% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years, which management believes is largely a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the recent economic downturn. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased in 2008 and 2009 as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2008 and 2009 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during these years, as equipment unit sales in 2008 and 2009 remained below the ten-year average, while snowfall levels in 2008 and 2009 were considerably above the ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.
Long-term growth in the overall snow and ice control equipment market also results from geographic expansion of developed areas in the snowbelt regions of North America, as well as consumer demand for technological enhancements in snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories that improves efficiency and reliability. Continued construction in the snowbelt regions in North America increases the aggregate area requiring snow and ice removal, thereby growing the market for snow and ice control equipment. In addition, the development and sale of more reliable, more efficient and more sophisticated products have contributed to an approximate 2% to 4% average unit price increase in each of the past five years.
Our Competitive Strengths
We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our extensive distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. As the market leader in snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, we enjoy a set of competitive advantages versus smaller, more regionally-focused equipment providers, which allows us to generate robust cash flows in all snowfall environments and to support continued investment in our products, distribution capabilities and brand regardless of annual volume fluctuations. We believe these advantages are rooted in the following competitive strengths and reinforces our industry leadership over time.
Exceptional Customer Loyalty and Brand Equity. Our brands enjoy exceptional customer loyalty and brand equity in the snow and ice control equipment industry with both end-users and distributors which have been developed through over 50 years of superior innovation, productivity, reliability and support, consistently delivered season after season. We believe many of our end-users are second and third generation owners of our snow and ice control equipment. Our surveys have found that past brand experience, rather than price, is the key factor impacting snowplow purchasing decisions. Because a professional snowplower can typically recoup the cost of a plow within a very short period of time, and in some cases, as a result of one major snowfall event, we believe quality, reliability and functionality are more important factors in our end-users' purchasing decisions than price.
Broadest and Most Innovative Product Offering. We provide the industry's broadest product offering with a full range of snowplows, sand and salt spreaders and related parts and accessories. We believe we maintain the industry's largest and most advanced in-house new product development program, historically introducing several new and redesigned products each year. Our broad product offering and commitment to new product development is essential to maintaining and growing our leading market share position as well as continuing to increase the profitability of our business. We believe we have introduced or redesigned more efficient and productive products over the last five years (including the redesigned Fisher and Western V Plows in 2006 and the Fisher and Western Power Plows in 2007) than any of our competitors, driving increased value for our customers. Our products are covered by over 40
4
issued or pending U.S. and Canadian patents related to snow and ice control equipment technologies and other important product features and designs.
Extensive North American Distributor Network. With over 720 direct distributors, we benefit from having the most extensive North American direct distributor network in the industry, providing a significant competitive advantage over our peers. Our distributors function not only as sales and support agents (providing access to parts and service), but also as industry partners providing real-time end-user information, such as retail inventory levels, changing consumer preferences or desired functionality enhancements, which we use as the basis for our product development efforts. We believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively, even though few are contractually required to do so. Despite the importance of our distributor network as a whole, no one distributor represents more than 5% of our net sales.
Leader in Operational Efficiency. We believe we are a leader in operational efficiency in our industry, resulting from our application of lean manufacturing principles and a highly variable cost structure. By utilizing lean principles, we are able to adjust production levels easily to meet fluctuating demand, while controlling costs in slower periods. This operational efficiency is supplemented by our highly variable cost structure, driven in part by our access to a sizable temporary workforce (comprising approximately 10-15% of our total workforce), which we can quickly adjust, as needed. Due in substantial part to our operational efficiency, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2000 to 2009. The upcoming closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility demonstrates the success of our lean initiatives. These manufacturing efficiencies enable us to respond rapidly to urgent customer demand during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfalls, allowing us to provide exceptional service to our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors that we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.
Strong Cash Flow Generation. We are able to generate significant cash flow as a result of relatively consistent high profitability (Adjusted EBITDA Margins averaged 25.4% from 2007 to 2009), low capital spending requirements and predictable timing of our working capital requirements. We have historically been able to pass through increases in operational costs and raw material prices, including steel surcharges when necessary, to maintain our profitability. Our cash flow results will also benefit substantially from approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years, which has the impact of reducing our corporate taxes owed by approximately $6.7 million on an annual basis during this period, in the event we have sufficient taxable income to utilize such benefit. Our significant cash flow has allowed us to reinvest in our business, reduce long term debt and pay substantial dividends to our stockholders.
Experienced Management Team. We believe our business benefits from an exceptional management team that is responsible for establishing our leadership in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. Our senior management team, consisting of four officers, has an average of approximately 19 years of weather-related industry experience and an average of over nine years with our company. James Janik, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has been with us for over 16 years and in his current role since 2000, and through his strategic vision, we have been able to expand our distributor network and grow our market leading position.
Our Business Strategy
Our business strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to maximize cash flow to pay dividends, reduce indebtedness and reinvest in our business to create stockholder value. The building blocks of our strategy are:
5
Continuous Product Innovation. We believe new product innovation plays an essential role in maintaining and growing our market-leading position in the snow and ice control equipment industry. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to increase productivity, ease of use, reliability, durability and serviceability of our products. In addition, we have incorporated and will continue to incorporate lean manufacturing concepts into our product development process, which has allowed us to reduce the overall cost of development and, more importantly, to reduce our time-to-market by nearly one-half. As a result of these efforts, approximately $73.0 million or 50% of our 2009 equipment sales came from products introduced or redesigned in the last five years.
Distributor Network Optimization. We will continually seek opportunities to optimize our portfolio of over 720 direct distributors by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network to ensure we maximize our ability to generate revenue while protecting our industry leading reputation, customer loyalty and brands. We also focus on optimizing this network by providing in-depth training, valuable distributor support and attractive promotional and incentive opportunities. As a result of these efforts, we believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively. Over the last ten years, we have grown our network by over 250 distributors. We believe this sizable high quality network is unique in the industry, providing us with valuable insight into purchasing trends and customer preferences, and would be very difficult to replicate.
Aggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus. We will continue to aggressively manage our assets in order to maximize our cash flow generation despite seasonal and annual variability in snowfall levels. We believe our ability is unique in our industry and enables us to achieve attractive margins in all snowfall environments. Key elements of our asset management and profit focus strategies include:
Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales in a particular year to maximize cash flow.
Flexible, Lean Enterprise Platform. We will continue to utilize lean principles to maximize the flexibility, efficiency and productivity of our manufacturing operations while reducing the associated costs, enabling us to increase distributor and end-user satisfaction. For example, in an environment where shorter lead times and near-perfect order fulfillment are important to our distributors, our lean processes have helped us to build a reputation for providing industry leading shipping performance. In 2009, we fulfilled 98.2% of our orders on or before the requested ship date, without error in content, packaging or delivery.
Our cost reduction efforts also include the rationalization of our supply base and implementation of a global sourcing strategy, resulting in approximately $2.6 million of cumulative annualized cost savings from 2006 to 2009. Since 2006, we have reduced our supply base by 36% from over 450 suppliers to approximately 288 today. In January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will become our central focus for specific component purchases and will provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future.
6
Our Growth Opportunities
Increase Our Industry Leading Market Share. We plan to leverage our industry leading position, distribution network and new product innovation capabilities to capture market share in the North American snow and ice control equipment market, focusing our primary efforts on increasing penetration in those North American markets where we believe our overall market share is less than 50%. We also plan to continue growing our presence in the snow and ice control equipment market outside of North America, particularly in Asia and Europe, which we believe could provide significant growth opportunities in the future.
Opportunistically Seek New Products and New Markets. We will consider external growth opportunities within the snow and ice control industry and other equipment or component markets. We plan to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities within our industry that can help us expand our distribution reach, enhance our technology and as a consequence improve the breadth and depth of our product lines. We also consider diversification opportunities in adjacent markets that complement our business model and could offer us the ability to leverage our core competencies to create stockholder value.
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below, the risks described under "Risk Factors," and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock:
Contemplated Financing Transactions in Connection with this Offering
In connection with this offering, we intend to increase our existing term loan facility by $ million. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with an increase in our term loan facility to redeem the outstanding 7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2012, which we refer to in this prospectus as our senior notes, issued by our direct wholly-owned subsidiaries, Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. which we refer to in this prospectus as Douglas LLC, and Douglas Dynamics Finance
7
Company, which we refer to in this prospectus as Douglas Finance. The total redemption amount is expected to be approximately $ million, which amount includes accrued and unpaid interest and the associated redemption premium. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we also intend to amend our existing senior credit facilities to permit the redemption of our senior notes.
Douglas Holdings is a holding corporation that was formed and capitalized by Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands exempt limited partnership, which we collectively refer to in this prospectus as the "Aurora Entities." Douglas Holdings was formed for the purpose of effectuating the acquisition of our business in March 2004 from AK Steel Corporation, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Acquisition. Douglas Holdings owns all of the issued and outstanding limited liability company interests of Douglas LLC, our operating company, together with its subsidiaries.
We maintain our principal executive offices at 7777 North 73 rd Street, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53223, and our telephone number is (414) 354-2310. We maintain a website at www. .com . Information contained on our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.
"WESTERN," "FISHER" and "BLIZZARD" and their respective logos are trademarks. Solely for convenience, from time to time we refer to our trademarks in this prospectus without the ® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks.
8
Issuer |
Douglas Dynamics, Inc. | |
Common stock offered by us |
shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
shares |
|
Over-allotment option |
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to additional outstanding shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments. |
|
Common stock outstanding after this offering |
shares. |
|
Use of proceeds |
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering together with an increase in our term loan facility to redeem our senior notes, including accrued and unpaid interest and the related redemption premium, for an estimated total of $ million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, including any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment option. See "Use of Proceeds." |
|
Dividend policy |
Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the consummation of this offering, at an initial quarterly rate of $ per share. The declaration and payment of these dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes, the terms of our indebtedness and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions." |
|
Risk factors |
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock. |
|
Proposed NYSE symbol |
PLOW |
9
Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:
10
SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following summary consolidated financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The results indicated below and elsewhere in this prospectus are not necessarily indicative of our future performance. You should read this information together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Capitalization," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
For the year ended December 31 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data |
||||||||||
Equipment sales |
$ | 122,091 | $ | 151,450 | $ | 147,478 | ||||
Parts and accessories sales |
17,974 | 28,658 | 26,864 | |||||||
Net sales |
140,065 | 180,108 | 174,342 | |||||||
Cost of sales |
97,249 | 117,911 | 117,264 | |||||||
Gross profit |
42,816 | 62,197 | 57,078 | |||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
22,180 | 26,561 | 27,639 | |||||||
Income from operations |
20,636 | 35,636 | 29,439 | |||||||
Interest expense, net |
(19,622 | ) | (17,299 | ) | (15,520 | ) | ||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2,733 | ) | | | ||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(87 | ) | (73 | ) | (90 | ) | ||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
(1,806 | ) | 18,264 | 13,829 | ||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | ||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (1,057 | ) | $ | 11,471 | $ | 9,843 | |||
Cash Flow |
||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 20,040 | $ | 23,411 | $ | 25,571 | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,045 | ) | (3,113 | ) | (8,200 | ) | ||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
$ | 4,083 | $ | (2,265 | ) | $ | (1,850 | ) | ||
Other Data |
||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | ||||
Capital expenditures(1) |
$ | 1,049 | $ | 3,160 | $ | 8,200 |
|
As of December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Selected Balance Sheet Data |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,519 | $ | 53,552 | $ | 69,073 | ||||
Total assets |
375,649 | 391,264 | 404,619 | |||||||
Total debt |
234,363 | 233,513 | 232,663 | |||||||
Total liabilities |
283,705 | 293,203 | 296,395 | |||||||
Total redeemable stock and stockholders' equity |
91,944 | 98,061 | $ | 108,224 |
11
Discussion of Adjusted EBITDA
In addition to our results under United States generally accepted accounting principles, which we refer to in this prospectus as GAAP, we also use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, non-GAAP financial measures, which we consider to be important and supplemental measures of our performance. Adjusted EBITDA represents net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring charges related to the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, certain unrelated legal expenses and a one-time stock option repurchase, as well as management fees paid by us to Aurora Management Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and an affiliate of the Aurora Entities, and ACOF Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and an affiliate of Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to as "Ares" in this prospectus. Adjusted EBITDA Margin is defined as Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of net sales. We use, and we believe our investors, and in particular, the Aurora Entities and Ares, which we collectively refer to as our principal stockholders in this prospectus, benefit from the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin in evaluating our operating performance because they provide us and our investors with additional tools to compare our operating performance on a consistent basis by removing the impact of certain items that management believes do not directly reflect our core operations. In addition, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are useful to investors and other external users of our consolidated financial statements in evaluating our operating performance as compared to that of other companies, because they allow them to measure a company's operating performance without regard to items such as interest expense, taxes, depreciation and depletion, and amortization and accretion, which can vary substantially from company to company depending upon accounting methods and book value of assets and liabilities, capital structure and the method by which assets were acquired. Our management also uses Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual operating budget and financial projections and believes Adjusted EBITDA Margin is useful in assessing the profitability of our core businesses. Management also uses Adjusted EBITDA to evaluate our ability to make certain payments, including dividends, in compliance with our senior credit facilities, which is determined based on a calculation of "Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA" that is substantially similar to Adjusted EBITDA. The definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA under our senior credit facilities differs from our definition of Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus primarily because the definition in our senior credit facilities excludes additional non-cash charges and non-recurring expenses, which we have not incurred during the periods presented.
Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin have limitations as analytical tools. As a result, you should not consider them in isolation, or as substitutes for net income, operating income, operating income margin, cash flow from operating activities or any other measure of financial performance or liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations are:
12
The Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to in this prospectus as the SEC, has adopted rules to regulate the use in filings with the SEC and public disclosures and press releases of non-GAAP financial measures, such as Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin, that are derived on the basis of methodologies other than in accordance with GAAP. These rules require, among other things:
The rules prohibit, among other things:
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA as well as the resulting calculation of Adjusted EBITDA Margin, for each of the periods indicated:
|
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (1,057 | ) | $ | 11,471 | $ | 9,843 | ||||
Interest expensenet |
19,622 | 17,299 | 15,520 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2,733 | | | ||||||||
Income taxes |
(749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | |||||||
Depreciation expense |
4,632 | 4,650 | 5,797 | ||||||||
Amortization |
6,164 | 6,160 | 6,161 | ||||||||
EBITDA |
31,345 | 46,373 | $ | 41,307 | |||||||
Management fees |
1,400 | 1,369 | 1,393 | ||||||||
Stock option repurchase |
| | 732 | (1) | |||||||
Other non-recurring charges |
| | 1,748 | (2) | |||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | |||||
Adjusted EBITDA Margin(3) |
23.4% | 26.5% | 25.9% |
13
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before deciding whether to purchase our common stock. Our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as other risks not currently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase any shares of our common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
Our results of operations depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall. As a result, a decline in snowfall levels in multiple regions for an extended time could cause our results of operations to decline and adversely affect our ability to pay dividends.
As a manufacturer of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, and related parts and accessories, our sales depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall in the regions in which we offer our products. A low level or lack of snowfall in any given year in any of the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada) will likely cause sales of our products to decline in such year as well as the subsequent year, which in turn may adversely affect our results of operations and ability to pay dividends. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsSeasonality and Year-to-Year Variability." A sustained period of reduced snowfall events in one or more of the geographic regions in which we offer our products could cause our results of operations to decline and adversely affect our ability to pay dividends.
The year-to-year variability of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from year-to-year; whereas the seasonality of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from quarter-to-quarter.
Because our business depends on the level, timing and location of snowfall, our results of operations vary from year-to-year. Additionally, because the annual snow season typically only runs from October 1 through March 31, our distributors typically purchase our products during the second and third quarters. As a result, we operate in a seasonal business. We not only experience seasonality in our sales, but also experience seasonality in our working capital needs. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition can vary from year-to-year, as well from quarter-to-quarter, which could affect our ability to pay dividends. If we are unable to effectively manage the seasonality and year-to-year variability of our business, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends may suffer.
If economic conditions in the United States continue to remain weak or deteriorate further, our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends may be adversely affected.
Historically, demand for snow and ice control equipment for light trucks has been influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. During the last few years, economic conditions throughout the United States have been extremely weak, and may not improve in the foreseeable future. Weakened economic conditions may cause our end-users to delay purchases of replacement snow and ice control equipment and instead repair their existing equipment, leading to a decrease in our sales of new equipment. Weakened economic conditions may also cause our end-users to delay their purchases of new light trucks. Because our end-users tend to purchase new snow and ice control equipment concurrent with their purchase of new light trucks, their delay in purchasing new light trucks can also result in the
14
deferral of their purchases of new snow and ice control equipment. The deferral of new equipment purchases during periods of weak economic conditions may negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition and ability to pay dividends.
Weakened economic conditions may also cause our end-users to consider price more carefully in selecting new snow and ice control equipment. Historically, considerations of quality and service have outweighed considerations of price, but in a weak economy, price may become a more important factor. Any refocus away from quality in favor of cheaper equipment could cause end-users to shift away from our products to less expensive products, which in turn would adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.
Our failure to maintain good relationships with our distributors, the loss or consolidation of our distributor base or the actions or inactions of our distributors could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to pay dividends.
We depend on a network of truck equipment distributors to sell, install and service our products. Nearly all of these sales and service relationships are at will, and less than 1% of our distributors have agreed not to offer products that compete with our products. As a result, almost all of our distributors could discontinue the sale and service of our products at any time, and those distributors that primarily sell our products may choose to sell competing products at any time. Further, difficult economic or other circumstances could cause any of our distributors to discontinue their businesses. Moreover, if our distributor base were to consolidate or if any of our distributors were to discontinue their business, competition for the business of fewer distributors would intensify. If we do not maintain good relationships with our distributors, or if we do not provide product offerings and pricing that meet the needs of our distributors, we could lose a substantial amount of our distributor base. A loss of a substantial portion of our distributor base could cause our sales to decline significantly, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.
In addition, our distributors may not provide timely or adequate service to our end-users. If this occurs, our brand identity and reputation may be damaged, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.
Lack of available financing options for our end-users or distributors may adversely affect our sales volumes.
Our end-user base is highly concentrated among professional snowplowers, who comprise over 50% of our end-users, many of whom are individual landscapers who remove snow during the winter and landscape during the rest of the year, rather than large, well-capitalized corporations. These end-users often depend upon credit to purchase our products. If credit is unavailable on favorable terms or at all, our end-users may not be able to purchase our products from our distributors, which would in turn reduce sales and adversely affect our results of operations and ability to pay dividends.
In addition, because our distributors, like our end-users, rely on credit to purchase our products, if our distributors are not able to obtain credit, or access credit on favorable terms, we may experience delays in payment or nonpayment for delivered products. Further, if our distributors are unable to obtain credit or access credit on favorable terms, they could experience financial difficulties or bankruptcy and cease purchases of our products altogether. Thus, if financing is unavailable on favorable terms or at all, our results of operations and ability to pay dividends would be adversely affected.
The price of steel, a commodity necessary to manufacture our products, is highly variable. If the price of steel increases, our gross margins could decline.
Steel is a significant raw material used to manufacture our products. During 2007, 2008 and 2009, our steel purchases were approximately 12%, 15% and 18% of our revenue, respectively. The steel
15
industry is highly cyclical in nature, and steel prices have been volatile in recent years and may remain volatile in the future. Steel prices are influenced by numerous factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions domestically and internationally, the availability of raw materials, competition, labor costs, freight and transportation costs, production costs, import duties and other trade restrictions. After experiencing a downward trend in steel prices throughout most of 2009, steel prices may increase as a result of increased demand from the automobile and consumer durable sectors. If the price of steel increases, our variable costs may increase. We may not be able to mitigate these increased costs through the implementation of permanent price increases or temporary invoice surcharges, especially if economic conditions remain weak and our distributors and end-users become more price sensitive. If we are unable to successfully mitigate such cost increases in the future, our gross margins could decline.
We depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources.
We purchase certain components essential to our snowplows and sand and salt spreaders from outside suppliers, including off-shore sources. Most of our key supply arrangements can be discontinued at any time. A supplier may encounter delays in the production and delivery of such products and components or may supply us with products and components that do not meet our quality, quantity or cost requirements. Additionally, a supplier may be forced to discontinue operations. Any discontinuation or interruption in the availability of quality products and components from one or more of our suppliers may result in increased production costs, delays in the delivery of our products and lost end-user sales, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
In addition, we have begun to increase the number of our off-shore suppliers. Our increased reliance on off-shore sourcing may cause our business to be more susceptible to the impact of natural disasters, war and other factors that may disrupt the transportation systems or shipping lines used by our suppliers, a weakening of the dollar over an extended period of time and other uncontrollable factors such as changes in foreign regulation or economic conditions. In addition, reliance on off-shore suppliers may make it more difficult for us to respond to sudden changes in demand because of the longer lead time to obtain components from off-shore sources. We may be unable to mitigate this risk by stocking sufficient materials to satisfy any sudden or prolonged surges in demand for our products. If we cannot satisfy demand for our products in a timely manner, our sales could suffer as distributors can cancel purchase orders without penalty until shipment.
We do not sell our products under long-term purchase contracts, and sales of our products are significantly impacted by factors outside of our control; therefore, our ability to estimate demand is limited.
We do not enter into long-term purchase contracts with our distributors and the purchase orders we receive may be cancelled without penalty until shipment. Therefore, our ability to accurately predict future demand for our products is limited. Nonetheless, we attempt to estimate demand for our products for purposes of planning our annual production levels and our long-term product development and new product introductions. We base our estimates of demand on our own market assessment, snowfall figures, quarterly field inventory surveys and regular communications with our distributors. Because wide fluctuations in the level, timing and location of snowfall, economic conditions and other factors may occur, each of which is out of our control, our estimates of demand may not be accurate. Underestimating demand could result in procuring an insufficient amount of materials necessary for the production of our products, which may result in increased production costs, delays in product delivery, missed sale opportunities and a decrease in customer satisfaction. Overestimating demand could result in the procurement of excessive supplies, which could result in increased inventory and associated carrying costs.
16
If we are unable to enforce, maintain or continue to build our intellectual property portfolio, or if others invalidate our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.
We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets and trademarks to protect certain of the proprietary aspects of our business and technology. We hold approximately 20 U.S. registered trademarks (including the trademarks WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD®), 5 Canadian registered trademarks, 28 U.S. issued and pending patents and patent applications and 15 Canadian patents. Although we work diligently to protect our intellectual property rights, monitoring the unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult, and the steps we have taken may not prevent unauthorized use by others. In addition, in the event a third party challenges the validity of our intellectual property rights, a court may determine that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or enforceable. An adverse determination with respect to our intellectual property rights may harm our business prospects and reputation. Third parties may design around our patents or may independently develop technology similar to our trade secrets. The failure to adequately build, maintain and enforce our intellectual property portfolio could impair the strength of our technology and our brands, and harm our competitive position. Although the Company has no reason to believe that its intellectual property rights are vulnerable, previously undiscovered intellectual property could be used to invalidate our rights.
If we are unable to develop new products or improve upon our existing products on a timely basis, it could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
We believe that our future success depends, in part, on our ability to develop on a timely basis new technologically advanced products or improve upon our existing products in innovative ways that meet or exceed our competitors' product offerings. Continuous product innovation ensures that our consumers have access to the latest products and features when they consider buying snow and ice control equipment. Maintaining our market position will require us to continue to invest in research and development and sales and marketing. Product development requires significant financial, technological and other resources. We may be unsuccessful in making the technological advances necessary to develop new products or improve our existing products to maintain our market position. Industry standards, end-user expectations or other products may emerge that could render one or more of our products less desirable or obsolete. If any of these events occur, it could cause decreases in sales, a failure to realize premium pricing and an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
We face competition from other companies in our industry, and if we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, it could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
We primarily compete with regional manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks. While we are the most geographically diverse company in our industry, we may face increasing competition in the markets in which we operate. Moreover, some of our competitors may have or may develop greater financial resources, lower costs, superior service or technology or more favorable operating conditions than we maintain. As a result, competitive pressures we face may cause price reductions for our products, which would affect our profitability or result in decreased sales and operating income.
We are subject to complex laws and regulations, including environmental and safety regulations, that can adversely affect the cost, manner or feasibility of doing business.
Our operations are subject to certain federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation, disposal and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials into the environment, the manufacturing of motor vehicle accessories and employee health and safety. We cannot be certain that existing and
17
future laws and regulations and their interpretations will not harm our business or financial condition. We currently make and may be required to make large and unanticipated capital expenditures to comply with environmental and other regulations, such as:
While we cannot predict the future cost of such compliance, during 2009 we expended approximately $450,000 related to compliance with such regulations and could expend similar or greater amounts in the future. In addition, under these laws and regulations, we could be liable for:
Our operations could be significantly delayed or curtailed and our costs of operations could significantly increase as a result of regulatory requirements, restrictions or claims. We are unable to predict the ultimate cost of compliance with these requirements or their effect on our operations.
Financial market conditions have had a negative impact on the return on plan assets for our pension plans, which may require additional funding and negatively impact our cash flows.
Our pension expense and required contributions to our pension plan are directly affected by the value of plan assets, the projected rate of return on plan assets, the actual rate of return on plan assets and the actuarial assumptions we use to measure the defined benefit pension plan obligations. Due to the significant financial market downturn during 2008, the funded status of our pension plans has declined. As of December 31, 2009, our pension plans were underfunded by approximately $9.0 million. In 2009, contributions to our defined benefit pension plans were approximately $1.4 million. If plan assets continue to perform below expectations, future pension expense and funding obligations will increase, which would have a negative impact on our cash flows. Moreover, under the Pension Protection Act of 2006, it is possible that continued losses of asset values may necessitate accelerated funding of our pension plans in the future to meet minimum federal government requirements.
The statements regarding our industry, market positions and market share in this prospectus are based on our management's estimates and assumptions. While we believe such statements are reasonable, such statements have not been independently verified.
Information contained in this prospectus concerning the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and other market share data regarding the industry are based on estimates our management prepared using end-user surveys, anecdotal data from our distributors and distributors that carry our competitors' products, our results of operations and management's past experience, and on assumptions made, based on our management's knowledge of this industry, all of which we believe to be reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainties, especially given the year-to-year variability of snowfall and the difficulty of obtaining precise information about our competitors, and may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, we have not independently verified the information from any third-party source and thus cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness, although management also
18
believes such information to be reasonable. Our actual operating results may vary significantly if our estimates and outlook concerning the industry, snowfall patterns, our market positions or our market shares turn out to be incorrect.
We are subject to product liability claims, product quality issues, and other litigation from time to time that could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.
The manufacture, sale and usage of our products expose us to a risk of product liability claims. If our products are defective or used incorrectly by our end-users, injury may result, giving rise to product liability claims against us. If a product liability claim or series of claims is brought against us for uninsured liabilities or in excess of our insurance coverage, and it is ultimately determined that we are liable, our business and financial condition could suffer. Any losses that we may suffer from any liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our products, may divert management's attention from other matters and may have a negative impact on our business and operating results. Additionally, we could experience a material design or manufacturing failure in our products, a quality system failure or other safety issues, or heightened regulatory scrutiny that could warrant a recall of some of our products. A recall of some of our products could also result in increased product liability claims. Any of these issues could also result in loss of market share, reduced sales, and higher warranty expense.
We are heavily dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and management team.
Our continued success depends on the retention, recruitment and continued contributions of key management, finance, sale and marketing personnel, some of whom could be difficult to replace. Our success is largely dependent upon our senior management team, led by our Chief Executive Officer and other key managers. The loss of any one or more of such persons could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Our indebtedness could adversely affect our operations, including our ability to perform our obligations and pay dividends.
As of , as adjusted to give effect to this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom (including the redemption of our senior notes), we would have had approximately $ million of senior secured indebtedness and $ million of available borrowings under our revolving credit facility. We may also be able to incur substantial indebtedness in the future, including senior indebtedness, which may or may not be secured. For example, concurrent with this offering, we intend to increase our existing term loan facility by $ million. Further, if this offering is completed and all our senior notes are redeemed, our revolving credit facility and term loan facility will mature in May 2012 and May 2013, respectively. See "Description of IndebtednessSenior Credit Facilities."
Our indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including the following:
19
If any of these consequences occur, our financial condition, results of operations and ability to pay dividends could be adversely affected. This, in turn, could negatively affect the market price of our common stock, and we may need to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We cannot assure you that any refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds that may be realized from those sales, or that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly and could impose adverse consequences.
Certain of our borrowings, including our term loan and any revolving borrowings under our senior credit facilities, are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. In addition, the interest rate on any revolving borrowings is subject to an increase in the interest rate if the average daily availability under our revolving credit facility falls below a certain threshold. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would correspondingly decrease.
Our senior credit facilities impose restrictions on us, which may also prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities and taking certain corporate actions. One of these facilities also includes minimum availability requirements, which if unsatisfied, could result in liquidity events that may jeopardize our business.
Our senior credit facilities contain, and future debt instruments to which we may become subject may contain, covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that could otherwise benefit our company, including restrictions on our ability to:
Our revolving credit facility also includes limitations on capital expenditures and requires us to maintain at least $6.0 million of borrowing availability. Failure to maintain such availability would constitute a "liquidity event" under our revolving credit facility, and as a result we would be required
20
to comply with a fixed charge coverage ratio test. In addition, if such a liquidity event (or an event of default) occurs and is continuing, subject to certain limited cure rights, all proceeds of our accounts receivable and other collateral will be applied to reduce obligations under our revolving credit facility, jeopardizing our ability to meet other obligations. Our ability to comply with the covenants contained in our senior credit facilities or in the agreements governing our future indebtedness, and our ability to avoid liquidity events, may be affected by events, or our future performance, which are subject to factors beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial, industry and weather conditions, such as the level, timing and location of snowfall and general economic conditions in the snowbelt regions of North America. A failure to comply with these covenants could result in a default under our senior credit facilities, which could prevent us from paying dividends, borrowing additional amounts and using proceeds of our inventory and accounts receivable, and also permit the lenders to accelerate the payment of such debt. If any of our debt is accelerated or if a liquidity event (or event of default) occurs that results in collateral proceeds being applied to reduce such debt, we may not have sufficient funds available to repay such debt and our other obligations, in which case, our business could be halted and such lenders could proceed against any collateral securing that debt. Further, if the lenders accelerate the payment of the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full the indebtedness under our senior credit facilities and our other indebtedness, if any. We cannot assure you that these covenants will not adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs to pursue available business opportunities or react to changes in our business and the industry in which we operate.
The closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility may entail risks to our business.
As part of our lean manufacturing strategy to lower our fixed costs, we plan to close our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility in mid 2010, and thereby reduce our manufacturing facilities from three to two. In connection with this closure, we plan to relocate our Johnson City operations and equipment into our remaining two facilities. We cannot assure you that we will realize contemplated cost savings from the closure of this facility. In addition, there may be risks associated with this closure for which we are unprepared, such as labor and employment litigation, difficulties implementing a smooth transition and the possibility that this closure leaves us with insufficient manufacturing capacity. It is therefore possible that our business could be negatively affected by the closure of this facility.
Risks Related to this Offering of Our Common Stock
An active, liquid and orderly trading market for our common stock may not develop or be maintained, which could limit your ability to sell shares of our common stock.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has not have been a public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on The New York Stock Exchange, which we refer to in this prospectus as the NYSE, an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for our shares will be determined by negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the market price at which shares of our common stock will trade after this offering. In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price.
21
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline or could subject us to securities class action litigation.
Even if a trading market develops, the market price of shares of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the many risk factors listed in this section and others beyond our control, including:
Furthermore, the stock markets recently have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions or interest rate changes may cause the market price of shares of our common stock to decline. If the market price of a share our common stock after this offering does not exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.
In addition, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or if they change their recommendations regarding our stock adversely, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and other reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have any and may never obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.
Substantial future sales of our common stock in the public market could cause our stock price to fall.
Additional sales of our common stock in the public market after the consummation of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Upon consummation of this offering, we will have shares of common stock
22
outstanding. The shares of our common stock sold in this offering, as well as any shares disposed of upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, will be freely transferable without restriction or additional registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Securities Act. The remaining shares of common stock outstanding after this offering will be available for sale subject to, and in accordance with, the provisions of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and to the extent applicable, any lock-up agreements that we, our officers, directors, employees and stockholders enter into. As any resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, pursuant to certain provisions of our securityholders agreement that will remain in effect after the consummation of this offering, all securityholders who are parties to the securityholders agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock, and certain securityholders are entitled to demand registration of their shares. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSecurityholders Agreement." Registration of any such shares under the Securities Act would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration.
As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.
Purchasers in this offering will immediately experience substantial dilution in net tangible book value of the shares they purchase. Because our common stock was originally sold at prices substantially lower than the initial public offering price that you will pay, you will suffer immediate dilution of $ per share in net tangible book value. The exercise of outstanding options, of which are outstanding and exercisable as of , 2010, may result in further dilution. See "Dilution."
Since no proceeds from this offering will be used to grow our business or develop new products, the value of your investment in our common stock could be negatively impacted.
We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering together with an increase in our term loan facility to redeem our senior notes (including accrued and unpaid interest and the related redemption premium). We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds." We do not intend to use any of the proceeds from this offering to grow our business or develop new products, which could negatively impact the value of your investment in our common stock.
Our principal stockholders will hold a significant portion of our common stock and may have different interests than us or you in the future.
Immediately after the consummation of this offering our principal stockholders will have the right to vote or direct the vote of approximately % (or % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) of our voting power. Consequently, our principal stockholders will, and will for the foreseeable future continue to, be able to influence the election and removal of our directors and influence our corporate and management policies, including virtually all matters requiring stockholder approval, such as potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. This concentration of ownership may delay or deter possible changes in control of our company, which may reduce the value of your investment. We cannot assure you that the interests of our principal stockholders will coincide with the interests of our other holders of common stock. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSecurityholders Agreement."
23
Provisions of Delaware law and our charter documents could delay or prevent an acquisition of us, even if the acquisition would be beneficial to you.
Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. These provisions include:
We are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits us from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder, as defined in that section, for a period of three years following the date on which that stockholder became an interested stockholder. Since the respective affiliates of Aurora Capital Group and Ares Management that are common stockholders became interested stockholders of our company more than three years ago, we are not constrained by this provision with respect to business combinations with these stockholders. See "Description of Capital Stock." This provision, together with the provisions discussed above, could also make it more difficult for you and our other stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions, and could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.
If we are unable to assess favorably the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal controls, our stock price could be adversely affected.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the related rules adopted by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending 2011, our management will be required to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any changes necessary to make a favorable assessment of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, in connection with the attestation process by our independent registered public accounting firm, we may encounter problems or delays in completing the implementation of any requested improvements and receiving a favorable attestation. If we cannot timely and favorably assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide an unqualified attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting, investor confidence and our stock price could decline.
24
Risks Relating to Our Dividend Policy
You may not receive the level of dividends provided for in the dividend policy our Board of Directors will adopt or any dividends at all.
We are not obligated to pay dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. However, the declaration and payment of all future dividends to holders of our common stock are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors, which may amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason, including, our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances.
Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. If we were to use borrowings under our senior credit facilities to fund our payment of dividends, we would have less cash and/or borrowing capacity available for future dividends and other purposes, which could negatively affect our financial condition, our results of operations, our liquidity and our ability to maintain and expand our business. Accordingly, you may not receive dividends in the intended amounts, or at all. Any reduction or elimination of dividends may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.
Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities, and by Delaware law.
Our senior credit facilities restrict our ability to pay dividends. See "Description of IndebtednessSenior Credit Facilities" and "Dividend Policy and Restrictions," where we describe the terms of our indebtedness, including provisions limiting our ability to declare and pay dividends. In addition, as a result of general economic conditions, conditions in the lending markets, the results of our business or for any other reason, we may elect or be required to amend or refinance our senior credit facilities, at or prior to maturity, or enter into additional agreements for indebtedness. Any such amendment, refinancing or additional agreement may contain covenants which could limit in a significant manner or entirely our ability to pay dividends to you.
Additionally, under the Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to in this prospectus as the DGCL, our Board of Directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless it is either paid out of surplus, as calculated in accordance with the DGCL, or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."
If, as a result of these restrictions, we are required to reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends, a decline in the market price or liquidity, or both, of our common stock could result. This may in turn result in losses by you.
Douglas Holdings, the issuer of the common stock being offered hereby, is a holding company with no operations of its own and depends on its subsidiaries for cash.
The terms of our senior credit facilities significantly restrict our subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to Douglas Holdings. In addition, the terms of our revolving credit facility specifically restricts Douglas Holdings' subsidiaries from paying dividends to Douglas Holdings if we do not maintain minimum availability under our revolving credit facility, and both our senior credit facilities restrict subsidiaries from paying dividends to Douglas Holdings if a default or event of default has occurred and is continuing under our senior credit facilities. As of , we had the necessary
25
availability to pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, assuming the redemption of our senior notes. We cannot assure you that we will maintain this availability. For a description of our dividend policy and the limitations on the payment of dividends contained in our senior credit facilities, see "Description of Indebtedness" and "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."
Our dividend policy may limit our ability to pursue growth opportunities.
If we pay dividends at the level currently anticipated under our dividend policy, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to finance growth opportunities, meet any large unanticipated liquidity requirements or fund our operations in the event of a significant business downturn. In addition, because a significant portion of cash available will be distributed to holders of our common stock under our dividend policy, our ability to pursue any material expansion of our business, including through acquisitions, increased capital spending or other increases of our expenditures, will depend more than it otherwise would on our ability to obtain third party financing. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available to us at all, or at an acceptable cost. If we are unable to take timely advantage of growth opportunities, our future financial condition and competitive position may be harmed, which in turn may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
Market interest rates may have an effect on the trading value of our shares.
One of the factors that investors may consider in deciding whether to buy or sell our shares is our dividend rate as a percentage of our shares price relative to market interest rates. If market interest rates increase, prospective investors may demand a higher dividend yield on our shares or seek alternative investments paying higher dividends or interest. As a result, interest rate fluctuations and capital market conditions can affect the market value of our shares. For instance, if interest rates rise, it is likely that the market price of our shares will decrease as market rates on interest-bearing securities, such as bonds, increase.
26
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are identified by terms and phrases such as "anticipate," "believe," "intend," "estimate," "expect," "continue," "should," "could," "may," "plan," "project," "predict," "will" and similar expressions and include references to assumptions and relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements included in this prospectus to reflect any future events or circumstances. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are discussed in this prospectus under the caption "Risk Factors" as well as elsewhere in this prospectus.
Information contained in this prospectus concerning the snow and ice control equipment industry for pickup trucks and sport utility vehicles, which we refer to as light trucks in this prospectus, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and other market share data regarding this industry are based on estimates our management prepared using end-user surveys, anecdotal data from our distributors and distributors that carry our competitors' products, our results of operations and management's past experience, and on assumptions made by our management, based on its knowledge of this industry, all of which we believe to be reasonable. These estimates and assumptions are inherently subject to uncertainties and may prove to be inaccurate. In addition, we have not independently verified the information contained in any independent third-party source, although management also believes such information to be reasonable.
27
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering (after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and our estimated offering expenses) of approximately $ million. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering. We will use the net proceeds to us from this offering, together with the $ million increase in our term loan facility, as follows, assuming a closing date of , 2010 (in millions of dollars):
Sources
|
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Gross offering proceeds to us |
|||||
Increase in term loan facility |
|||||
Cash |
|||||
|
|||||
Total sources |
$ | ||||
|
|||||
Uses
|
|
||||
Redemption of senior notes(1) |
|||||
Redemption of Series B and Series C preferred stock |
|||||
Estimated fees and expenses(2) |
|||||
Total uses |
$ | ||||
28
DIVIDEND POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS
General
During 2008 and 2009, we did not declare or pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Our Board of Directors will, however, adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. This policy reflects our present judgment that it is in the best interest of our stockholders to distribute to them a significant portion of the cash generated by our business. We believe our dividend policy will limit, but not preclude, our ability to pursue growth opportunities. This limitation could be significant, for example, with respect to large acquisitions and growth opportunities that require cash investments in amounts greater than our available cash or external financing resources.
In accordance with this dividend policy and based upon our Board of Directors' review of our historical results of operations and the restrictions in our debt instruments, we currently intend to pay a quarterly dividend on our common stock, commencing with the first full fiscal quarter following the consummation of this offering, at an initial quarterly rate of $ per share, on or about , 2010, to holders of record on , 2010.
There can be no assurance that we will declare or pay any cash dividends. The declaration and payment of these dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition or earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also prevent us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances. See "Risk FactorsOur ability to pay dividends will be restricted by agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities, and by Delaware law," "Restrictions on Payment of Dividends" and "Description of Indebtedness." Over time, our capital and other cash needs may change significantly from our current needs, which could affect whether we pay dividends and the level of any dividends we may pay in the future. Moreover, our Board of Directors may amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason. Accordingly, you may not receive dividends in the intended amounts, or at all.
Restrictions on Payment of Dividends
Our ability to pay dividends will be restricted by current and future agreements governing our debt, including our senior credit facilities and by Delaware law.
Senior Credit Facilities
Our senior credit facilities, which are comprised of a $60.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our revolving credit facility, and an $85.0 million senior secured term loan facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our term loan facility, impose limitations on our ability to pay dividends. Under the restricted payments covenants for each of our senior credit facilities, we generally are restricted from paying dividends on our common stock other than dividends solely in shares of common stock to holders of that class. However, so long as no default or event of default and, in the case of our revolving credit facility only, no "liquidity event," has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment, (a) we can make restricted payments, including dividends, in an amount equal to the Restricted Payment Amount described below, and (b) we can make an additional $10.0 million in dividends or other restricted payments. Our payment of dividends under clause (a) above is also currently subject to satisfaction of certain conditions set forth in the indenture governing our senior notes and incorporated into our senior credit facilities, which we intend to eliminate in our senior credit facilities prior to the consummation of this offering. In addition, the occurrence of a liquidity event is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. The amount available for dividends pursuant to the Restricted Payment Amount and the additional
29
$10.0 million may also be used for restricted payments other than dividends (including certain payments of indebtedness, redemptions of stock, payments to retire options and warrants and payment of certain management fees), certain investments and certain payments of debt. To the extent that these amounts are used for a payment other than dividends, the amount available to be used for the payment of dividends would be reduced accordingly.
A "liquidity event" would occur if our availability under our revolving credit facility is less than $6.0 million (or if additional revolving commitments are made under our revolving credit facility, $6.0 million plus 10 percent of the aggregate amount of such increased commitments).
"Restricted Payment Amount" is generally defined under our senior credit facilities to mean, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the difference (but not less than zero) between (i) "Restricted Payment EBITDA" (which is a measurement of cash flow defined in our senior credit facilities reflecting our Adjusted EBITDA as further adjusted for purposes of the dividend and restricted payments covenant) and (ii) the product of 2.0 multiplied by our cumulative interest expense (determined, in each case, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter after May 21, 2007 through and including the last full fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting period) preceding such date of determination), plus (b) the net cash proceeds received by us from a capital contribution or sale of capital stock after May 21, 2007 subject to certain adjustments for investments and other restricted payments. Due to restrictions under the indenture governing our senior notes which are incorporated into our senior credit facilities, as of December 31, 2008, no Restricted Payment Amounts were available for dividends and as of December 31, 2009, $7.86 million in Restricted Payment Amounts were available for dividends.
Our senior credit facilities preclude us from declaring any dividends if a default or event of default under our senior credit facilities or in the case of our revolving credit facility, a liquidity event, has occurred and is continuing.
The foregoing is a summary of the actual provisions that are included in our senior credit facilities. copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to this registration statement. For a description of additional terms relating to our senior credit facilities, see "Description of IndebtednessSenior Credit Facilities."
Delaware Law
Under Delaware law, our Board of Directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless either it is paid out of our "surplus" (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities (including contingent liabilities) minus statutory capital), or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. The value of a corporation's assets can be measured in a number of ways and may not necessarily equal their book value. The value of our capital may be adjusted from time to time by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors may base this determination on our financial statements, a fair valuation of our assets or another reasonable method. Although we believe we will be permitted to pay dividends at the anticipated levels in compliance with Delaware law, our Board of Directors will periodically seek to assure itself that the statutory requirements will be met before actually declaring dividends. In future periods, our Board of Directors may seek opinions from outside valuation firms to the effect that our solvency or assets are sufficient to allow payment of dividends, and such opinions may not be forthcoming. If we sought and were not able to obtain such an opinion, we likely would not be able to pay dividends. Douglas Holdings, the issuer of the common stock offered hereby, is a holding company and conducts all of its operations through its subsidiaries. As a result, Douglas Holdings will rely principally on distributions from its subsidiaries to have funds available for the payment of dividends. Each of our subsidiaries was formed in Delaware. As a result, they are also subject to the similar considerations and limitations under Delaware law on distributions.
30
The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2009, our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization:
31
This table should be read together with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
December 31, 2009 | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | As Adjusted | |||||||
|
(in thousands,
except share data) |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 69,073 | $ | ||||||
Indebtedness: |
|||||||||
Revolving loan |
$ | | $ | ||||||
Term loan |
82,663 | ||||||||
7 3 / 4 % senior notes due 2012 |
150,000 | | |||||||
Capital lease obligations |
| ||||||||
Other indebtedness |
| ||||||||
Total indebtedness |
232,663 | ||||||||
Redeemable Preferred stock, Series A, par value $0.01 per share, 65,000 shares authorized, no shares outstanding |
| ||||||||
Redeemable Preferred stock, Series B, par value $0.01 per share, 1 share authorized, 1 share outstanding |
1 | | |||||||
Redeemable Preferred stock, Series C, par value $0.01 per share, 1 share authorized, 1 share outstanding |
1 | | |||||||
Stockholders' equity |
|||||||||
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1,000,000 shares authorized, 607,221 shares outstanding |
6 | ||||||||
Stockholders' notes receivable |
(1,013 | ) | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
60,111 | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss |
(3,937 | ) | |||||||
Retained earnings |
53,055 | ||||||||
Total stockholders' equity |
108,222 | ||||||||
Total capitalization |
$ |
340,887 |
$ |
||||||
32
If you purchase shares of our common stock, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution. Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock to be sold in this offering will exceed the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after the offering. Net tangible book value per share represents the amount of total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, divided by shares of our common stock outstanding, as of that date. The net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities, as adjusted to give effect to the redemption of our senior notes and $ million in additional borrowings pursuant to our increased term loan facility, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2009. After giving effect to the redemption of our senior notes, the $ million in additional borrowings pursuant to and this offering, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been $ , or $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to the existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | ||||
Net tangible book value per share at December 31, 2009 |
$ | ||||
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors |
$ | ||||
Adjusted net tangible book value per share |
$ | ||||
Dilution per share to new investors |
$ |
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase or decrease our net tangible book value by $ , the net tangible book value per share after the consummation of this offering by $ and the dilution per share to new investors by $ , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, any increase or decrease in the number of shares that we (but not the selling stockholders) sell in this offering will increase or decrease our net proceeds by such increase or decrease, as applicable, multiplied by the offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses. Any exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option, whether in full or part, will not impact our adjusted net tangible book value and corresponding dilution per share to new investors as all such proceeds will be received by the selling stockholders.
The following table summarizes, on the same as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2009, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us or from the selling stockholders, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
If the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after the consummation of this offering would be reduced to % of the total
33
number of shares of our common stock outstanding after consummation of this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to , or % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
If all our outstanding stock options and deferred stock units had been exercised or converted to common stock as of December 31, 2009, assuming the treasury stock method, our adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2009 would have been approximately $ million, or $ per share of our common stock, and our adjusted net tangible book value after giving effect to this offering would have been $ per share, representing dilution in our adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors of $ .
34
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth our selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods and at the dates indicated. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The selected historical consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 are derived from our historical financial statements not included in this prospectus.
You should read the selected consolidated financial data presented on the following pages in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus as well as our "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
|
As of December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||
Selected Balance Sheet Data |
|||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 36,902 | $ | 12,441 | $ | 35,519 | $ | 53,552 | $ | 69,073 | |||||||
Total current assets |
87,437 | 70,367 | 91,491 | 115,414 | 133,534 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
390,915 | 365,168 | 375,649 | 391,264 | 404,619 | ||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
32,994 |
18,089 |
19,013 |
23,858 |
25,187 |
||||||||||||
Total debt |
239,900 | 227,608 | 234,363 | 233,513 | 232,663 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
283,473 | 271,447 | 283,705 | 293,203 | 296,395 | ||||||||||||
Total redeemable stock and stockholders' equity |
107,442 |
93,721 |
91,944 |
98,061 |
$ |
108,224 |
|
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data |
|||||||||||||||||
Total sales |
$ | 183,608 | $ | 145,779 | $ | 140,065 | $ | 180,108 | $ | 174,342 | |||||||
Gross profit |
71,920 |
45,232 |
42,816 |
62,197 |
57,078 |
||||||||||||
Income from operations |
46,799 |
20,459 |
20,636 |
35,636 |
29,439 |
||||||||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
10,978 | 443 | (749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | |||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
19,121 |
197 |
(1,057 |
) |
11,471 |
9,843 |
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) per basic share |
$ |
29.79 |
$ |
(0.36 |
) |
$ |
(1.74 |
) |
$ |
18.64 |
$ |
16.21 |
|||||
Net income (loss) per diluted share |
$ | 27.35 | $ | (0.36 | ) | $ | (1.74 | ) | $ | 18.20 | $ | 15.85 |
|
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||
Other Data |
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 56,461 | $ | 32,564 | $ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | |||||||
Capital expenditures(1) |
$ | 3,534 | $ | 3,449 | $ | 1,049 | $ | 3,160 | $ | 8,200 |
35
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income (loss), the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods indicated. For more information, see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in "Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data."
|
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 | 2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 19,121 | $ | 197 | $ | (1,057 | ) | $ | 11,471 | $ | 9,843 | ||||||
Interest expensenet |
16,745 |
20,095 |
19,622 |
17,299 |
15,520 |
||||||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | 2,733 | | | ||||||||||||
Income taxes |
10,978 | 443 | (749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | |||||||||||
Depreciation expense |
3,937 | 4,284 | 4,632 | 4,650 | 5,797 | ||||||||||||
Amortization |
4,377 | 6,166 | 6,164 | 6,160 | 6,161 | ||||||||||||
EBITDA |
55,158 | 31,185 | 31,345 | 46,373 | $ | 41,307 | |||||||||||
Management fees |
1,303 | 1,379 | 1,400 | 1,369 | 1,393 | ||||||||||||
Stock option repurchase |
| | | | 732 | (1) | |||||||||||
Other non-recurring charges |
| | | | 1,748 | (2) | |||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 56,461 | $ | 32,564 | $ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | |||||||
36
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 should be read together with our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategies for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus.
Overview
Our Business
We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. We sell our products exclusively through what we believe is the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us and are located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of approximately 15 years. We continually seek to grow and optimize our network by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network. Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist.
The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years. The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall.
Accordingly, our sales depend primarily on the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of our products in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes usage of our equipment to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. In addition, when there is a heavy snowfall in a given winter, the increased income our professional snowplowers generate from their professional snowplow activities provides them with increased purchasing power to purchase replacement snow and ice control equipment prior to the following winter. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they might otherwise have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, thereby extending its useful life and delaying replacement equipment purchases. Because the level, timing and location of snowfall are critical drivers of our sales, our results of operations vary from year-to-year and from season to season as snow fall varies from year to year. See "Seasonality and
37
Year-to-Year Variability" and "Risk FactorsThe year-to-year variability of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from year-to-year; whereas the seasonality of our business can cause our results of operations and financial condition to be materially different from quarter-to-quarter."
The demand for our snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. While our parts and accessories yield slightly higher gross margins than our snow and ice control equipment, they yield significantly lower revenue than equipment sales, which adversely affects our results of operations. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.
Costs of Sales and Selling, General and Administrative Expense
Our costs of sales consist primarily of variable costs, including labor, materials and manufacturing overhead, which average approximately 81% to 84% of our total costs of sales each year. Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of our expenses for general administration, sales, marketing, advertising, administration, incentive plans and intangible amortization. Because of our highly variable cost structure, we are able to easily reduce our costs of sales during periods following a year in which snowfall levels were low and during periods in which sales are lower. Our selling, general and administrative expenses can also be reduced temporarily in such periods to maximize cash flow.
Although steel is a significant component of our cost of sales, we attempt to mitigate increases in the price of steel by implementing corollary price increases for our products in the form of a permanent price increase (in circumstances in which we believe the increase in the price of steel will be permanent) or temporary surcharges (in circumstances in which we believe the increase in the price of steel will be temporary).
Specifically, our cost of sales increased in 2008 and remained high in 2009 due in large part to elevated steel costs but also due to increased sales. Through the implementation of a permanent price increase and temporary invoice surcharge commencing in the fourth quarter of 2008 and extending such price increase through the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and the invoice surcharge through January 31, 2009, we were successful in insulating our gross profit from the effect of steel price increases on our 2008 purchases. Though we continued to mitigate the effect of elevated steel costs throughout 2009, our gross profit in that period declined relative to the corresponding period in 2008. This was mainly due to the decline in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment we experienced and the consequent decrease in net sales relative to fixed costs. Notwithstanding that decrease, we believe the measures we have taken to mitigate the effect of steel prices remained effective throughout 2009, and we intend to continue to implement similar measures to mitigate steel cost increases in the future.
Results of Operations
Overview
In assessing our results of operations in a given period, one of the primary factors we consider is the level of snowfall experienced within the prior snow season. We typically compare the snowfall level in a given period both to the snowfall level in the prior season and to those snowfall levels we consider to be average. References to "average snowfall" levels below refer to the aggregate average inches of snowfall recorded in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states in the United States during the annual snow season,
38
from October 1 through March 31, from 1980 to 2009. During this period, snowfall averaged 2,983 inches, with the low in such period being 2,094 inches and the high being 4,502 inches.
Our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007 were negatively impacted by below average snowfall during the October 1, 2006 to March 31, 2007 snow season (approximately 11% below average). During the October 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008 and October 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 snow seasons, we experienced above average snowfall (approximately 22% above average during the October 1, 2007 to March 31, 2008 snow season and 23% above average during the October 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 snow season). Despite above average snowfalls during both of these periods, we believe that the economic downturn resulted in lower sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, but increased sales of our parts and accessories as a percentage of total net sales during the year ended December 31, 2008 and year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to prior periods, because weakened economic conditions tend to cause our end-users to delay purchase of replacement snow and ice control equipment and instead repair their existing equipment.
Sales of parts and accessories for 2009 and 2008 were $26.9 million and $28.7 million, respectively, or approximately 55.7% and 69.4% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years. Management believes the increased sales of parts and accessories are largely a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the severe economic downturn in 2008 and 2009, as many end-users chose to extend the life of their existing equipment beyond the typical replacement cycle. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased by 9.6% and 18.2% in 2009 and 2008, respectively, as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2009 and 2008 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during the year. Equipment unit sales in 2009 remained 13.9% below the immediately preceding ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels were approximately 19% above the immediately preceding ten-year average. Equipment unit sales in 2008 remained 9% below the ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels in 2008 were approximately 22% above the immediately preceding ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.
The following table shows our sales of snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated. During the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, we sold 40,538, 47,911 and 44,444 units of snow and ice control equipment, respectively.
|
Year ended
December 31, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Equipment |
87 | % | 84 | % | 85 | % | ||||
Parts and accessories |
13 | % | 16 | % | 15 | % |
The following table sets forth, for the periods presented, the consolidated statements of operations of Douglas Holdings and its subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the table below and throughout this "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The information contained in the table below should be read in
39
conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
For the year ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Net sales |
$ | 140,065 | $ | 180,108 | $ | 174,342 | ||||
Cost of sales |
97,249 | 117,911 | 117,264 | |||||||
Gross profit |
42,816 | 62,197 | 57,078 | |||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
22,180 | 26,561 | 27,639 | |||||||
Income from operations |
20,636 | 35,636 | 29,439 | |||||||
Interest expense, net |
(19,622 |
) |
(17,299 |
) |
(15,520 |
) |
||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
(2,733 | ) | | | ||||||
Other income (expense), net |
(87 |
) |
(73 |
) |
(90 |
) |
||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
(1,806 | ) | 18,264 | 13,829 | ||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
(749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | ||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (1,057 | ) | $ | 11,471 | $ | 9,843 | |||
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the percentage of certain items in our consolidated statement of operations data, relative to net sales:
|
For the year ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
Net sales |
100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||
Cost of sales |
69.4 | 65.5 | 67.3 | |||||||
Gross profit |
30.6 | 34.5 | 32.7 | |||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
15.8 | 14.7 | 15.9 | |||||||
Income from operations |
14.7 | 19.8 | 16.9 | |||||||
Net income (loss) |
(0.8 | )% | 6.4 | % | 5.6 | % |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
Net Sales. Net sales were $174.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $180.1 million in 2008, a decrease of $5.8 million, or 3.2%. This decline was driven by a decline in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment of 7.2% from the prior year period, in part because of a decline in general economic conditions. Of this unit sales decline, 65.9% occurred in the first quarter of 2009 versus 2008. The decline in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009 was partially offset by (1) price increases that we implemented beginning in the fourth quarter of 2008 and that extended throughout 2009 to cover steel cost inflation which contributed $11.8 million to net sales and (2) the successful introduction of a new half-ton plow in June 2009, which together with other new product introductions contributed $8.6 million to net sales. Further, our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2008 were higher than in 2009 as a heavy snowfall in December 2007 caused our order flow to be unusually high toward the end of December 2007, resulting in a backlog at the start of 2008 and the shipment of an above-average number of units in the first quarter of 2008. In comparison to net sales of snow and ice control equipment, net sales of parts and accessories remained strong during the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 2008, with net sales of parts and accessories of $26.9 million and $28.7 million, respectively. The strong sales of parts and accessories for the years
40
ended December 31, 2008 and 2009 were due in large part to the downturn in general economic conditions and local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions, which we believe led many of our end-users to repair their existing snow and ice control equipment instead of purchasing new equipment.
Cost of Sales. Cost of sales were $117.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $117.9 million in 2008, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.5%. This decrease was driven primarily by reduced costs caused by the decrease in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment, as discussed above. Costs of sales as a percentage of net sales, however, increased from 65.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 67.3% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as a result of the decline in net sales for the year ended December 31, 2009, the increased cost of steel and the implementation of price increases to cover the increased cost of steel (because these price increases increased both our net sales and our cost of sales). As a percentage of cost of sales, fixed and variable costs were approximately 17% and 83% respectively for the year ended December 31, 2009 versus approximately 16% and 84% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Gross Profit. Gross profit was $57.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $62.2 million in 2008, a decrease of $5.1 million, or 8.2%, due primarily to the decline in net sales described above under "Net Sales." As a percentage of net sales, gross profit decreased from 34.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 32.7% for the corresponding period in 2009, as a result of the factors discussed above under "Net Sales" and "Cost of Sales."
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.1 million, or 4% driven by the restructuring charges of $1.1 million related to the Johnson City closure. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 14.7% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 15.9% for the corresponding period in 2009 due to the decline in net sales discussed above.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to $17.3 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $1.8 million. This decrease was due to reduced interest expense of $2.3 million due to lower interest rates on our term loan partially offset by $0.5 million of reduced interest income due to lower interest rates on short term cash investments.
Net Income. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $9.8 million compared to net income of $11.5 million for the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 14.2%. This decrease was driven by the factors described above, and primarily by the lower level of unit sales of snow and ice control equipment for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding period in 2008. As a percentage of net sales, net income was 5.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to 6.4% for the year ended December 31, 2008.
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
Net Sales. Net sales were $180.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $140.1 million in the prior year, an increase of $40.0 million, or 28.6%. The primary drivers of this increase were (1) a 37.7% increase in snowfall levels in the 2007 to 2008 snow season versus the 2006 to 2007 snow season, resulting in an 18.2% increase in the units of snow and ice control equipment sold in 2008 compared to 2007, (2) record sales of parts and accessories of $28.7 million in 2008, an increase of $10.7 million compared to 2007, which we believe was driven by the downturn in general economic conditions and local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions, which led many of our end-users to repair their existing snow and ice control equipment instead of purchasing new equipment; and (3) an average price increase of 10% consisting of a 7.0% permanent price increase for our
41
products, along with a 3.0% price increase in the form of a steel surcharge due to higher steel prices which contributed $4.4 million to net sales.
Cost of Sales. Cost of sales were $117.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $97.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $20.7 million, or 21.3%. This increase was driven almost entirely by the increase in unit sales of snow and ice control equipment and parts and accessories, as discussed above. As a percentage of net sales, cost of sales decreased from 69.4% in 2007 to 65.5% in 2008. As a percentage of cost of sales, fixed and variable costs were approximately 16% and 84% respectively for the year ended December 31, 2008 versus approximately 19% and 81% for the year ended December 31, 2007.
Gross Profit. Gross profit was $62.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $42.8 million in the prior year, an increase of $19.4 million, or 45.3%. As a percentage of net sales, gross profit increased from 30.6% in 2007 to 34.5% in 2008, as a result of the factors discussed above under "Net Sales" and "Cost of Sales."
Selling, General and Administrative Expense. Selling, general and administrative expenses were $26.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $22.2 million for the prior year, an increase of $4.4 million, or 19.8%. Our increased sales in 2008 resulted in a $0.3 million increase in recruiting expense to fill open positions arising due to an increase in our labor headcount, an increase to our marketing expenditures, of $0.8 million attributable to advertising and promotions, an increase in the cost of our incentive plans of $1.8 million attributable to our annual incentive plan and $0.8 million attributable to our profit sharing plan. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased from 15.8% in the 2007 to 14.7% in 2008.
Interest Expense. Interest expense was $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a decrease of $2.3 million. This decrease was mainly due to $1.2 million in lower interest on our term loan, $0.5 million lower interest on our revolving credit facility and a $0.5 million reduction in amortization of deferred financing costs.
Net Income. As a result of the factors discussed above, net income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $11.5 million compared to a net loss of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2007. As a percentage of net sales, net income was 6.4% for 2008 and (0.8)% for 2007.
Adjusted EBITDA
The following table sets forth our Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented. For more information, please see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in the "Prospectus Summary."
|
Year ended
December 31, 2007 |
Year ended
December 31, 2008 |
Year ended
December 31, 2009 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | ||||
Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $45.2 million compared to $47.7 million in the corresponding period in 2008, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 5.4%. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA decreased from 26.5% for the year ended December 31, 2008 to 25.9% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Adjusted EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $47.7 million compared to Adjusted EBITDA of $32.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $15.0 million, or 45.9%. As a percentage of net sales, Adjusted EBITDA increased from 23.4% in 2007 to 26.5% in 2008. In addition to the specific changes resulting from the exceptions, the changes to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods discussed resulted from factors discussed above under "Results of Operations."
42
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income, the most comparable GAAP financial measure, to Adjusted EBITDA, for each of the periods indicated. For more information regarding our use of non-GAAP financial measures, please see the discussion of Adjusted EBITDA in "Prospectus Summary."
|
For the year ended December 31, | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | ||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (1,057 | ) | $ | 11,471 | $ | 9,843 | ||||
Interest expensenet |
19,622 | 17,299 | 15,520 | ||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
2,733 | | | ||||||||
Income taxes |
(749 | ) | 6,793 | 3,986 | |||||||
Depreciation expense |
4,632 | 4,650 | 5,797 | ||||||||
Amortization |
6,164 | 6,160 | 6,161 | ||||||||
EBITDA |
31,345 | 46,373 | $ | 41,307 | |||||||
Management fees |
1,400 | 1,369 | 1,393 | ||||||||
Stock option repurchase |
| | 732 | (1) | |||||||
Other non-recurring charges |
| | 1,748 | (2) | |||||||
Adjusted EBITDA |
$ | 32,745 | $ | 47,742 | $ | 45,180 | |||||
Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, costs and expenses, and related disclosures. These estimates and assumptions are often based on judgments that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances at the time made, but all such estimates and assumptions are inherently uncertain and unpredictable. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions, and it is possible that other professionals, applying their own judgment to the same facts and circumstances, could develop and support alternative estimates and assumptions that would result in material changes to our operating results and financial condition. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.
The most significant accounting estimates inherent in the preparation of our financial statements include estimates used in the determination of liabilities related to pension obligations, recovery of accounts receivable, impairment assessment of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets, as well as estimates used in the determination of the lower of cost or market value of inventory and liabilities related to taxation and product warranty.
We believe the following are the critical accounting policies that affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Defined Benefit Pension Obligation
As discussed in Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, the pension benefit obligation and related pension expense or income of our pension plans
43
are calculated in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 715-30, Defined Benefit Plans-Pension, and are impacted by certain actuarial assumptions, including the discount rate and the expected rate of return on plan assets. Rates are evaluated on an annual basis considering such factors as market interest rates and historical asset performance. Actuarial valuations for 2009 used a discount rate of 6.0% and an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 8.0%. Our discount rate reflects the expected future cash flow based upon our funding valuation assumptions and participant data at the beginning of the plan year. The expected future cash flow was discounted by the Citigroup Pension Liability Index yield curve for the month preceding the 2009 year end.
In estimating the expected return on plan assets, we analyze historical and expected returns for multiple asset classes. The overall rate for each asset class was developed by combining a long-term inflation component, the risk-free real rate of return, and the associated risk premium. A weighted average rate was then developed based upon those overall rates and the target asset allocation of the plan. Changes in the discount rate and return on assets can have a significant effect on the funded status of our pension plans, stockholders' equity and related expense. We cannot predict these changes in discount rates or investment returns and, therefore, cannot reasonably estimate whether the impact in subsequent years will be significant. The funded status of our pension plans is the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of its plan assets. The projected benefit obligation is the actuarial present value of all benefits expected to be earned by our employees service adjusted for future wage increases. At December 31, 2009, our pension obligation funded status was $9.0 million underfunded.
Our funding policy for our pension plans is to contribute amounts at least equal to the minimum annual amount required by applicable regulations. We contributed approximately $1.4 million to our pension plans in 2009. See Note 12 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for a more detailed description of our pension plans.
Revenue Recognition and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We recognize revenues upon shipment to the customer, which is when title passes and all of the following conditions are satisfied: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) the price is fixed or determinable; (3) collectability is reasonably assured; and (4) the product has been shipped and we have no further obligations. Customers have no right of return privileges. Historically, product returns have not been material and are permitted on an exception basis only.
We offer a variety of discounts and sales incentives to our distributors. The estimated liability for sales discounts and allowances is recorded at the time of sale as a reduction of net sales. The liability is estimated based on the costs of the program, the planned duration of the program and historical experience.
We carry our accounts receivable at their face amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. On a periodic basis, we evaluate our accounts receivable and establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of specific distributor circumstances and credit conditions taking into account the history of write-offs and collections. A receivable is considered past due if payment has not been received within the period agreed upon in the invoice. Accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. We take a security interest in the inventory as collateral for the receivable but often do not have a priority security interest. See Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our allowance for doubtful accounts.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be
44
held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of such assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment provision is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value of the asset, less costs of disposition. Our management considers such factors as current results, trends and future prospects, current market value, and other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. We determined that no long-lived assets were impaired as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We perform an annual impairment test for goodwill and trade names and more frequently if an event or circumstances indicate that an impairment loss has been incurred. Conditions that would trigger an impairment assessment include, but are not limited to, a significant adverse change in legal factors or business climate that could affect the value of an asset. The analysis of potential impairment of goodwill requires a two-step process. The first step is the estimation of fair value of the applicable reporting unit. We have determined we have one reporting unit, and all significant decisions are made on a companywide basis by our chief operating decision maker. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by applying valuation multiples and estimating future discounted cash flows. The selection of multiples is dependent upon assumptions regarding future levels of operating performance as well as business trends, prospects and market conditions. When preparing a discounted cash flow analysis, we make a number of key estimates and assumptions. We estimate the future cash flows of the business based on historical and forecasted revenues and operating costs. This, in turn, involves further estimates, such as estimates of future growth rates and inflation rates. In addition, we apply a discount rate to the estimated future cash flows for the purpose of the valuation. This discount rate is based on the estimated weighted average cost of capital for the business and may change from year to year. Weighted average cost of capital includes certain assumptions such as market capital structures, market betas, risk-free rate of return and estimated costs of borrowing. Changes in these key estimates and assumptions, or in other assumptions used in this process, could materially affect our impairment analysis for a given year. Additionally, since our measurement also considers a market approach, changes in comparable public company multiples can also materially impact our impairment analysis. The estimated fair value is compared with our aggregate carrying value. If our fair value is greater than the carrying amount, there is no impairment. If our carrying amount is greater than the fair value, then the second step must be completed to measure the amount of impairment, if any.
The second step calculates the implied fair value of the goodwill, which is compared to its carrying value. The implied fair value of goodwill is calculated by valuing all of the tangible and intangible assets of the reporting unit at the hypothetical fair value, assuming the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. The excess of the fair value of the entire reporting unit over the fair value of its identifiable assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized equal to the difference. Annual impairment tests conducted by us on December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 resulted in no adjustment to the carrying value of our indefinite-lived intangibles.
Our goodwill and trade name balances could be impaired in future periods. A number of factors, many of which we have no ability to control, could affect our financial condition, operating results and business prospects and could cause actual results to differ from the estimates and assumptions we employed. These factors include:
45
Our cash flow assumptions are based on historical and forecasted revenue, operating costs and other relevant factors. If management's estimates of future operating results change or if there are changes to other assumptions, the estimate of the fair value of our business may change significantly. Such change could result in impairment charges in future periods, which could have a significant impact on our operating results and financial condition.
Inventory Valuation
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market is determined on the basis of estimated realizable values. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out basis. We periodically review our inventory for slow-moving, damaged and discontinued items and provide reserves to reduce such items identified to their recoverable amounts.
Income Taxes
Our estimate of income taxes payable, deferred income taxes and the effective tax rate is based on an analysis of many factors including interpretations of federal and state income tax laws, the difference between tax and financial reporting bases and liabilities, estimates of amounts currently due or owed in various jurisdictions, and current accounting standards. We review and update our estimates on a quarterly basis as facts and circumstances change and actual results are known.
We have generated significant deferred tax assets as a result of goodwill and intangible asset book versus tax differences as well as net operating loss carryforwards. In assessing the ability to realize these deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the years in which those temporary differences become deductable. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. As a result of this analysis, we have recorded a valuation allowance against certain of these deferred tax assets.
On January 1, 2007, we adopted accounting guidance originally issued under Financial Interpretation No. 48, A ccounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (codified in ASC 740 Income Taxes ). This interpretation prescribes the minimum recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. This pronouncement also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and recognition of tax positions. As a result of the adoption of this pronouncement, accruals for tax contingencies, if any, are provided for in accordance with the requirements of ASC 740. See Note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further information regarding our accounting for income taxes.
Warranty Cost Recognition
We accrue for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty liability and adjust the amount as necessary. Our warranties generally provide, with respect to our snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to our parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. We determine the amount of the estimated warranty costs (and our corresponding warranty reserve) based on our prior five years of warranty
46
history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying management's judgment. We adjust our historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to assess.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB Topic ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting PrinciplesOverall ("ASC 105-10"). ASC 105-10 establishes the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP. We have updated GAAP referencing for this prospectus. The FASB Codification has been reflected in the financial reporting of the Company.
On December 30, 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1 Employer's Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Assets (codified in ASC Topic 715-20, Defined Benefit Plans ("ASC-715-20")) related to employers' disclosures regarding postretirement benefit plan assets. This statement provides additional guidance on employers' disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. ASC 715-20 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2009, on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective July 1, 2009, we adopted FASB ASC Topic 855-10, Subsequent EventsOverall ("ASC 855-10"). ASC 855-10 establishes standards for the accounting for and the disclosing of subsequent events. ASC 855-10 introduces new terminology, defines a date for certain companies through which management must evaluate subsequent events, and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize and disclose events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date.
In December 2007, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 141R, Business Combinations (codified in ASC Topic 805 ("ASC 805")), which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. ASC 805 is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows; however this standard will impact accounting for any future acquisition transactions.
In April 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FASB 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (FSP No. FAS No. 142-3) (codified in FASB ASC Topic 350IntangibleGoodwill and Other). FSP No. FASB 142-3 prospectively amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of the position is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3. We adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of cash have been and we expect will continue to be cash from operations and borrowings under our senior credit facilities.
47
Following this offering, we anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to provide working capital, meet debt service requirements, finance capital expenditures, pay dividends under our dividend policy and support our growth, including through potential acquisitions, and for other general corporate purposes. As discussed under "Use of Proceeds," we expect to use the proceeds from this offering together with an increase in our term loan facility to redeem our senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated redemption premium 30 days following the consummation of this offering for a total of $ million.
Our Board of Directors will adopt a dividend policy, effective upon the consummation of this offering, that reflects an intention to distribute to our stockholders a regular quarterly cash dividend. The declaration and payment of these dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon many factors, including our financial condition and earnings, legal requirements, taxes and other factors our Board of Directors may deem to be relevant. The terms of our indebtedness may also restrict us from paying cash dividends on our common stock under certain circumstances. As a result of this dividend policy, we may not have significant cash available to meet any large unanticipated liquidity requirements. As a result, we may not retain a sufficient amount of cash to fund our operations or to finance unanticipated capital expenditures or growth opportunities, including acquisitions. Our Board of Directors may, however, amend, revoke or suspend our dividend policy at any time and for any reason. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."
As of December 31, 2009, we had $129.1 million of total liquidity, comprised of $69.1 million in cash and cash equivalents and the ability to borrow $60.0 million under our revolving credit facility. We expect that cash on hand, generated from operations, as well available credit under our senior credit facilities will provide adequate funds for the purposes described above for at least the next 12 months.
Cash Flow Analysis
Set forth below is summary cash flow information for each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
|
Year Ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Net cash flow provided by operating activities |
$ | 20,040 | $ | 23,411 | $ | 25,571 | ||||
Net cash flow used in investing activities |
(1,045 | ) | (3,113 | ) | (8,200 | ) | ||||
Net cash flow provided by (used in) financing activities |
4,083 | (2,265 | ) | (1,850 | ) | |||||
Increase in cash |
$ | 23,078 | $ | 18,033 | $ | 15,521 | ||||
Sources and Uses of Cash
During the three-year periods described above, net cash provided by operating activities was used for funding capital investment, building inventories, retiring preferred stock and paying related dividends, paying interest on both our senior notes and senior credit facilities, and funding working capital requirements during our pre-season shipping period.
Normal year-end inventories range from $25.0 million to $30.0 million. In the year ended December 31, 2007, however, our inventory balance was reduced to $17.1 million. That reduction resulted from our decision to reduce inventory levels due to below average snowfall and earnings.
48
The following table shows our cash and cash equivalents and inventories at December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009.
|
December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | 2009 | |||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,519 | $ | 53,552 | $ | 69,073 | ||||
Inventory |
17,086 | 28,802 | 26,697 |
Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008
We had cash and cash equivalents of $69.1 million at December 31, 2009 compared to cash and cash equivalents of $53.6 million at December 31, 2008. The table below sets forth a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash for the periods presented.
|
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Cash Flows (in thousands)
|
2008 | 2009 | Change | % Change | |||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 23,411 | $ | 25,571 | $ | 2,160 | 9.2 | % | |||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(3,113 | ) | (8,200 | ) | (5,087 | ) | 163.4 | ||||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
(2,265 | ) | (1,850 | ) | 415 | 18.3 | |||||||
Increase in cash |
$ | 18,033 | $ | 15,521 | $ | (2,512 | ) | (13.9 | )% | ||||
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $2.2 million from the year ended December 31, 2008 to the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to a $13.8 million positive impact in inventory (due to an $11.7 million increase in inventory for the year ended December 31, 2008 to support increased sales volume as compared to a $2.1 million inventory reduction for the year ended December 31, 2009). This positive impact was partially offset by increased accounts receivable growth, reduced net income, a lower income tax receivable, and a reduction in accruals with respect to the Company's Annual Incentive Plan and non-executive employee profit sharing plan.
Net cash used in investing activities increased $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to the corresponding period in 2008, mainly as a result of increases in capital investments of approximately $5.0 million in our manufacturing plants in Milwaukee, WI and Rockland, ME to support the closure of our Johnson City, TN manufacturing plant planned for mid-2010.
Net cash used in financing activities decreased $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the corresponding period in 2008, primarily as a result of a payment of deferred financing costs of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 which did not ocurr in the corresponding period in 2009.
49
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007
We had cash and cash equivalents of $53.6 million at December 31, 2008 compared to cash and cash equivalents of $35.5 million at December 31, 2007. The table below sets forth a summary of the significant sources and uses of cash for the periods presented.
|
Year ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 | 2008 | Change | % Change | |||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
$ | 20,040 | $ | 23,411 | $ | 3,371 | 16.8 | % | |||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(1,045 | ) | (3,113 | ) | (2,068 | ) | (197.9 | ) | |||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
4,083 | (2,265 | ) | (6,348 | ) | (155.5 | ) | ||||||
Increase (decrease) in cash |
$ | 23,078 | $ | 18,033 | $ | (5,045 | ) | (21.9 | )% | ||||
Net cash provided by operating activities increased $3.4 million from 2007 to 2008. The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due to higher net income, a decrease in accounts receivable growth due to the fact that accounts receivable balances at December 31, 2007 were particularly high as a result of the significant order flow received in December 2007, a reduction in income tax receivable from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008, and an increase in accrued incentive plan expenses from December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2008. The increase was offset by a $21.9 million net increase in inventory build up from 2007 to 2008.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased $2.1 million in 2008 compared to 2007, as capital expenditures returned to historical levels in 2008 following a substantial reduction in 2007 spending to maximize cash flow in a below average snowfall year.
Net cash provided by financing activities decreased $6.3 million in 2008 compared to 2007, due mainly to a non-recurring recapitalization of our debt structure in May 2007, which provided an additional $4.1 million of cash in 2007.
Future Obligations and Commitments
Contractual Obligations
We are subject to certain contractual obligations, including long-term debt and related interest. We have unrecognized tax benefits of $1.2 million as of December 31, 2009. However, we cannot make a reasonably reliable estimate of the period of potential cash settlement of the underlying liabilities, therefore, we have not included unrecognized tax benefits in calculating the obligations set forth in the following table of significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2009.
(Dollars in thousands)
|
Total | 2010 | 2011 | 2012 | After 2012 | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Long-term debt |
|||||||||||||||||
Term loan |
$ | 82,663 | $ | 850 | $ | 81,813 | $ | | $ | | |||||||
Senior notes(1) |
150,000 | | | 150,000 | | ||||||||||||
Interest on long-term debt(2) |
26,912 | 13,706 | 12,728 | 478 | | ||||||||||||
Total contracted cash obligations(3) |
$ | 259,575 | $ | 14,556 | $ | 94,541 | $ | 150,478 | $ | | |||||||
50
Senior Credit Facilities
Our debt structure includes a first lien credit facility that consists of a $60.0 million asset based revolving credit facility and an $85.0 million term loan. As of December 31, 2009, we had $82.7 million of borrowings under our term loan and no borrowings under our revolving credit facility. In connection with this offering we intend to increase our term loan facility by $ million.
After we redeem our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our term loan facility will mature in May 2013 and any borrowings thereunder bear interest through maturity, at our option, at a base rate plus 1.25% or LIBOR plus 2.25%.
After we redeem our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our revolving credit facility will mature in May 2012 and borrowings thereunder bear interest, at our option, at a base rate or LIBOR plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for base rate loans is either 0.25% or 0.50% and the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is either 1.25% or 1.50%, in each case determined based on our leverage ratio from time to time. Our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility is, subject to certain reserves and limitations, limited to a borrowing base of 100% of cash on hand, 85% of eligible accounts receivable and the lesser of 70% of the cost of eligible inventory or 85% of the liquidation value of eligible inventory. Also, our revolving credit facility requires us to maintain at least $6.0 million of borrowing availability measured as (i) the lesser of aggregate lender commitments and the facility's borrowing base over (ii) outstanding loans and letters of credit. At December 31, 2009, we had no outstanding debt under our revolving credit agreement and, subject to certain availability requirements, had availability of $60.0 million.
Both our senior credit facilities include certain negative and operating covenants, including restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, and other customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default. In addition, our revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year, and during the occurrence of a liquidity event, we must comply with a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0 to 1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio test is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. For a more complete description of our senior credit facilities, including the covenants described above, see "Description of IndebtednessSenior Credit Facilities" and for a description of certain risks related to our senior credit facilities see "Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Business and Industry." As of December 31, 2009, we were in compliance with the covenants under our senior credit facilities.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements will depend upon our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to the level, timing and location of snowfall, general economic, financial, industry and other conditions and factors that are beyond our control, as well as the factors described in the "Risk Factors."
7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2012
We currently have $150 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior notes outstanding, which bear interest at a rate of 7 3 / 4 % per annum and mature on January 15, 2012. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with our increased term loan facility to redeem our senior notes. Promptly following the consummation of this offering, we intend to deliver a notice of redemption in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and deposit with the trustee of our senior notes a total of $ million, comprised of the principal amount, together with the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated redemption premium. Upon such deposit, the indenture governing our senior notes will cease to be of any further force or effect. We anticipate that our senior notes will be redeemed on (30 days following the consummation of this offering). We also intend to amend our existing credit facility prior to this offering to permit this redemption of our senior notes.
51
The redemption of our senior notes with the proceeds of this offering and our increased term loan facility will result in a net reduction of long term debt of approximately . Further, we estimate that our interest expense will be reduced by approximately per year, which amount will be offset in part by interest on any additional indebtedness we incur as a result of such increase in our term loan facility in connection with the redemption of our senior notes.
Deductibility of Intangible and Goodwill Expense
We possess a favorable tax structure with approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years which may be utilized in the event we have sufficient taxable income to utilize such benefit.
Impact of Inflation
We do not believe that inflation risk is material to our business or our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows at this time. Historically, we have experienced normal raw material, labor and fringe benefit inflation. To date we have been able to fully offset this inflation by providing higher value products, which command higher prices. In both 2004 and 2008, we experienced a significant increase in steel costs but have been able to mitigate the effects of these increases through both temporary and permanent steel surcharges, where appropriate. See "Risk FactorsThe price of steel, a commodity necessary to manufacture our products, is highly variable. If the price of steel increases, our gross margins could decline."
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are not party to any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Seasonality and Year-To-Year Variability
Our business is seasonal and also varies from year-to-year. Consequently, our results of operations and financial condition vary from quarter-to-quarter and from year-to-year as well. In addition, because of this seasonality and variability, our results of operations for any quarter may not be indicative of results of operations that may be achieved for a subsequent quarter or the full year, and may not be similar to results of operations experienced in prior years.
Sales of our products are significantly impacted by the level, timing and location of snowfall, with sales in any given year and region most heavily influenced by snowfall levels in the prior snow season (which we consider to begin in October and end in March) in that region. This is due to the fact that end-user demand for our products is driven primarily by the condition of their snow and ice control equipment, and in the case of professional snowplowers, by their financial ability to purchase new or replacement snow and ice control equipment, both of which are significantly affected by snowfall levels. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes usage of our products to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear to our products and a shortening of their life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories. In addition, when there is a heavy snowfall in a given winter, the increased income our professional snowplowers generate from their professional snowplow activities provides them with increased purchasing power to purchase replacement snow and ice control equipment prior to the following winter. To a lesser extent, sales of our products are influenced by the timing of snowfall in a given winter. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment during the current season rather that delaying purchases until after the season is over when most purchases are typically made by end-users.
52
The following chart illustrates the effects of snowfall levels in the snowbelt states in a given winter on the number of units of snow and ice control equipment we shipped in the following year. Snowfall levels represent the aggregate number of inches of snowfall recorded in each of 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels. With respect to the calculation of units shipped, each year in the following chart represents the calendar year period from January 1 to December 31. With respect to the calculation of snowfall, each year in the following chart represents the period beginning on October 1 of the prior year and extending through the following March 31. Thus, for example, the number of units shipped in 2001 represents the total units of snow and ice control equipment we shipped from January 1, 2001 to December 31, 2001, whereas the 2001 snowfall level reflects snowfall in the snowbelt states in the period from October 1, 2000 through March 31, 2001. As the chart indicates, heavy snowfall levels in a given winter tend to lead to increased unit shipments of our snow and ice control equipment in the following year, whereas low snowfall levels in a given winter tend to lead to decreased units shipped of our snow and ice control equipment in the following year. Over the past 10 years our sales of snow and ice control equipment averaged 53,345 units per year (including units sold by Blizzard Corporation prior to its acquisition by us in November 2005).
Equipment Sales Versus Snowfall
Source of snowfall data: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service
The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from 1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.
53
Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)
Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.
Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.
54
We attempt to manage the seasonal impact of snowfall on our revenues in part through our pre-season sales program, which involves actively soliciting and encouraging pre-season distributor orders in the second and third quarters by offering our distributors a combination of pricing, payment and freight incentives during this period. These pre-season sales incentives encourage our distributors to re-stock their inventory during the second and third quarters in anticipation of the peak fourth quarter retail sales period by offering favorable pre-season pricing and payment deferral until the fourth quarter. As a result, we tend to generate our greatest volume of sales during the second and third quarters. By contrast, our revenue and operating results tend to be lowest during the first quarter as management believes our end-users prefer to wait until the beginning of a snow season to purchase new equipment and as our distributors sell off inventory and wait for our pre-season sales incentive period to re-stock inventory. Fourth quarter sales vary from year-to-year as they are primarily driven by the level, timing and location of snowfall during the quarter. This is because most of our fourth quarter sales and shipments consist of re-orders by distributors seeking to restock inventory to meet immediate customer needs caused by snowfall during the winter months.
Because of the seasonality of our sales, we also experience seasonality in our working capital needs. In the first quarter we require capital as we are generally required to build our inventory in anticipation of our second and third quarter sales seasons. During the second and third quarters, our working capital requirements rise as our accounts receivables increase as a result of the sale and shipment of products ordered through our pre-season sales program and we continue to build inventory. Working capital requirements peak towards the end of the third quarter and then begin to decline through the fourth quarter through a reduction in accounts receivables (as it is in the fourth quarter that we receive a majority of the payments for previously shipped products).
We also attempt to manage the impact of seasonality and year-to-year variability on our business costs through the effective management of our assets. See "BusinessOur Business StrategyAggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus." Our asset management and profit focus strategies include:
Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales to maximize cash flow. If we are unsuccessful in our asset management initiatives, the seasonality and year-to-year variability effects on our business may be compounded and in turn our results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We do not use financial instruments for speculative trading purposes, and do not hold any derivative financial instruments that could expose us to significant market risk. Our primary market risk exposures are changes in interest rates and steel price fluctuations.
Interest Rate Risk
We are exposed to market risk primarily from changes in interest rates. Certain of our borrowings, including our term loan and any revolving borrowings under our senior credit facilities, are at variable
55
rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. In addition, the interest rate on any revolving borrowings is subject to an increase in the interest rate based on our average daily availability under our revolving credit facility. When the average daily excess availability on our revolving credit facility falls below $25 million, our interest rate on the revolving credit facility will increase by 0.25%. The maximum impact this would have on our interest expense would be $150,000 per year. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on our variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would correspondingly decrease.
As of December 31, 2009, we had outstanding borrowings under our term loan of $82.7 million. A hypothetical interest rate change of 1%, 1.5% and 2% on our term loan would have changed interest incurred for 2009 by $0.83 million, $1.24 million and $1.65 million, respectively. We had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2009.
Commodity Price Risk
In the normal course of business, we are exposed to market risk related to our purchase of steel, the primary commodity upon which our manufacturing depends. Our steel purchases as a percentage of revenue were 12%, 15% and 18% for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. While steel is typically available from numerous suppliers, the price of steel is a commodity subject to fluctuations that apply across broad spectrums of the steel market. We do not use any derivative or hedging instruments to manage the price risk. If the price of steel increases, our variable costs could also increase. While historically we have successfully mitigated these increased costs through the implementation of either permanent price increases and/or temporary invoice surcharges, in the future we may not be able to successfully mitigate these costs, which could cause our gross margins to decline. If our costs for steel were to increase by $1.00 in a period where we are not able to pass any of this increase onto our distributors, our gross margins would decline by $1.00 in that period.
56
General
We are the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which consists of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. We sell our products under the WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands which are among the most established and recognized in the industry. We believe that in 2009 our share of the light truck snow and ice control equipment market was greater than 50%. We offer the broadest and most complete product line of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for light trucks in the U.S. and Canadian markets with over 60 models of snowplows and over 40 models of sand and salt spreaders across our three brands. Our snowplows use custom-designed mounts which allow each of our snowplow models to be used on a variety of light truck brands and models. In addition, we manufacture a broad portfolio of hopper and tailgate-mounted sand and salt spreaders that are used for snow and ice control on driveways, roads and parking lots. We also provide a full range of related parts and accessories, which generates an ancillary revenue stream throughout the lifecycle of our snow and ice control equipment.
We sell our products through a distributor network primarily to professional snowplowers, who are contracted to remove snow and ice from commercial, municipal and residential areas. Because of the short snow season (which we consider to run from October 1 through March 31), unpredictability of snowfall events and the difficult weather conditions under which our end-users operate, our end-users have a fairly limited time frame in which to generate income. Accordingly, our end-users demand a high degree of quality, reliability and service. Over the last 50 years, we have engendered exceptional customer loyalty for our products because of our ability to satisfy the stringent demands of our customers. As a result, we believe our installed base is the largest in the industry with over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. Because sales of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders are primarily driven by the need of our core end-user base to replace worn existing equipment, we believe our substantial installed base provides us with a high degree of predictable sales over any extended period of time.
We believe we have the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us and are located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of approximately 15 years. Beginning in 2005, we began to extend our reach to international markets, establishing distribution relationships in Northern Europe and Asia, where we believe meaningful growth opportunities exist.
We believe we are the industry's most operationally efficient manufacturer due to our vertical integration, highly variable cost structure and intense focus on lean manufacturing. We continually seek to use lean principles to reduce costs and increase the efficiency of our manufacturing operations. Our manufacturing efficiencies have contributed to the increase of our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2000 to 2009. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, our manufacturing efficiency allows us to deliver desired products quickly to our customers during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfall events, when our customers need our products immediately. Our ability to deliver products on a rapid and efficient basis through lean manufacturing allows us to both better serve our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors who we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.
57
History
The FISHER® and WESTERN® brands date back to the late 1940s and early 1950s, respectively. Fisher Engineering was founded by Dean Fisher in 1948 and was a leading light truck snow and ice control equipment company in the East and Northeast regions of the United States. Western Products was founded in the early 1950s by Douglas Seaman and focused on the West, Midwest and East regions of the United States. Our predecessor company, Douglas Dynamics Incorporated, which we refer to in this prospectus as DDI, was founded by Western's Douglas Seaman in 1977 and acquired Fisher Engineering in 1984.
In July 1991, DDI was acquired by Armco Inc., which merged with AK Steel Corporation in September 1999. In March 2004, Aurora Capital Group acquired our current business from AK Steel Corporation. In April 2004, Aurora Capital Group sold a proportionate number of shares of our common and preferred stock to an affiliate of Ares Management at the same per share price paid by Aurora Capital Group in the acquisition from AK Steel Corporation. In June 2004, Douglas Holdings and Aurora Capital Group sold additional of shares of our common and preferred stock to certain co-investors at the same per share price paid by Aurora Capital Group in the Acquisition from AK Steel Corporation.
In November 2005, we acquired Blizzard Corporation, which expanded the breadth of our distributor network and our product line. Through the acquisition of Blizzard Corporation, we acquired the highly-patented, groundbreaking BLIZZARD® technology that represents one of the most significant innovations in our industry. More specifically, we acquired industry-leading hinged plow technology, which has significant advantages over competing products because it utilizes expandable wings for more effective snow removal.
The Aurora Entities are affiliates of Aurora Capital Group and control the vote with respect to approximately 67.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. is an affiliate of Ares Management LLC, which we refer to as Ares Management, and controls the vote with respect to approximately 33.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. After giving effect to this offering, the Aurora Entities and Ares will control the vote with respect to approximately % and % of our common stock, respectively.
Aurora Capital Group is a Los Angeles-based private equity firm managing over $2.0 billion that utilizes two distinct investment strategies. Aurora Equity focuses principally on control-investments in middle-market industrial, manufacturing and selected service oriented businesses, each with a leading position in sustainable niches, a strong cash flow profile, and actionable opportunities for both operational and strategic enhancement. Aurora Resurgence invests in debt and equity securities of middle-market companies and targets complex situations that are created by operational or financial challenges either within a company or a broader industry.
Ares Management is a global alternative asset manager and SEC-registered investment adviser with total committed capital under management of approximately $33 billion as of December 31, 2009. With complementary pools of capital in private equity, private debt and capital markets, Ares Management has the ability to invest across all levels of a company's capital structurefrom senior debt to common equityin a variety of industries in a growing number of international markets. The Ares Private Equity Group manages over $6 billion of committed capital and has a proven track record of partnering with high quality, middle-market companies and creating value with its flexible capital. The firm is headquartered in Los Angeles with approximately 250 employees and professionals located across the United States and Europe.
58
Industry Overview
The light truck snow and ice control equipment industry in North America consists predominantly of domestic participants that manufacture their products in North America. Snowplow sales account for a significant portion of snow and ice control equipment sales for light trucks, with sand and salt spreader sales accounting for a lesser portion. The annual demand for snow and ice control equipment is driven primarily by the replacement cycle of the existing installed base, which is predominantly a function of the average life of a snowplow or spreader and is driven by usage and maintenance practices of the end-user. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.
The primary factor influencing the replacement cycle for snow and ice control equipment is the level, timing and location of snowfall. Sales of snow and ice control equipment in any given year and region are most heavily influenced by local snowfall levels in the prior snow season. Heavy snowfall during a given winter causes equipment usage to increase, resulting in greater wear and tear and shortened life cycles, thereby creating a need for replacement equipment and additional parts and accessories. Moreover, in our experience, the timing of snowfall in a given winter also influences our end-users' decision-making process. Because an early snowfall can be viewed as a sign of a heavy upcoming snow season, our end-users may respond to an early snowfall by purchasing replacement snow and ice control equipment earlier than they otherwise might have. Alternatively, light snowfall during a given winter season may cause equipment usage to decrease, thereby extending its useful life and delaying replacement equipment purchases.
While snowfall levels vary within a given year and from year-to-year, snowfall, and the corresponding replacement cycle of snow and ice control equipment, is relatively consistent over multi-year periods. The following chart depicts aggregate annual and eight-year (based on the typical life of our snowplows) rolling average of the aggregate snowfall levels in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where we monitor snowfall levels) from 1980 to 2009. As the chart indicates, since 1982 aggregate snowfall levels in any given rolling eight-year period have been fairly consistent, ranging from 2,742 to 3,295 inches.
Snowfall in Snowbelt States (inches)
(for October 1 through March 31)
Note: The 8-year rolling average snowfall is not presented prior to 1982 for purposes of the calculation due to lack of snowfall data prior to 1975.
Source: National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service.
The demand for snow and ice control equipment can also be influenced by general economic conditions in the United States, as well as local economic conditions in the snowbelt regions in North America. In stronger economic conditions, our end-users may choose to replace or upgrade existing equipment before its useful life has ended, while in weak economic conditions, our end-users may seek to extend the useful life of equipment, thereby increasing the sales of parts and accessories. However, since snow and ice control management is a non-discretionary service necessary to ensure public safety and continued personal and commercial mobility in populated areas that receive snowfall, end-users
59
cannot extend the useful life of snow and ice control equipment indefinitely and must replace equipment that has become too worn, unsafe or unreliable, regardless of economic conditions.
Sales of parts and accessories for 2009 and 2008 were $26.9 million and $28.7 million, respectively, or approximately 55.7% and 69.4% higher than average annual parts and accessories sales over the preceding ten years. Management believes the increased sales of parts and accessories is largely a result of the deferral of new equipment purchases due to the severe economic downturn in 2008 and 2009, as many end-users chose to extend the life of their existing equipment beyond the typical replacement cycle. Although sales of snow and ice control units increased by 9.6% and 18.2% in 2009 and 2008, respectively, as compared to 2007, management believes that absent the recent economic downturn, equipment sales in 2009 and 2008 would have been considerably higher due to the high levels of snowfall during the year. Equipment unit sales in 2009 remained 13.9% below the ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels were approximately 19% above the ten-year average. Equipment unit sales in 2008 remained 9% below the ten-year average, despite the fact that snowfall levels in 2008 were approximately 22% above the ten-year average. Management believes this deferral of new equipment purchases could result in an elevated multi-year replacement cycle as the economy recovers.
Long-term growth in the overall snow and ice control equipment market also results from geographic expansion of developed areas in the snowbelt regions of North America, as well as consumer demand for technological enhancements in snow and ice control equipment and related parts and accessories that improves efficiency and reliability. Continued construction in the snowbelt regions in North America increases the aggregate area requiring snow and ice removal, thereby growing the market for snow and ice control equipment. In addition, the development and sale of more reliable, more efficient and more sophisticated product, has contributed to an approximate 2% to 4% price increase in each of the past five years.
Competitive Strengths
We are the North American market leader in snow and ice control equipment for light trucks with what we believe to be an industry leading installed base of over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our extensive distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. As the market leader, we enjoy a set of competitive advantages versus smaller, more regionally-focused equipment providers, which allows us to generate robust cash flows in all snowfall environments and to support continued investment in our products, distribution capabilities and brand regardless of annual volume fluctuations. We believe these advantages are rooted in the following competitive strengths and reinforces our industry leadership over time.
Exceptional Customer Loyalty and Brand Equity. Our brands enjoy exceptional customer loyalty and brand equity in the snow and ice control equipment industry with both end-users and distributors. We have developed this exceptional loyalty through over 50 years of superior innovation, productivity, reliability and support, consistently delivered season after season. We believe many of our end-users are second and third generation owners of our snow and ice control equipment. Our surveys have found that past brand experience, rather than price, is the key factor impacting snowplow purchasing decisions. Because a professional snowplower can typically recoup the cost of a plow within a very short period of time, and in some cases, as a result of one major snowfall event, we believe quality, reliability and functionality are more important factors in our end-users' purchasing decisions than price. For example, our end-user survey found that less than 10% of commercial end-users cite price as a key factor in their purchase decision.
Broadest and Most Innovative Product Offering. We provide the industry's broadest product offering with a full range of snowplows, sand and salt spreaders and related parts and accessories. We believe we maintain the industry's largest and most advanced in-house new product development program, historically introducing several new and redesigned products each year. Our broad product offering and
60
commitment to new product development is essential to maintaining and growing our leading market share position as well as continuing to increase the profitability of our business. We believe we have introduced or redesigned more efficient and productive products over the last five years (including the redesigned Fisher and Western V Plows in 2006 and the Fisher and Western Power Plows in 2007) than any of our competitors, driving increased value for our customers. Our products are covered by over 40 issued or pending U.S. and Canadian patents related to snow and ice control equipment technologies and other important product features and designs.
Extensive North American Distributor Network. We benefit from having the most extensive North American direct distributor network in the industry, providing a significant competitive advantage over our peers. We have over 720 direct distributor relationships which provide us with the ability to reach end-users throughout North America to achieve geographic diversification of sales that helps insulate us from annual variations in regional snowfall levels. Our distributors function not only as sales and support agents (providing access to parts and service), but also as industry partners providing real-time end-user information, such as retail inventory levels, changing consumer preferences or desired functionality enhancements, which we use as the basis for our product development efforts. We believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively, even though few are contractually required to do so. Despite the importance of our distributor network as a whole, no one distributor represents more than 5% of our net sales.
Leader in Operational Efficiency. We believe we are a leader in operational efficiency in our industry, resulting from our application of lean manufacturing principles and a highly variable cost structure. By utilizing lean principles, we are able to adjust production levels easily to meet fluctuating demand, while controlling costs in slower periods. This operational efficiency is supplemented by our highly variable cost structure, driven in part by our access to a sizable temporary workforce (comprising approximately 10-15% of our total workforce), which we can quickly adjust, as needed. Due in substantial part to our operational efficiency, we have increased our gross profit per unit by approximately 3.0% per annum, compounded annually, from 2000 to 2009. The upcoming closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility, which we believe will save us approximately $4 million annually without a loss of production capacity, demonstrates the success of our lean initiatives. These manufacturing efficiencies enable us to respond rapidly to urgent customer demand during times of sudden and unpredictable snowfalls, allowing us to provide exceptional service to our existing customer base and capture new customers from competitors that we believe cannot service their customers' needs with the same speed and reliability.
Strong Cash Flow Generation. We are able to generate significant cash flow as a result of relatively consistent high profitability (Adjusted EBITDA Margins averaged 25.4% from 2007 to 2009), low capital spending requirements and predictable timing of our working capital requirements. See "Prospectus SummarySummary Historical Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" for a discussion of why management uses Adjusted EBITDA Margins and a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA. We have historically been able to pass through increases in operational costs and raw material prices, including steel surcharges when necessary, to maintain our profitability. Our cash flow results will also benefit substantially from approximately $18 million of annual tax-deductible intangible and goodwill expense over the next ten years, which has the impact of reducing our corporate taxes owed by approximately $6.7 million on an annual basis during this period, in the event we have sufficient taxable income to utilize such benefit. Our significant cash flow has allowed us to reinvest in our business, reduce indebtedness and pay substantial dividends to our stockholders.
Experienced Management Team. We believe our business benefits from an exceptional management team that is responsible for establishing our leadership in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. Our senior management team, consisting of four officers, has an average of approximately 19 years of weather-related industry experience and an average of over nine years with our company. James Janik, our President and Chief Executive Officer, has been with us for over 16 years and in his current role since 2000, and through his strategic vision, we have been able to expand our distributor network and grow our market leading position.
61
Business Strategy
Our business strategy is to capitalize on our competitive strengths to maximize cash flow to pay dividends, reduce indebtedness and reinvest in our business to create stockholder value. The building blocks of our strategy are:
Continuous Product Innovation. We believe new product innovation plays an essential role in maintaining and growing our market-leading position in the snow and ice control equipment industry. We will continue to focus on developing innovative solutions to increase productivity, ease of use, reliability, durability and serviceability of our products. Our product development teams are guided by extensive market research, as well as real time feedback from our distributors who provide valuable insight into changing customer preferences, desired functionality or product features. In addition, we have incorporated and will continue to incorporate lean manufacturing concepts into our product development process, which has allowed us to reduce the overall cost of development and, more importantly, to reduce our time-to-market by nearly one-half. As a result of these efforts, approximately $73.0 million, or 50%, of our 2009 equipment sales came from products introduced or redesigned in the last five years.
Distributor Network Optimization. We will continually seek opportunities to optimize our portfolio of over 720 direct distributors by opportunistically adding high-quality, well-capitalized distributors in select geographic areas and by cross-selling our industry-leading brands within our distribution network to ensure we maximize our ability to generate revenue while protecting our industry leading reputation, customer loyalty and brands. Prospective distributors are rigorously screened before they are allowed to sell our snow and ice control products, allowing us to maintain relationships with only those distributors we believe to be the most reputable in the industry. Once selected, we strive to maintain close working relationships with our distributors and actively monitor their performance, quality of service and support and credit profiles. We also focus on further optimizing this network by providing in-depth training, valuable distributor support and attractive promotional and incentive opportunities. As a result of these efforts, we believe a majority of our distributors choose to sell our products exclusively. Over the last ten years, we have grown our network by over 250 distributors. We believe this sizable high quality network is unique in the industry, providing us with valuable insight into purchasing trends and customer preferences, and would be very difficult to replicate.
Aggressive Asset Management and Profit Focus. We will continue to aggressively manage our assets in order to maximize our cash flow generation despite seasonal and annual variability in snowfall levels. We believe our ability is unique in our industry and enables us to achieve attractive margins in all snowfall environments. Key elements of our asset management and profit focus strategies include:
Additionally, although modest, our capital expenditure requirements and operating expenses can be temporarily reduced in response to anticipated or actual lower sales in a particular year to maximize cash flow. Our profit focus is driven primarily by improving unit margins.
62
Flexible, Lean Enterprise Platform. We intend to utilize lean principles to maximize the flexibility and efficiency of our manufacturing operations while reducing the associated costs. Implementation of these principles has allowed us to substantially improve the productivity of our manufacturing processes through waste elimination and improved space utilization, creating a flexible environment capable of efficiently responding to large variations in end-user demand and delivering best-in-class customer service and responsiveness, thereby enabling us to increase distributor and end-user satisfaction. Moreover, in an environment where shorter lead times and near-perfect order fulfillment are important to our distributors, our lean processes have helped us to build a reputation for providing industry leading shipping performance. In 2009, we fulfilled 98.2% of our orders on or before the requested ship date, without error in content, packaging or delivery.
Our cost reduction efforts also include the rationalization of our supply base and implementation of a global sourcing strategy, resulting in approximately $2.6 million of cumulative annualized cost savings from 2006 to 2009. Since 2006, we have reduced our supply base by 36% from over 450 suppliers to approximately 288 today, with a target of 225 by the end of 2010. This rationalization has allowed us to strengthen our relationships with our remaining suppliers, which in turn has provided us with the ability to receive component deliveries on a more frequent basis, thereby better aligning our supply stock with our production demands.
We have also sought to improve our sourcing capabilities through the use of off-shore suppliers, including suppliers in China, which provide significant cost advantages. As of December 31, 2009, we had the ability to purchase components from 19 suppliers in China. Since 2006, our percentage of lower cost country material purchases has increased from 10.0% to 15.6% of our total purchases. In furtherance of this process, in January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will become a central focus for specific component purchases and will provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future. In 2009, our off-shore sourcing initiatives resulted in cost savings of $521,000. We expect that these sourcing changes will continue to provide us with cost savings in 2010. We typically stock additional inventory from off-shore suppliers or partner with off-shore suppliers who stock inventory in the United States in order to mitigate the risk of any shipping delays. See "Risk FactorsWe depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources."
Growth Opportunities
Increase Our Industry Leading Market Share. We plan to leverage our industry leading position, distribution network and new product innovation capabilities to capture market share in the North American snow and ice control equipment market, focusing our primary efforts on increasing penetration in those North American markets where we believe our overall market share is less than 50%. We also plan to continue growing our presence in the snow and ice control equipment market outside of North America, particularly in Asia and Europe, which we believe could provide significant growth opportunities in the future.
Opportunistically Seek New Products and New Markets. We will consider external growth opportunities within the snow and ice control industry and other equipment or component markets. We plan to continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities within our industry that can help us expand our distribution reach, enhance our technology and as a consequence improve the breadth and depth of our product lines. In November 2005, we purchased Blizzard Corporation and its highly-patented groundbreaking hinged plow technology and have also incorporated this technology into our Western and Fisher snowplows. We also consider diversification opportunities in adjacent markets that complement our business model and could offer us the ability to leverage our core competencies to create stockholder value.
63
Products
Our snow and ice control equipment products include three categories based on primary customer usage: snowplows and sand and salt spreaders for use on light trucks, and related parts and accessories. We offer our products under three brands: WESTERN®, FISHER® AND BLIZZARD®. During the year ended December 31, 2009, WESTERN®, FISHER® AND BLIZZARD® products accounted for approximately 47%, 45% and 8% of our net sales, respectively. We continually strive to be the leading innovator in our industry and each year we typically introduce several new and updated products. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, sales of snow and ice control equipment accounted for approximately 87%, 84% and 85%, respectively, of our net sales, with related parts and accessories accounting for approximately 13%, 16% and 15% of our net sales, respectively.
The following chart depicts annual unit sales of our snow and ice control equipment since 1980 and an eight-year rolling average since 1982:
Snowplows
We offer a broad product line of snowplows, with a full range of models designed for use by professionals, businesses, municipalities and homeowners on light trucks. The current retail prices of our snowplows generally range from approximately $4,000 to $8,000. Snowplows are highly engineered products comprised of mechanical, hydraulic and electrical components that must be effectively integrated with vehicles to function properly and conform to government passenger vehicle regulations. Each snowplow consists of four components, which are the blade, the hydraulic system, the mount, and the A-Frame, Quadrant and Lift, which we refer to in this prospectus as the AQ&L. Typically each truck model or family of truck models requires a mount designed for that model or family of models. However, in most cases generally, various hydraulic systems, blade and AQ&L can be mixed and matched for mounts designed for a particular truck model, which allows distributors more flexibility when ordering products from us. We believe actively-used snowplows are typically replaced, on average, every 7 to 8 years.
The WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brands differ in the way their snowplows react when hitting significant obstacles while plowing. When an object is struck with a WESTERN® or BLIZZARD® snowplow, the entire snowplow blade trips forward, whereas with a FISHER® snowplow, in response to similar circumstances, only the edge of the snowplow blade trips. Because we believe that both responses are equally effective in protecting the snowplow and the vehicle, we maintain this
64
difference across our WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® snowplows to cater to what are, in management's experience, deep-rooted regional end-user preferences.
Sand and Salt Spreaders
We offer a broad product line of sand and salt spreaders, with a full range of models designed for professionals, businesses, municipalities and homeowners. Our spreaders are interchangeable among different truck models and are typically mounted in the bed or on the vehicle hitch of a light truck and are intended to control ice on driveways, roads and parking lots by spreading material such as sand, salt and calcium chloride. The current retail prices of our sand and salt spreaders generally range from approximately $1,600 to $11,500.
Parts and Accessories
We also offer a broad range of parts and accessories (comprised of over 7,500 SKUs) for our snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, including snowplow deflectors, conversion kits and maintenance kits. Parts and accessories sales are driven mainly by our installed base which we believe to be over 500,000 snowplows and sand and salt spreaders in service. We continue to provide mounts for older light truck models and parts and accessories for older equipment models on an as-needed basis.
Product Development
We believe our market leadership position permits us the flexibility to devote more resources to research and development than any of our competitors. Our product development infrastructure is staffed with engineers and other personnel dedicated to generating new products and future enhancements. Research and development is a major focus of our management, and expenditures over the past 5 years on new product development have annually averaged approximately 1% to 2% of our net sales, and in 2009, approximately $73 million or 50% of our equipment sales came from products introduced or redesigned over the last five years. New product development projects are typically the result of end-user feedback, plow productivity improvements, quality and reliability improvements and vehicle application expansion.
We have successfully implemented a lean product development process to streamline the manufacture of new products, pairing members from financial, engineering, marketing and sales into a single project team to ensure that prototypes developed are of the highest quality and are manufactured in the most cost efficient manner. This process is characterized by the following six stages: (1) idea development, (2) product specification development and feasibility study, (3) prototype development, (4) prototype testing and financial modeling, (5) product production and (6) product and process refinement. We believe our success in refining this multistage process has streamlined the delivery of new products to the marketplace, and enables us to stay ahead of our competitors in delivering innovations to the market. For example, we have integrated fully digital product simulation into our development process, which enables us to (1) accelerate the development cycle, (2) optimize product design and (3) maximize component commonality across products. Through our use of digital simulation we have reduced our test cycle time from years to days.
At any given time, we may be actively pursuing between two and four new product development projects. Prototypes resulting from these projects are regularly subjected to head-to-head field tests versus the nearest competing product placed in the field. In addition to field testing, we utilize digital simulation to ensure that all prototypes undergo rigorous computer-aided simulations that attempt to ensure superior product performance and overall product quality.
Recent product introductions in 2009 include the FISHER® HT Series (half-ton plow) and POLY-CASTER (Hopper Spreader), the WESTERN® HTS (half-ton plow) and Tornado (Hopper
65
Spreader) and the BLIZZARD® POWER HITCH 2 (detachable plow mounting system) and ICE CHASER (Hopper Spreader).
In addition, adjusting our product designs to light truck design changes is a significant activity of our product development teams. In general, major light truck design changes, such as new truck introductions, are announced well in advance of the new light truck design being available to the market. This allows us sufficient time to design or redesign our products so that they are compatible with the new light truck design at the time of its release or shortly thereafter. In such situations, we are often able to utilize a current mount design which minimizes the design work required on our part. However, there are significant truck design changes that require us to redesign our mounts so that our products are compatible with new light truck designs.
End-Users
Our end-users include professional snowplowers (who we believe comprise over 50% of our end-user base), businesses, municipalities and homeowners. Different segments of our end-user base use our products differently. For instance, professional snowplowers use our snow and ice control equipment during the winter to earn an income, clearing parking lots, driveways and private roads. As a result, they place a high priority on productivity, reliability and service. We believe their heavy and prolonged usage of our equipment typically requires these end-users to replace their equipment every 5 to 7 years. Businesses generally use our equipment to clear parking lots, and thus their usage of our equipment is more limited, in turn resulting in what we believe to be a typical replacement cycle of 8 to 10 years. Our municipality users include cities and counties that plow government owned property. Because of the heavy usage of our equipment by municipalities, we believe the typical replacement cycle for those users is 5 to 7 years. Homeowners use our equipment to clear their driveways and other personal property. Because their usage is also limited, we believe the typical replacement cycle for such users is 10 to 15 years.
Distributor Network
We sell our products exclusively through what we believe is the industry's most extensive North American distributor network, which primarily consists of over 720 truck equipment distributors who purchase directly from us and are located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as certain regions of Canada). We have longstanding relationships with many of our distributors, with an average tenure of approximately 15 years. While we have exclusivity arrangements with less than 1% of our distributors, we believe that a majority of our distributors choose to exclusively carry our products because of our commitment to delivering quality, innovation, reliability and support.
Since our distributors serve as our primary sales and service contacts with our-end users, we rely on our distributors to represent and preserve our brand image. Thus, we seek to foster relationships with distributors who share our commitment to quality, reliability and support. To that end, we rigorously screen prospective distributors before allowing them to sell our products, and actively monitor the performance, quality of service, support and credit profiles of our existing distributors. In addition, we also rely on our distributors to as a source of real-time end-user information, providing valuable insight into the product preferences, experiences and demands of our end-users. We utilize this information to help us plan our manufacturing schedule as well as to formulate ideas for improving our existing product offerings and developing new products.
A breakdown of our distributor base is reflected in the table below. For 2009, our top 10 distributors accounted for approximately 20% of net sales and no single distributor accounted for more than 5% of our net sales. In 2007, 2008 and 2009, 90.8%, 89.1% and 89.5% of net sales, respectively,
66
were from the U.S., and 8.7%, 10.1% and 10.3% of net sales, respectively, were from Canada, and less than 1% of net sales were from outside of North America.
Sales Programs and Financing Program
We offer a number of sales programs to our distributors to finance the purchase of our products. One such program is our pre-season sales program, which not only benefits our distributors, but also benefits us by helping us to manage the seasonality of our business. During the second and third quarters, we offer our distributors the option of either (1) a purchase price discount, with the percentage discount being highest the earlier in the season that the distributor purchases and pays for our products, or (2) deferring payment until the fourth quarter. Under either option product shipment and acceptance occurs during the pre-season sales period. Customers do not have a right to return. On average, approximately 60% to 65% of our annual shipments occur during the pre-season sales period. Distributors who purchase our products during the first or fourth quarter, on the other hand, must deliver payment to us within 30 days of shipment. Our backlog as of January 25, 2009 and 2010 was $1.6 million and $1.6 million, respectively. We expect that all backlog as of January 25, 2010 will be shipped in 2010.
We are also party to a finance program in which certain distributors may elect to finance their purchases from us through a third party financing company. Pursuant to the terms of this financing program, we provide the third party financing company recourse against us regarding the collectibility of the receivables to induce the third party financing company to provide such financing to our distributors. Distributors who purchase our products through this financing arrangement are offered the same pre-season sales incentives as distributors who purchase directly from us, the terms of which are described above. In each of the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, approximately 2% of our net sales were financed by our distributors through a third party financing company. If the third party financing company is unable to collect from the distributor the amounts due in respect of the product financing, we are obligated to repurchase any repossessed inventory plus any legal fees
67
incurred by the financing company. Historically, repurchases of inventory and uncollectible amounts related to sales financed under this program have been immaterial.
We also recently launched an end-user financing program. We have partnered with a third party financing company which has agreed to extend credit to our-end users for purchases of our products, subject to credit approval. Once approval is obtained, our end-users can then place an order directly for our products with our distributors. The third party financing company bears the residual risk for the debt if end-users are unable to fulfill their credit obligations. This program is designed to provide our end-users with a more accessible avenue for obtaining credit during this economic downturn. As this program commenced in November 2009 following the conclusion of our peak sales seasons, we have not yet determined its impact on our sales.
Sales and Marketing
We have dedicated field sales staffs for each of our three brands. These brands are WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD®. As we do not sell directly to end-users, locating and developing the best distributors in each key geographic trade area is the primary focus of our sales force. Sales personnel actively assist their distributors in key business areas such as promotional activities, sales tactics, and customer care and product knowledge. In addition, we also sponsor continued education of our distributor network through regional technical service schools and seminars. Our sales staff is compensated in the form of a base salary and a performance-based bonus.
Our marketing group focuses on assuring superior WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® brand management. The marketing group's main activities include primary and secondary market research, driving our multifunctional product development process, ensuring successful new product launches and devising complementary promotional strategies.
Manufacturing/Facilities
Our manufacturing processes include machining, fabricating, welding and coating with all facilities having extensive assembly and test capabilities. Through asset management initiatives such as lean manufacturing, we seek to continuously improve processes, quality and costs of operations. While we currently manufacture our products in three facilities that we own in Milwaukee, Wisconsin, Rockland, Maine and Johnson City, Tennessee, we have improved our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will be closing our Johnson City, Tennessee facility effective mid-2010. We expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4 million annually, with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. Furthermore, to help manage the seasonality of our business, we strive to normalize our production volume on a fairly constant basis throughout the year and supply most of our products from inventory. Through our asset management techniques, which include a highly variable cost structure that utilizes a temporary workforce, we are able to efficiently ramp up or down production in response to changing demand. Our three manufacturing facilities are described below as well as further details regarding the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin Facility: Our Milwaukee facility produces all of our hydraulic system kits for our snowplows, most of the WESTERN® straight blades and various WESTERN® mount and AQ&L attachments. Originally built in 1965, with additions in 1975, 1996 and 2002, the facility has 130,000 square feet of manufacturing and 17,000 square feet of office space.
Rockland, Maine Facility: Built in 2000, our Rockland facility produces all of the straight blades for FISHER®, the heavyweight blades for WESTERN®, the V-Plows for WESTERN® and FISHER® and mount and AQ&L attachments. This facility has 126,000 square feet of manufacturing and 17,000 square feet of office space.
68
Johnson City, Tennessee Facility: The Johnson City facility, which we plan to close in mid-2010, is currently our largest facility and produces all of our BLIZZARD® snowplows, sand and salt spreaders, a number of mount and AQ&L attachments and selected accessories. The facility was originally built in 1974 and was expanded in 1992 to its current size of 170,000 square feet of manufacturing and 30,000 square feet of office space. As noted above, we have increased our manufacturing efficiency to the point that we will closing our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility in mid-2010, reducing our manufacturing facilities from three to two. We plan to relocate production that is currently housed in our Johnson City facility to our Milwaukee and Rockland facilities and expect that the closing of this facility will yield estimated cost savings of approximately $4.0 million annually (comprised of $3 million from the elimination of fixed costs such as salaries and benefits, facility costs, supplies and travel and $1 million of freight savings due to the elimination of intercompany shipments), with no anticipated reduction in production capacity. We plan to relocate production that is currently housed in our Johnson City facility to our Milwaukee and Rockland facilities and expect this closure to generate approximately $4.0 million in annualized cost savings. See "Risk FactorsThe closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility may entail risks to our business."
We continually review our operations and invest as needed to upgrade or buy new equipment, refurbish facilities and improve product tooling to meet environmental and regulatory needs and to install modern information systems. From 1992 to 2009, we invested approximately $61.0 million to support our manufacturing strategy and to maintain our competitive strength in the product manufacturing process. Other than regular capital expenditures for maintenance, we do not anticipate a need for significant facility upgrades in the near term.
Materials
The principal materials used in our snow and ice control equipment business are steel, metal parts, electrical components, hydraulic systems, and hardware components, comprising over 75% of total component purchases. We typically attempt to obtain these materials from more than one third-party supplier. While we have longstanding relationships with many of our suppliers, most of our key supply arrangements are not covered by written contract. During 2009, our top ten suppliers accounted for approximately 48.5% of our raw material and component purchasing. Since 2006, we have aggressively endeavored to rationalize our supply base as well as increase material and component sourcing to lower cost country suppliers. Since that time we have reduced the number of our suppliers by 36% as well as increased our percentage of lower cost country material purchases from 10.0% to 15.6% of our total purchases. In furtherance of this process, in January 2009, we opened a sourcing office in China, which will to become a central focus for specific component purchases and provide a majority of our procurement cost savings in the future. In addition, we remain committed to further improving our sourcing in the future by reducing the number of suppliers and increasing off-shore sourcing, including our sourcing activities from China. See "Risk FactorsWe depend on outside suppliers who may be unable to meet our volume and quality requirements, and we may be unable to obtain alternative sources."
Seasonality and Year-To-Year Variability
Our business is seasonal and varies from year-to-year. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsSeasonality and Year-To-Year Variability."
Employees
As of December 31, 2009, we had 562 employees, comprised of 173 office and 389 factory employees. Of the 389 factory employees, 56 were temporary employees (as compared to 23 temporary employees as of December 31, 2008), the retention of which allows us to flex factory headcount to match the seasonal fluctuations inherent in the industry. Our workforce is entirely non-union, and we
69
believe we maintain good relationships with our employees. As a result of the closure of our Johnson City, Tennessee facility, we anticipate a reduction in total headcount of approximately 100 employees and an offsetting increase in headcount of 85 employees at our Milwaukee and Rockland facilities.
Safety Record and Training Programs
We are committed to the highest levels of safety for our employees and we have numerous health and safety programs in place at our facilities to achieve this overriding objective including holding regular departmental meetings on safety and employing a defined system of monitoring and remedying safety infractions. Our management believes that our safety record not only results in improved employee morale and lower lost time and workers' compensation costs, but is also essential to maintaining our manufacturing quality and efficiency. Since 2000, we have maintained what we believe to be a good record of employee safety, as our incidence rates of recordable cases of work-related non- fatal occupational injuries and illnesses are consistently below the industry average as reported by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
Competition
We primarily compete against domestic regional manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, including Meyer Products, Northern Star Industries, Sno-Way, Curtis, Buyers and Hiniker, each of which we believe manufactures its products domestically. We compete against these companies to provide the broadest, highest quality, most reliable product offering at competitive prices, however, because of our reputation for reliable and durable product performance, we can often demand a premium price in the marketplace. We believe there are no national name brand manufacturers of snow and ice control equipment and that our competitors' geographic reach is regional, while our geographic reach ranges throughout the snowbelt regions of North America. We compete solely with other North American manufacturers who do not benefit from our distributor network, manufacturing efficiencies and depth and breadth of products. See "Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Business and IndustryWe face competition from other companies in our industry, and if we are unable to compete effectively with these companies, it could have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability."
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of patents, trade secrets and trademarks to protect certain proprietary aspects of our business and technology.
We work aggressively to expand the proprietary position afforded by our patent portfolio, both through acquisitions and original patent filings. We own approximately 28 issued U.S. patents and have approximately 16 U.S. patent applications pending. We also own approximately 15 issued Canadian patents. Our patents and pending patent applications relate to snowplow mounts, assemblies, hydraulics, electronics and lighting systems as well as salt and sand spreader assemblies. When granted, each patent has a 17 year duration. The duration of the patents we currently possess range between one year and 15 years of remaining life. Our patent applications date back as far as 2001 and as most recent as 2009.
Our patent portfolio includes the industry leading hinged plow technology for the high growth Power Plow product. The Power Plow has significant advantages over competing products because it utilizes expandable wings and is in turn the most productive plow in the industry in terms of the amount of snow that it moves in any point in time. From 2006 to 2009, our Power Plow sales grew by 49%, positioning us to become the overall leader in hinged plows. Moreover, WESTERN® and FISHER® Power Plows have become the most profitable plows in our product portfolio. We believe the continued penetration of Power Plows with our installed base will be an important driver of profitable
70
growth as customers continue to replace their existing equipment with higher margin product. We plan to continue building our patent portfolio as we improve existing products and develop new ones.
In addition to protecting our technological innovations through patents, we rely on a combination of registered and unregistered trademark rights to protect our position as a branded company with strong name recognition. We own approximately 20 registered U.S. trademarks and 5 registered Canadian trademarks. We use the registered trademarks WESTERN®, FISHER® and BLIZZARD® in association with their respective product lines and related accessories. We believe that our trademarks are of great value and that the loss of any one or all of our trademark rights could lower sales and increase our costs.
Warranty
Our warranties generally provide, with respect to our snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. We maintain a warranty reserve determined by the amount of our estimated warranty costs based on our prior five years of warranty history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying our management's judgment. We adjust our historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to assess. The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary.
Insurance
Our business has operating risks normally associated with manufacturing concerns experienced by companies that make accessories for passenger vehicles. We maintain a range of insurance policies to cover our assets and employees. We are insured against, among other events, product liability claims, certain environmental contaminations, workers compensation and bodily injury claims, fires and water damage. We believe that the types and amounts of insurance we carry are in accordance with general practices in the snow and ice control equipment industry for light trucks. For some operating risks, we may not obtain insurance if we believe the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. If a significant operating accident or other event occurs and is not fully covered by insurance, it could adversely affect us.
Legal Proceedings
In the ordinary course of business, we are engaged in various litigation primarily including product liability and intellectual property disputes. However, management does not believe that any current litigation is material to our operations or financial position. In addition, we are not currently party to any environmental-related claims or legal matters.
Regulation
Our operations are directly and indirectly subject to extensive federal, state and local environmental and safety laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation, disposal and discharge of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and materials into the environment and employee health and safety. In particular, we and our distributors are subject to the requirements of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, which prohibits the manufacture or sale in the United States of any new motor vehicle accessory that does not conform to applicable motor vehicle safety standards established by the National Highway
71
Traffic Safety Administration. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in an assessment of significant costs to us, including civil or criminal penalties, claims by third parties for personal injury or property damage, requirements to investigate and remediate contamination and the imposition of natural resource damages. Furthermore, under certain environmental laws, current and former owners and operators of contaminated property or parties who sent waste to the contaminated site can be held liable for cleanup, regardless of fault or the lawfulness of the original disposal activity. Among the hazardous materials that we use in our business are hydraulic oil, powder coating material, waste water treatment material including sodium hydroxide, sulfuric acid, hydrofluoric acid, phosphoric acid, P-819E flocculent, and P-891L coagulant, cylinders of oxygen, small propane tanks and acetylene. We believe we are in compliance with applicable rules and regulations in all material respects.
72
MANAGEMENT AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Directors And Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to our executive officers and directors as of January 29, 2010. As of such date, Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors consisted of seven members.
Name
|
Age | Position | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
James L. Janik |
53 | President and Chief Executive Officer; Director | |||
Robert McCormick |
49 |
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary |
|||
Mark Adamson |
52 |
Vice President, Sales and Marketing |
|||
Keith Hagelin |
49 |
Vice President, Operations |
|||
Michael Marino |
30 |
Director |
|||
Jack O. Peiffer |
76 |
Director |
|||
Nav Rahemtulla |
34 |
Director |
|||
Mark Rosenbaum |
36 |
Director |
|||
Jeffrey Serota |
43 |
Director |
|||
Michael W. Wickham |
63 |
Director |
James L. Janik has been serving as our President and Chief Executive Officer and Director since 2004 and served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Douglas Dynamics Incorporated, the entity that previously operated our business, from 2000 to 2004. Mr. Janik was General Manager of our Western Products division from 1994 to 2000 and Vice President of Marketing and Sales from 1998 to 2000. Prior to joining us, Mr. Janik was the Vice President of Marketing and Sales of Sunlite Plastics Inc., a custom extruder of thermoplastic materials, for two years. During the 11 prior years, Mr. Janik held a number of key marketing, sales and production management positions for John Deere Company. Mr. Janik's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his 16 years of experience at our Company, including his 10 years of experience as our and Douglas Dynamics Incorporated's President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as his depth of experience at businesses affected by weather-related seasonality. This experience, comprehensive knowledge of the snow and ice control equipment industry, and inside perspective of the day-to-day operations of the Company provides essential insight and guidance to our Board of Directors.
Robert McCormick has been serving as our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since September 2004 and as our Secretary since May 2005. Mr. McCormick served as our Assistant Secretary from September 2004 to May 2005. Prior to joining us, Mr. McCormick served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Xymox Technology Inc. from 2001 to 2004. Prior to that, Mr. McCormick served in various capacities in the Newell Rubbermaid Corporation, including President from 2000 to 2001 and Vice President Group Controller from 1997 to 2000. While Mr. McCormick served as President, he was responsible for Newell's Mirro / Wearever Cookware, and as Vice President Group Controller, he was responsible for worldwide strategic and financial responsibilities for 12 company divisions with sales of over two billion dollars.
Mark Adamson has been serving as our Vice President, Sales and Marketing since 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Adamson held numerous senior level management positions with industry leaders in the grounds care industry, including John Deere Company from 1980 to 2002 and Gehl Corporation from 2002 to 2007. From 2003 to 2005, he was the Manager, Regional Sales & Distribution of Gehl
73
Company, directing the sales and marketing activities of certain sales field managers in the northeastern United States responsible for Gehl product sales and rental., and from 2005 to 2007, he was the Director, Training and Customer Support, where he directed the aftermarket and training activities of five departments and thirty-two individuals responsible for Gehl and Mustang products worldwide. From 1980 to 2002, Mr. Adamson held several senior level management positions with John Deere Company.
Keith Hagelin has been serving as our Vice President, Operations since 2009, having previously spent twelve years in progressive roles with us, including Plant Manager and General ManagerRockland and most recently Vice President of Manufacturing from 2007 to 2009. Prior to joining Douglas, Mr. Hagelin spent 13 years at Raytheon Corporation in various manufacturing, production and new product development roles.
Michael Marino has been serving as a Director since 2009. Mr. Marino is also a Vice President of Aurora Capital Group. Aurora Capital Group is an affiliate of the Aurora Entities. The Aurora Entities control the vote with respect to approximately 67% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. He originally joined Aurora Capital Group in 2003 and, after earning his master's degree in business administration from Harvard Business School, rejoined in 2008. Prior to joining Aurora Capital Group, Mr. Marino was a member of the Investment Banking Division of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Marino also currently serves on the Board of Directors of Anthony International and Porex Corporation. Mr. Marino was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "Structure of our Board of Directors"). Mr. Marino's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his financial expertise and his years of experience providing advisory services to us and to other middle-market companies, in particular, in the manufacturing sector. As part of the team at Aurora Capital Group that was initially responsible for evaluating our Acquisition and is responsible for monitoring our progress on an ongoing basis, Mr. Marino has spent an extensive amount of time reviewing, monitoring and analyzing our business. Mr. Marino's extensive knowledge of our business coupled with his knowledge and insight with respect to financial and operational issues adds value to our Board of Directors as a general matter, but especially through the recent period, during which all companies dealt with extremely strained conditions in our economy.
Jack O. Peiffer has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Peiffer was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "Structure of our Board of Directors"). In 1994, Mr. Peiffer retired from General Electric after 38 years of service. Mr. Peiffer joined General Electric in 1955 in connection with General Electric's Financial Training Program. He served as Vice President and General Manager of General Electric Supply and Senior Vice President of Human Resources for General Electric, and held a variety of financial assignments including Traveling Auditor, Manager of Information and Data Process Services for the Radio Receiver business followed by Senior Financial Management positions in General Electric's Industrial Diamond business, Chemical and Metallurgical Group, and Technical Materials Sector. Mr. Peiffer previously served on the Board of Directors of K&F Industries Holdings, Inc. from 2006 to 2007. Mr. Peiffer's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his extensive experience with public and financial accounting matters during his 38 years of service with General Electric, including 25 years in various financial assignments, as well as his service on boards of directors and audit committees of a variety of public and private companies. Mr. Peiffer also has extensive experience in supply chain management, which together with Mr. Peiffer's experience with accounting principles, financial controls, financial reporting rules and financial and accounting regulations makes him an asset to our Board of Directors.
Nav Rahemtulla has been serving as a Director since 2007. Mr. Rahemtulla is also a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Ares Management is an affiliate of Ares. Ares controls the vote with respect to 33.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. He joined Ares Management in 2001 from DMC Venture Capital where he served as a Director of Corporate Finance. He was previously a member of the Investment Banking Division of Donaldson, Lufkin &
74
Jenrette Securities Corp. Mr. Rahemtulla also currently serves on the Board of Directors of AmeriQual Group, LLC, Aspen Dental Management Inc., Serta Inc. and Simmons Bedding Company. Mr. Rahemtulla was appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares (see "Structure of our Board of Directors"). Mr. Rahemtulla's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his financial expertise, his extensive capital markets knowledge and his years of experience providing advisory services to us and to other middle-market companies. Mr. Rahemtulla's prior investment banking experience has also enabled him to provide substantial guidance to us with respect to financing matters. As part of the team at Ares Management that was initially responsible for evaluating its investment in us and is responsible for monitoring our progress on an ongoing basis, Mr. Rahemtulla has spent an extensive amount of time reviewing, monitoring and analyzing our business. Mr. Rahemtulla's knowledge and insight regarding our business and with respect to financial and operational issues adds value to our Board of Directors at all times, but especially during this current period as we undergo significant changes to our capital structure.
Mark Rosenbaum has been serving as a Director since 2005. Mr. Rosenbaum is a partner of Aurora Capital Group, which he joined in 2001. Aurora Capital Group is an affiliate of the Aurora Entities. The Aurora Entities control the vote with respect to approximately 67% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. Prior to joining Aurora Capital Group, Mr. Rosenbaum worked at Summit Partners from 1997 to 1999 and at Montgomery Securities from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Rosenbaum also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of Anthony International and NuCO2, Inc. Mr. Rosenbaum was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "Structure of our Board of Directors"). Mr. Rosenbaum's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership experience as a partner at Aurora Capital Group, his financial expertise and his years of experience providing financial advisory services to other middle-market companies. As part of the team at Aurora Capital Group that was initially responsible for evaluating our Acquisition and is responsible for monitoring our progress on an ongoing basis, Mr. Rosenbaum has spent an extensive amount of time reviewing, monitoring and analyzing our business. Mr. Rosenbaum's extensive knowledge of our business coupled with his knowledge and insight with respect to financial and operational issues adds value to our Board of Directors at all times, but especially through the recent period, during which all companies dealt with extremely strained conditions in our economy.
Jeffrey Serota has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Serota is a Senior Partner in the Private Equity Group of Ares Management. Ares Management is an affiliate of Ares. Ares controls the vote with respect to 33.0% of our common stock, prior to giving effect to this offering. Mr. Serota joined Ares in 1997 from Bear, Stearns & Co. where he served as a Vice President in the Investment Banking Department. Mr. Serota also worked at Salomon Brothers Inc. focusing on mergers and acquisitions and merchant banking transactions. Mr. Serota also currently serves on the Boards of Directors of EXCO Resources, Inc., Marietta Corporation, SandRidge Energy, Inc. and WCA Waste Corporation and previously served as a director of EXCO Resources, Inc. from July 2003 to October 2005. Mr. Serota was appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares (see "Structure of our Board of Directors"). Mr. Serota's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his leadership experience as a partner at Ares Management, his investment banking and financial expertise and his years of experience providing advisory services to other middle-market companies in the industrial sector. As part of the team at Ares Management that was initially responsible for evaluating its investment in us and is responsible for monitoring our progress on an ongoing basis, Mr. Serota has spent an extensive amount of time reviewing, monitoring and analyzing our business. Mr. Serota's knowledge and insight with respect to financial and operational issues adds value to our Board of Directors at all times, but especially through the recent period, during which all companies dealt with extremely strained conditions in our economy.
Michael W. Wickham has been serving as a Director since 2004. Mr. Wickham was appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities (see "Structure of our Board of Directors").
75
Mr. Wickham retired as Chairman of the Board of Roadway Corporation in December, 2003, where he was Chief Executive Officer from 1997 to 1999 and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from 1999 until his retirement in 2003. Prior that that, he was the President of Roadway Express, where he held a variety of management positions during his 35-year career with the company. Mr. Wickham also currently serves as a member of the Board of Directors of C.H. Robinson Worldwide and Republic Services, Inc. Mr. Wickham's qualifications to serve on our Board of Directors include his 35 years of managerial experience at Roadway Express, including his six years as Roadway Corporation's Chief Executive Officer. His experience at Roadway brings key senior management and operational insight to our Board of Directors. In particular, Mr. Wickham has significant expertise in transportation and shipment logistics. His service on the Board of Directors of C.H. Robinson Worldwide and Republic Services, Inc. also provides valuable insight on public company governance practices.
Our executive officers (as defined in the SEC's Rule 3b-7) are Messrs. Janik, McCormick, Adamson and Hagelin.
Structure of our Board of Directors
As noted above, our Board of Directors currently consists of seven members. Four of our directors, Messrs. Marino, Peiffer, Rosenbaum and Wickham, were appointed to our Board of Directors by the Aurora Entities and two of our directors, Messrs. Serota and Rahemtulla, were appointed to our Board of Directors by Ares. Pursuant to the terms of Douglas Holdings' current certificate of incorporation, the Aurora Entities, as the sole holder of the one outstanding share of Series B preferred stock, are entitled to elect four directors to Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors and Ares, as the sole holder of the one outstanding share of Series C preferred stock, is entitled to elect two directors to Douglas Holdings' Board of Directors. These respective rights terminate upon the Aurora Entities (and its affiliates and co-investors) and Ares (and its affiliates) ceasing to beneficially own a certain number of shares of our common stock. These rights will be terminated prior to the consummation of this offering. Our Board of Directors met four times during 2009. Each of Messrs. Wickham & Peiffer qualifies as "independent" under the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange.
In accordance with the provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering, which we refer to in this prospectus as the new certificate of incorporation and the new bylaws, upon consummation of this offering, the terms of office of members of our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes:
Our Class I Directors will be Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham, our Class II Directors will be Messrs. Marino and Rahemtulla and our Class III Directors will be Messrs. Janik, Rosenbaum and Serota. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to the directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following such election. Any vacancies in our classified Board of Directors will be filled by the remaining directors and the elected person will serve the remainder of the term of the class to which he or she is appointed. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist
76
of one-third of the directors. The division of our Board of Directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change of control.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will make a determination with respect to the independence of the existing and new members of our Board of Directors by reference to the independence standards of the NYSE.
Board Leadership Structure
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we plan to appoint Mr. Wickham, one of our non-employee independent directors, as the Chairman of our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors believes that the separation of the role of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of our Board of Directors is the most appropriate leadership structure for our Board of Directors at this time. Separating these positions will allow our Chief Executive Officer to focus on our day-to-day operations, while allowing the Chairman of our Board of Directors to lead our Board of Directors in its role of providing independent oversight and advice to management.
Our new bylaws and Corporate Governance Guidelines, however, will provide us with the flexibility to combine these roles in the future, permitting the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman to be filled by the same individual. This will provide our Board of Directors with flexibility to determine whether the two roles should be combined in the future based on the Company's needs and our Board of Directors' assessment of the Company's leadership structure from time to time. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines will also allow for an independent lead director (who may preside over the executive sessions of the non-employee directors) in the event the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman are combined.
Risk Management
Our Board of Directors plays an active role, as a whole, and also at the committee level, in overseeing management of the Company's risks. Our Board of Directors regularly reviews information regarding the Company's credit, liquidity and operations, as well as the risks associated with each. Our Company's Compensation Committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to the Company's executive compensation plans and arrangements. Our Audit Committee oversees management of financial risks and effective upon the consummation of this offering will also be responsible for overseeing potential conflicts of interests. Effective upon the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be responsible for managing risks associated with the independence of the Board of Directors. While each committee will be responsible for evaluating certain risks and overseeing the management of such risks, our full Board of Directors plans to keep itself regularly informed regarding such risks through committee reports and otherwise.
Code of Ethics
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will adopt a "code of ethics" as defined by the rules of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to in this prospectus as the "Exchange Act," applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer, as well as all of our employees. A copy of this code of ethics, will be available on our web site at www. .com . We intend to post on our web site any amendments to, or waivers (with respect to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and controller) from, this code of ethics within four business days of any such amendment or waiver.
77
Board Committees
We currently have a standing Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will also establish a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. We believe that the composition of these committees will meet the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of these committees will comply with the requirements of, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the rules of the NYSE and the SEC rules and regulations that will become applicable to us upon consummation of this offering. We intend to comply with the requirements of the NYSE with respect to committee composition of independent directors as they become applicable to Douglas Holdings. Summarized below are the responsibilities our Audit Committee and Compensation Committee will have upon consummation of this offering as well as the responsibilities we expect our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee to have upon its creation.
Audit Committee
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Audit Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Audit Committee, which, among other things, will include: the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm; evaluation of our independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications, independence and performance; review and approval of the scope of our annual audit and audit fee; review of our critical accounting policies and estimates; review of the results of our annual audit and our quarterly consolidated financial statements; and oversight of our internal audit function. A copy of our Audit Committee charter will be available on our web site at www. .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.
The current members of our Audit Committee are Messrs. Peiffer (Chair), Rahemtulla and Marino. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we plan to appoint Mr. Wickham to our Audit Committee, such that our Audit Committee will be comprised of Messrs. Peiffer (Chair), Rahemtulla, Marino and Wickham. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham are each independent within the meaning of applicable SEC rules and the listing standards of the NYSE, and has determined that Mr. Peiffer is an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee met two times during 2009.
In accordance with Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the NYSE, within 90 days after the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to this offering, we plan to reconstitute the composition of our Audit Committee to remove one of the non-independent members from the committee so that a majority of the members will be independent at that time. Within twelve months after the effectiveness of the registration statement relating to this offering we plan to appoint a new independent member to replace the remaining non-independent member so that all of our Audit Committee members will be independent within the meaning of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the listing standards of the NYSE.
Compensation Committee
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Compensation Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Compensation Committee, which, among other things, will include: oversight of our overall compensation structure, policies and programs; review and approval of the compensation programs applicable to our executive officers; determination of the compensation of our directors; administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect to our equity compensation plans; and reviewing succession planning for our executive officers. A copy of our Compensation Committee
78
charter will be available on our web site at www. .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.
The current members of our Compensation Committee are Messrs. Wickham (Chair), Rosenbaum and Serota. Prior to the consummation of this offering, we plan to appoint Mr. Peiffer to our Compensation Committee, such that our Compensation Committee will be comprised of Messrs. Wickham (Chair), Rosenbaum, Serota and Peiffer. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Wickham and Peiffer are each independent under the rules of the NYSE. The Compensation Committee met one time during 2009.
In accordance with the listing standards of the NYSE, within 90 days after the listing of our common shares on the NYSE, we plan to reconstitute the composition of our Compensation Committee to remove one of the non-independent members from the committee so that a majority of the members will be independent at that time. Within twelve months after the listing of our shares on the NYSE we plan to appoint a new independent member to replace the remaining non-independent member so that all of our Compensation Committee members will be independent within the meaning the listing standards of the NYSE.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our Board of Directors will adopt a written charter under which our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will operate. This charter will set forth the duties and responsibilities of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, which, among other things, will include: recruiting and retaining qualified persons to serve on our Board of Directors, including proposing such individuals to our Board of Directors for nomination for election as directors; evaluating the performance, size and composition of our Board of Directors; establishing procedures for the consideration of Board of Director candidates recommended by the Company's stockholders; assessing the independence of each member of our Board of Directors; and overseeing our compliance activities. A copy of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee charter will be available on our web site at www. .com prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.
In addition, prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, we expect to appoint , Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham as members of our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham are each independent under the rules of the NYSE. Accordingly, our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will be comprised solely of independent members within the meaning of the listing standards of the NYSE prior to the listing of our common stock on the NYSE.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
During 2009, our Compensation Committee consisted of Messrs. Wickham (Chair), Rosenbaum and Serota. None of the foregoing members of our Compensation Committee is an officer or employee of the Company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee.
Limitation of Directors' Liability and Indemnification
The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our certificate of incorporation
79
will be amended and restated to include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director, except for liability:
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our existing bylaws will be amended and restated to provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We are and will be expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions that will be included in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.
In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
80
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Objectives of our Compensation Programs
We believe that a skilled, experienced and dedicated senior management team is essential to the future performance of our Company and to building stockholder value. We have sought to establish competitive compensation programs that enable us to attract and retain executive officers with these qualities as well as to motivate management to maximize performance while building stockholder value.
We compensate our named executive officers, who are identified below, through both short term cash programs, including annual salary and an annual incentive plan, and long term incentive programs, reflecting a mix of fixed and variable compensation. Although our compensation program provides for a mix of both short and long term compensation and cash and non-cash compensation, we do not have any specific policy on those allocations. Our compensation philosophy is centered on providing an opportunity for an executive's total annual compensation to exceed what we believe is the general market level of compensation for similar executive roles. Our business is subject to variability of earnings due to year-to-year variations in snowfall. Accordingly, we have designed our compensation program to provide for a competitive annual salary while offering our named executive officers the opportunity to earn a substantial amount of variable compensation based on our profitability. This program aligns named executive officer compensation with our variable earnings model and differentiates us from our competitors when attracting and motivating our executives.
In connection with becoming a public company we expect that certain aspects of our long term compensation program will likely change, primarily in the area of equity compensation. Currently, equity compensation is limited to stock options that have been granted to some, but not all, of our executives. Executives who have not received stock options participate in our Long Term Incentive Plan.
Our named executive officers for 2009 are Mr. Janik, President and Chief Executive Officer; Mr. McCormick, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary; Mr. Adamson, Vice President, Sales and Marketing and Mr. Hagelin, Vice President, Operations.
Management's Role in the Compensation-Setting Process
During 2009 and in previous years, our Compensation Committee's role was limited to determining and approving equity awards and the allocation and payments under our Annual Incentive Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan for all of our named executive officers. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer has set base salaries for our executive officers other than himself, and has recommended performance targets under the Annual Incentive Plan for approval by the Compensation Committee as explained in more detail under the section entitled "Annual Incentive Plan" below. Our Chief Executive Officer also negotiated employment agreements with those executive officers who entered into such agreements, and made recommendations to our Compensation Committee with respect to equity awards for our named executive officers other than himself. All compensation elements for our Chief Executive Officer are reviewed and approved by our Board of Directors (other than Mr. Janik). Upon consummation of this offering, we anticipate that the Compensation Committee will expand its role in reviewing and approving executive compensation in accordance with the duties and responsibilities set forth in the Compensation Committee's charter to be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering. Among other things, it is anticipated that the Compensation Committee will oversee the Company's overall compensation structure, policies and programs; administer and make recommendations to our Board of Directors on equity- and incentive-based compensation plans that require approval from our Board of Directors; review and approve corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers and evaluate
81
such officers in light of those goals and objectives; and review and recommend employment agreements and severance and change of control arrangements for our executive officers.
For 2009 and in previous years, we did not engage in a formal benchmarking process or use the services of an independent compensation consultant in developing our compensation programs for our named executive officers. We based compensation levels on the collective experience of the members of our Board of Directors, Compensation Committee and our Chief Executive Officer, their business judgment and their experiences in recruiting and retaining executives.
Elements of Executive Compensation
The key components of our compensation program for our named executive officers are base salary, the Annual Incentive Plan, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan and the Long Term Incentive Plan, and other compensation consisting primarily of matching 401(k) contributions, the salaried employee pension plan, health and welfare benefits and other perquisites. Each component of our compensation program has an important role in creating compensation payouts that motivate and reward strong performance and in retaining the named executive officers who deliver such performance.
Base Salary
We pay our named executive officers a base salary to compensate them for services rendered and to provide them with a steady source of income for living expenses throughout the year. In general, the base salary of each executive was initially established through arm's-length negotiations at the time the individual was hired, taking into account the individual's qualifications, experience, level of responsibility, as well as internal pay equity considerations.
Our Chief Executive Officer reviews the base salaries of our named executive officers other than himself for potential merit increases once per year based on the performance of the executive and his functional areas of responsibility, overall Company financial performance, and the current year Company merit increase budget. Using these factors, our Chief Executive Officer then uses his subjective determination to set the actual amount of merit increase, if any, for each named executive officer other than himself. Our Chief Executive Officer currently has the authority to, on his own, approve increases in the base salaries of the other named executive officers (up to a maximum of a 5% increase for named executive officers with employment agreements). If a proposed merit increase for a named executive officer with an employment agreement exceeds 5%, the Compensation Committee must approve the increase. For our Chief Executive Officer, the base salary is reviewed by and subject to increase (but not decrease) at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors (other than Mr. Janik) each year.
For 2009, our Chief Executive Officer determined that the other named executive officers would receive 4% merit increases to their base salaries, other than Mr. Hagelin, who received an increase in an absolute dollar amount similar to the other named executive officers' increases in order to keep his compensation in line with the other named executive officers. Since Mr. Hagelin's base salary is substantially lower than the other named executive officer base salaries, his absolute dollar increase resulted in a larger percentage increase as compared to the other named executive officers. As noted in the footnote to the following table, Mr. Janik received a salary increase in 2008 that was meant to cover his merit increase for 2009.
82
In 2009 the base salaries for our executives were increased as follows due to merit increases:
Executive
|
Current
Salary |
Base
Salary Merit Increase |
% Merit
Increase |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James Janik(1) |
$ | 360,006 | $ | | 0.0 | % | ||||
Robert McCormick |
$ | 252,346 | $ | 7,363 | 3.0 | % | ||||
Mark Adamson |
$ | 220,938 | $ | 6,427 | 3.0 | % | ||||
Keith Hagelin |
$ | 152,256 | $ | 7,259 | 5.0 | % |
Annual Incentive Plan
Our named executive officers, as well as certain other management employees, participate in the Annual Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the AIP, which provides an opportunity to earn a cash bonus upon achievement of certain performance targets approved by the Compensation Committee. These performance objectives are designed to link management's focus with overall Company objectives by providing the executive an opportunity to earn additional short-term compensation. As noted above, we emphasize variable compensation to provide an opportunity for total annual compensation for our named executive officers to exceed what we believe to be the general market level of compensation for similar executives in the event of superior performance.
The 2009 performance metrics under the AIP are comprised of two components, operating income and Company shipping performance. These components are weighted 70% and 30%, respectively. Historically, operating income has always been a component under the AIP and has always been weighted 70%. This weighting reflects the Compensation Committee's belief that any incentive compensation should be driven principally by the Company's profitability. Our management is given discretion to determine what performance metric or metrics will comprise the remaining 30% of the annual bonus opportunity. This allows our management to select a metric or metrics that reflect the current focus of our business, which are then submitted by the Chief Executive Officer to the Compensation Committee for approval. Management's decision to use Company shipping performance for 2009 reflects its intent to differentiate the Company from its competitors by having exceptional shipping performance.
Each named executive officer has a target bonus level of 70% of his annual base salary. Prior to 2009, the maximum payout under the operating income metric was capped at 140% (which is reduced to 98% of annual base salary based on its 70% weighting under the AIP). Beginning in 2009, this cap was removed to ensure management is rewarded appropriately for achieving truly outstanding financial performance, but the total payout under the AIP is still subject to an overall cap of 140% of annual base salary for each named executive officer. In other words, even if the named executive officers fail to achieve payout based on perfect ship performance, they may still receive a bonus of up to 140% of annual base salary based on operating income results. See below for a detailed discussion of our performance metrics and the calculation of payouts for 2009.
The operating income metric, as defined in the AIP, measures the degree by which actual operating income performance exceeds or falls short of baseline operating income. Actual operating income is defined as net sales less cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense. Baseline operating income is defined as the historical five year average operating income per snowfall inch, $13,018 for 2009, multiplied by the aggregate number of snowfall inches during the current year snow season (snowfall measured by the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration's National Weather Service for October 1 through March 31 in 66 cities in 26 snowbelt states across the
83
Northeast, East, Midwest and Western United States where the Company monitors snowfall levels). If actual operating income falls below the target, the payout is reduced, on a linear basis, 35% from the target level for each 10% decrease, until it falls below 80% of the target, at which point no bonus is earned. If actual operating income is higher than the target, the payout is increased, on a linear basis, 35% from the target level for each 12.5% increase, with no cap. For 2009 the baseline operating income target was $47.6 million. Actual operating income, as defined in the AIP, totaled $40.4 million. As a result, based on 2009 performance and the 70% weighting, the payout for this component of the annual incentive plan is 11.7% of annual base salary.
The following table sets forth the reconciliation between 2009 actual operating income used for purposes of the AIP, and the operating income reported in our financial statements:
Operating Income per Financial Statements |
$ | 29.4 | ||||
Adjustments |
||||||
Management Fees |
1.4 | |||||
Intangible Amortization |
6.2 | |||||
Other Non-Recurring Adjustments |
||||||
Accelerated Depreciation |
0.9 | |||||
Facility Preparation |
0.4 | |||||
Severance Costs |
0.7 | |||||
Legal & Professional Fees |
0.7 | |||||
Securities Repurchases |
0.7 | |||||
Adjusted Operating Income per AIP |
$ | 40.4 |
The following table sets forth the calculation of the 11.7% of base salary payout based on operating income component:
Comparison of Actual to Target Operating Income |
|||||
Baseline Operating Income Target |
$ | 47.6 | |||
Adjusted Operating Income per AIP |
$ | 40.4 | |||
Percentage difference (Actual to Target Shortfall) |
(15.2 | )% | |||
Effect on Overall 70% Target Bonus Level |
|||||
Payout at Target |
70 | % | |||
Reduction of 70% target level due to 15.2% shortfall (a reduction of 35% for each 10% of shortfall) |
(53.3 | )% | |||
Payout at Actual |
16.7 | % | |||
Effect of Operating Income Weighting |
|||||
70% Weighting under AIP |
70 | % | |||
Operating Income Payout |
11.7 | % |
The Company's shipping performance or perfect ship metric is defined as the percentage of customer orders shipped 100% complete on or before the requested ship date. For 2009, the target bonus for this component is achieved at 95.0% perfect ship performance. If performance falls below the target, the payout is reduced 35% from the target level for each 2.5% decrease, until it falls below 90.0%, at which point no bonus is earned. If performance is higher than target, the payout is increased 35% from the target level for each 2.5% increase, up to a maximum perfect ship performance of 100.0%. Actual perfect shipment performance for 2009 was 98.2%. Thus the payout for this component of the AIP is 34.5% of annual base salary.
84
The following table sets forth the calculation of the 34.5% of base salary payout based on perfect ship component:
Comparison of Actual to Target Perfect Ship |
|||||
Perfect Ship Target |
95 | % | |||
Actual Perfect Ship |
98.2 | % | |||
Percentage difference (Actual to Target Shortfall) |
3.2 | % | |||
Effect on Overall 70% Target Bonus Level |
|||||
Payout at Target |
70 | % | |||
Increase of 70% target level due to 3.2% exceeding of target amount (an increase of 35% for each 2.5% increase) |
45.1 | % | |||
Payout at Actual |
115.1 | % | |||
Effect of Perfect Ship Weighting |
|||||
30% Weighting under AIP |
30 | % | |||
Perfect Ship Payout |
34.5 | % |
In setting the performance goals under the AIP our intention is to provide for challenging and ambitious targets to further our overall goal of increasing stockholder value. Though challenging, we believe the goals are attainable through a collaborative effort by our named executive officers.
The Compensation Committee has the right to review and approve payouts made under the AIP. Because awards are based on non-discretionary achievement of the applicable performance metrics, the Compensation Committee determined in 2006 that it would rely on a report from management and not exercise its right to review those results prior to bonus payment. The Compensation Committee has the authority to modify, suspend or terminate the AIP at any time.
Long Term Incentive Compensation
2004 Stock Incentive Plan
We introduced the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the 2004 Stock Plan, in April 2004 in connection with the Acquisition. The purposes of the 2004 Stock Plan are to attract, motivate and retain key employees, consultants and advisors by providing for or increasing their proprietary interests in the Company. We believe that long term performance is achieved though an ownership culture that rewards and encourages long term performance by our named executive officers though the use of stock-based awards. Currently three of our named executive officers, Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, have been granted stock options under the 2004 Stock Plan. By design, awards under our 2004 Stock Plan are limited to a very small group of senior executive officers. Our other named executive officer, Mr. Hagelin, was recently promoted to an executive officer role with the Company, and we intend to provide him with equity compensation when he further develops in this role following the consummation of this offering.
The Compensation Committee determines who will receive awards under the 2004 Stock Plan and the terms and conditions of those awards. In determining the size of a stock option grant, the Compensation Committee takes into consideration the individual's potential impact on Company performance, the number of option grants available, and internal pay equity considerations. Although not required, to date all stock option grants have been made in connection with a named executive officer's commencement of employment and the amounts thereof resulted from arms-length negotiations in connection with such commencement of employment, other than the options granted to Mr. Janik, which were granted in connection with the Acquisition and the adoption of the 2004 Stock Plan.
All stock options were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. Stock options vest over a 5 year period at 20% per year on the anniversary of the
85
grant date. The Company believes this vesting schedule appropriately encourages long term employment with our Company, while allowing our named executive officers to realize compensation in line with creating stockholder value.
Long Term Incentive Plan
Prior to 2004, the Company did not maintain an equity-based compensation program. To entice our key employees to maintain a long term commitment to us, our predecessor-in-interest introduced the Long Term Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this prospectus as the LTIP, in 1992. The LTIP is a cash-based plan. Participants are recommended by the Chief Executive Officer and are subject to review and approval by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee reviews and approves all allocations and payments under the LTIP. Currently, one of our named executive officers, Mr. Hagelin, and a limited number of management employees participate in the LTIP.
The key measurement factor for the LTIP is defined cash flow, which we refer to below as DCF. Because our business is seasonal and our earnings vary from year-to-year, generating cash flow is particularly important to our business. DCF is measured as cash flow from operations before financing costs, management fees, interest and income taxes after normal capital expenditures, as defined by the LTIP.
Under the LTIP, bookkeeping accounts are maintained for each participant tracking the participant's accrued balance under the LTIP. There are two potential sources of input to a participant's account under the LTIP:
DCF (in millions) |
$ | 5 | $ | 10 | $ | 20 | $ | 30 | $ | 40 | $ | 50 | $ | 55 | $ | 60 | $65 and above | |||||||||
Growth % |
(45 |
)% |
(25 |
)% |
(10 |
)% |
(5 |
)% |
5 |
% |
15 |
% |
20 |
% |
25 |
% |
30% |
For 2009, the Company's DCF was $39.0 million, which resulted in an allocation of $7,823 and a growth percentage of 4% being applied to Mr. Hagelin's account balance under the LTIP. Vested account balances are generally paid out only in connection with a termination of employment, either in a lump sum or in installments depending on the reason for termination and the amount of the account balance at the time of termination, subject to partial payout during employment if an account balance exceeds two times the participant's base salary. See "Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation" for additional information regarding the payout of account balances.
Other Compensation
In addition to their base salaries and awards under incentive plans described above, our named executive officers receive matching contributions under our 401(k) plan in the same manner as all of our employees who participate in the plan. We match 20% of a participant's pre-tax contributions up to the first 5% of such participant's base salary up to the maximum allowed by the plan. Additionally, as with all other salaried employees, the named executive officers are eligible to participate in the Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Salaried Pension Plan, which is described in more detail below.
86
Each named executive officer is also eligible to participate in all other benefit plans and programs that are or may be available to our other executive employees, including any health insurance or health care plan, disability insurance, vacation and sick leave, and other similar plans. The only perquisite our named executive officers receive is a Company-paid annual executive physical which was introduced in 2009.
Exercise of Discretion in Executive Compensation
The Compensation Committee has the discretion to adjust awards under the AIP and LTIP, but has historically not exercised such discretion either to approve payments to named executive officers if a performance goal in a given year is not attained or to reduce payments to named executive officers if a performance goal is met.
Our Board of Directors and Compensation Committee meet as often as required during the year in furtherance of their respective duties, including a review of all Company annual incentive plans and compensation for Mr. Janik.
Severance and Change of Control Arrangements
Three of our named executive officers, Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, are parties to employment agreements entered into at the time of their initial hire by us. Under each of these employment agreements, the named executive officer is eligible for severance benefits consisting of base salary continuation (ranging from twelve to 24 months), paid COBRA coverage for twelve months and accelerated vesting of a portion of the executive's then outstanding stock options if his employment is terminated by us without cause or if the executive resigns due to a material breach by us. Additionally, Mr. Janik is entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual bonus under the AIP if his employment is terminated for any reason other than a termination by the Company for cause or resignation other than for a Material Breach. Mr. Adamson's severance benefits are also triggered in the event we do not renew the initial term of his employment agreement in August 2010. Mr. Hagelin, who does not have an employment agreement, would be entitled to participate in our customary severance plan if he were terminated without cause, which provides for one week of severance for each year of service and access to COBRA benefits as required by applicable laws. Additionally, he would remain fully vested in his LTIP account.
We compete for executive talent in a highly competitive market in which companies routinely offer similar benefits to named executive officers. We view these benefits as appropriate for the named executive officers who may not be in a position to readily obtain comparable employment within a reasonable period of time.
Additionally, in the event of a change of control (as defined in the option award agreements), all of the unvested options held by Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson would become fully vested. In the case of Mr. Janik, who is our only named executive officer who has been granted deferred stock units, his deferred stock units would also convert into an equivalent number of shares of our common stock.
We also maintain a Liquidity Bonus Plan, which we refer to as the LBP. The LBP provides for cash bonus payments to eligible participants in connection with a change of control (as defined in the LBP). The LBP became effective November 2007 and automatically terminates on the fifth anniversary of its effective date unless a change of control occurs prior to such date. Upon a change of control, a bonus pool equal to $1,000,000 (or such greater amount as may be determined by our Board of Directors) is to be allocated among eligible employees (which includes the named executive officers) in the manner determined by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion and subsequently paid out in accordance with those allocations. Our Board of Directors is required to allocate 100% of the pool to eligible employees.
87
Certain of our named executive officers, Mr. Janik and Mr. McCormick, have long service records with us and generally have provided the vision and leadership that has built us into the successful enterprise that we are today. We believe that providing these change of control benefits will keep these individuals, as well as the other named executive officers, focused on stockholders interests rather than income security in the event of a potential change of control transaction.
Please refer to the discussion below under "Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control" for a more detailed discussion of our severance and change of control arrangements.
Stock Ownership Guidelines
The are currently no equity ownership requirements or guidelines that any of our named executive officers or other employees must meet or maintain.
Policy Regarding Restatements
We do not currently have a formal policy requiring a fixed course of action with respect to compensation adjustments following later restatements of financial results. Under those circumstances, our Board of Directors or Compensation Committee would evaluate whether compensation adjustments were appropriate based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the restatement.
Tax Deductibility
The Compensation Committee has considered the potential future effects of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code on the compensation paid to our named executive officers. Section 162(m) places a limit of $1.0 million on the amount of compensation that a publicly held corporation may deduct in any one year with respect to its chief executive officer and each of the next three most highly compensated executive officers (other than its chief financial officer). In general, certain performance-based compensation approved by stockholders is not subject to this deduction limit. As we are not currently publicly-traded, the Compensation Committee has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in making compensation decisions. We expect that following the consummation of this offering, the Compensation Committee will adopt a policy that, where reasonably practicable, we will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limits of Section 162(m). However, we may authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when we believe that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table for Fiscal Year Ended 2009
Name
|
Year | Salary |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Comp(1) |
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation Earnings(2) |
All
Other Comp(3) |
Total | |||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James Janik |
2009 | $ | 360,006 | $ | 166,285 | $ | 47,077 | $ | 3,131 | $ | 576,499 | ||||||||
Robert McCormick |
2009 | $ | 247,531 | $ | 114,333 | $ | 20,750 | $ | 3,131 | $ | 385,745 | ||||||||
Mark Adamson |
2009 | $ | 216,735 | $ | 100,109 | $ | 33,164 | $ | 3,131 | $ | 353,139 | ||||||||
Keith Hagelin |
2009 | $ | 150,860 | $ | 69,682 | $ | 28,987 | $ | 9,518 | $ | 259,047 |
88
Name
|
401(k)
Matching Contribution |
Executive
Physicals |
Long Term
Incentive Plan Seed Money |
Total All
Other Compensation |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James Janik |
$ | 2,300 | $ | 831 | N/A | $ | 3,131 | |||||
Robert McCormick |
$ | 2,300 | $ | 831 | N/A | $ | 3,131 | |||||
Mark Adamson |
$ | 2,300 | $ | 831 | N/A | $ | 3,131 | |||||
Keith Hagelin |
$ | 1,695 | N/A | $7,823 | $ | 9,518 |
Grant of Plan-Based Awards in Year 2009
|
Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name
|
Threshold | Target | Maximum | |||||||
James Janik |
$ | 0 | $ | 252,004 | $ | 504,008 | ||||
Robert McCormick |
$ | 0 | $ | 173,272 | $ | 346,543 | ||||
Mark Adamson |
$ | 0 | $ | 151,715 | $ | 303,429 | ||||
Keith Hagelin |
$ | 0 | $ | 105,602 | $ | 211,204 |
89
Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended December 31, 2009 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Year 2009 Table
Certain elements of compensation set forth in the Summary Compensation Table for Year Ended December 31, 2009 and Grants of Plan-Based Awards for Year 2009 Table reflect the terms of employment agreements between us and certain of the named executive officers.
James L. Janik. We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Janik entered into on March 30, 2004 in connection with the Acquisition. The agreement had an initial term of three years, after which it remains effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. Janik with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $270,000 per year, which was increased to $360,000 in 2008, and which is subject to annual increase at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Janik is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. Janik is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.
Robert L. McCormick. We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. McCormick entered into on September 7, 2004. The agreement had an initial term of three years, after which it remains effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. McCormick with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $195,000 per year, which was increased to $252,346 in 2009, and which is subject to annual review and adjustment at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement Mr. McCormick is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. McCormick is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.
Mark Adamson. We are a party to an employment agreement with Mr. Adamson entered into on August 27, 2007. The agreement has an initial term of three years, after which it will remain effective for successive one-year periods until we give or are provided by Mr. Adamson with 90 days notice of termination prior to each successive renewal date. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $205,000 per year, which was increased to $220,938 in 2009, and which is subject to annual review and adjustment at the discretion of our Board of Directors. In addition, pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Adamson is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 100% of his base salary. As discussed in "Annual Incentive Plan," beginning in 2009, our Board of Directors provided for an increase in the maximum payouts under the AIP applicable to all participants and thus from 2009 onward Mr. Adamson is eligible to receive an annual performance bonus of up to 140% of his base salary.
90
Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End 2009
The following table sets forth for each named executive officer, unexercised options, unvested stock and equity incentive plan awards as of the end of 2009.
|
Option Awards(2) |
|
|
Stock Awards | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name(1)
|
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Unexercisable |
Option
Exercise Price |
Option
Expiration Date |
Number of
Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(3) |
Market
Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(4) |
|||||||||||||
James Janik |
18,103 | | $ | 100 | 3/30/2014 | 1,763 | |||||||||||||
Robert McCormick |
4,908 | | $ | 100 | 9/4/2014 | | | ||||||||||||
Mark Adamson |
2,000 | 3,000 | $ | 100 | 8/27/2017 | | |
Option Exercises and Stock Vested in Fiscal 2009
|
Option Awards | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name(1)
|
Number of
Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) |
Value
Realized on Exercise ($) |
|||||
James Janik |
| (2) | $ | 650,413 | |||
Robert McCormick |
| (2) | $ | 82,132 |
91
The following table sets forth each named executive officer's pension benefits as of the end of 2009.
Name
|
Plan Name |
Number of
Years of Credited Service |
Present
Value of Accumulated Benefit |
Payments
During Last Fiscal Year |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James Janik |
Salaried Pension | 16.3 | $ | 320,337 | | |||||||
Robert McCormick |
Salaried Pension | 4.3 | $ | 78,333 | | |||||||
Mark Adamson |
Salaried Pension | 1.4 | $ | 33,164 | | |||||||
Keith Hagelin |
Salaried Pension | 13.7 | $ | 169,512 | |
We sponsor a defined benefit plan, the Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Salaried Pension Plan, in which our named executive officers participate. The accrued benefit under the plan is 1.67% of final average monthly compensation multiplied by years of service (capped at 30 years) less 1.67% of monthly social security benefit multiplied by years of service (capped at 30 years). "Final average monthly compensation" is calculated based on the highest five year consecutive total compensation during the last ten years of employment.
Participants may receive their full benefit upon normal retirement at age 65 or a reduced benefit upon early retirement at age 55 with ten years of service. Reduced benefits are also available after termination with five years of service.
The amounts in the table above reflect the actuarial present value of the named executive officer's benefits under our defined benefit plan and are determined using the interest rate and other assumptions discussed in Note 12 in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009 included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation
The following table sets forth information regarding contributions, earnings, withdrawals and balances with respect to the LTIP for the year ended 2009.
Name(1)
|
Executive
Contributions in Last FY |
Registrant
Contributions in Last FY(2) |
Aggregate
Earnings in Last FY(2) |
Aggregate
Withdrawals/ Distributions |
Aggregate
Balance at Last FYE |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Keith Hagelin |
| $ | 7,823 | $ | 7,502 | | $ | 202,863 |
All amounts allocated to Mr. Hagelin's account are vested except in the event of his voluntary separation or termination for cause. In this case, the last two years will not be considered vested and will be subtracted from his account balance. Vested portions will be paid out in lump sum upon death, long term disability or normal retirement. For all other separations, payouts will be made in five equal annual installments with interest accruing on the unpaid balance at the one year US Treasury rate effective at the beginning of the year, unless the account balance is less than$75,000, in which event it will be paid out in a lump sum. If the total in Mr. Hagelin's account reaches two times his base salary, one-fifth of the account balance will be paid out by February 15th of the following year. See "Long Term Incentive CompensationLong Term Incentive Plan" for additional information regarding the LTIP.
92
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control
The information below describes certain compensation and benefits to which our named executive officers are entitled in the event their employment is terminated under certain circumstances and/or a change of control occurs. See the table at the end of this section for the amount of compensation and benefits that would have become payable under existing plans and contractual arrangements assuming a termination of employment and/or change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009 based upon the estimated fair value of our common stock on that date of $ , given the named executive officers' compensation and service levels as of such date. There can be no assurance that an actual triggering event would produce the same or similar results as those estimated if such event occurs on any other date or at any other price, or if any other assumption used to estimate potential payments and benefits is not correct. Due to the number of factors that affect the nature and amount of any potential payments or benefits, any actual payments and benefits may be different. Unless otherwise noted specifically below, a change of control will not be triggered as a result of this offering.
Involuntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach
Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson. We are parties to employment agreements with three of the named executive officers (Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson), all of which were entered into prior to December 31, 2009. Under these employment agreements, if we terminate the executive's employment without Cause (as defined below), or if the executive were to terminate his employment due to a Material Breach (as defined below) by us, the executive would be entitled to receive severance benefits consisting of base salary continuation. Under such circumstances, Mr. Janik would be entitled to 24 months of his base salary, and each of Messrs. McCormick and Adamson would be entitled to 12 months of his base salary, in each case paid monthly. Any unvested stock options scheduled to vest at the next applicable vesting date would vest pro-rata according to the number of months the executive was employed during the relevant vesting period. We would also continue each executive's benefits for one year at the executive's election and cost. Additionally, Mr. Janik would also have been entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus for the year of termination. Severance payments would generally be subject to the executive's compliance with certain non-competition, non-solicitation and confidentiality covenants (described in more detail below) during the period severance payments are being made.
Under each employment agreement, "Cause" means the occurrence or existence of any of the following with respect to an executive, as determined in good faith by a majority of the disinterested members of our Board of Directors: (a) a material breach by the executive of any of his material obligations under the employment agreement which remains uncured after the lapse of 30 days following the date that we have given the executive written notice thereof; (b) a material breach by the executive of his duty not to engage in any transaction that represents, directly or indirectly, self-dealing with us or any of our respective affiliates which has not been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of our Board of Directors, if in any such case such material breach remains uncured after the lapse of 30 days following the date that we have given the executive written notice thereof; (c) the repeated material breach by the executive of any material duty referred to in clause (a) or (b) above as to which at least two (2) written notices have been given pursuant to such clause (a) or (b); (d) any act of misappropriation, embezzlement, intentional fraud or similar conduct involving us; (e) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of a felony involving moral turpitude; (f) intentional infliction of any damage of a material nature to any of our property; or (g) the repeated non-prescription abuse of any controlled substance or the repeated abuse of alcohol or any other non-controlled substance which, in any case described in this clause, our Board of Directors reasonably determines renders the executive unfit to serve us as an officer or employee.
Under each employment agreement, the executive has the right to terminate his employment if (a) we fail to perform a material condition or covenant of the employment agreement that remains
93
uncured after an applicable cure period or (b) we repeatedly fail to perform a material condition or covenant of the employment agreement as to which at least two written notices have been given by the executive (each of clause (a) and (b), a "Material Breach"). Additionally, under Mr. Janik's employment agreement, Material Breach also includes the relocation of his principal place of performance to outside the Milwaukee, Wisconsin metropolitan area without his prior written consent.
Each of the employment agreements contains a non-competition provision that prevents the executive officer from working for or investing in our competitors and a non-solicit provision that prevents the executive officer from soliciting our employees, in each case for three years after termination of employment, and a perpetual nondisclosure provision.
Mr. Hagelin. Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement. Accordingly, if he were to be terminated without cause, he would be entitled to participate in our general severance plan, which provides for one week of severance per year of service. Additionally, as a participant in the LTIP, he would remain 100% vested in his account balance (rather than forfeit the last two years of contributions in the event of termination with cause or voluntary resignation).
Termination due to Death, Disability or Retirement
Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson. Under the employment agreements, if the executive's employment terminates due to death, Disability (as defined below) or retirement, the executive would generally not be entitled to severance benefits except as follows. In the event of an executive's death, we would be obligated to continue coverage of such executive's dependents (if any) under all benefit plans and programs for a period of six months at no charge to the dependants. Additionally, under the AIP, in the event of termination due to death or Disability and, in the case of Mr. Janik, his retirement, each executive (or his beneficiaries) would be entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus for the year of termination.
Under the employment agreements, "Disability" means a disability that renders the executive unable to perform the essential functions of his position, even with reasonable accommodation, for a period of 60 consecutive days or for 90 days within any 180 day period.
Mr. Hagelin. Mr. Hagelin is not a party to an employment agreement. Accordingly, if his employment were terminated due to death, disability or retirement, he would not be entitled to any severance benefits. As a participant in the LTIP, he would remain 100% vested in his account balance and would receive a lump sum distribution. Additionally, under the AIP, he (or his beneficiaries) would be entitled to receive a pro-rated portion of his annual performance bonus.
Treatment of Vested Stock Options
Under the terms of each employment agreement and option award agreement with Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, in the event an executive's employment with us terminates for any reason, other than for Cause, he would be entitled to exercise all vested stock options held by him for a period of 180 days after the termination date, except that if Mr. Janik's employment is terminated without Cause, or due to his death, Disability or retirement, or he resigns due to a Material Breach, he has a period of 24 months to exercise all vested stock options held by him.
Change of Control
Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson. Under the terms of each employment agreement and option award agreement with Messrs. Janik, McCormick and Adamson, in the event of a change of control (as defined below), all unvested options held by the executive accelerate and become fully vested. For purposes of the employment agreements and option award agreements, "change of control" means any time, (i) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates shall cease to collectively
94
beneficially own and control at least 51%, on a fully diluted basis, of our outstanding capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body), unless the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively beneficially own and control (a) at least 35%, on a fully diluted basis, of our outstanding capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) and (b) on a fully diluted basis, more of our outstanding capital stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) than any other person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act); (ii) any person or "group" (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than Aurora, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of our members of our Board of Directors (or similar governing body); (iii) Douglas Holdings shall cease to beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the limited liability company interests of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.; or (iv) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on our Board of Directors (or similar governing body) cease to be occupied by persons who either (a) were members of our Board of Directors on April 12, 2004 or (b) were nominated for election by our Board of Directors, a majority of whom were directors on April 12, 2004 or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors.
All Named Executive Officers. In accordance with the LBP, in the event of a change of control (as defined below), a bonus pool of at least $1 million is to be allocated among eligible employees (including the named executive officers) in the manner determined by our Board of Directors in its sole discretion. Because the allocation of the bonus pool established by the LBP is not known until a change of control is consummated, it is not known how much each named executive officer would have been entitled to receive if a change of control had occurred on December 31, 2009.
For purposes of the LBP, a "change of control" means any time the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates shall cease collectively to have the power to vote or direct the voting of the securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of our directors unless (i) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively own, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of our common stock (on a fully diluted basis), (ii) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively own, beneficially and of record, an amount of our common stock equal to at least 51% (on a fully diluted basis) of our common stock collectively owned by the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates, beneficially and of record, as of the effective date of the LBP, (iii) the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates collectively have the power (pursuant to stockholder agreements, proxies or other contractual arrangements) to elect a majority of our Board of Directors and (iv) no "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), has become, or has obtained the rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the "beneficial owners" (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more of our outstanding common stock than so held collectively by the Aurora Entities, Ares and their respective affiliates. The number of shares that would satisfy the condition in clause (ii) above is 258,120 shares of our common stock. It is anticipated that the sale of shares of common stock by the Aurora entities and Ares in this offering may constitute a change of control under the LBP depending on the number of shares sold.
Mr. Janik's Deferred Stock Units. Prior to the implementation of the 2004 Stock Plan, Mr. Janik participated in the LTIP. Concurrent with the implementation of the 2004 Stock Plan, Mr. Janik's LTIP balance was converted into 1,763 deferred stock units, each of which currently represents the right to receive one share of our common stock, pursuant to the terms of the deferred stock unit agreement between Mr. Janik and us. In the event of a change of control (as defined in the same manner as in the option award agreements) or, if earlier, the later of the closing of a qualified initial public offering
95
or the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with the qualified initial public offering, we will be obligated to issue to Mr. Janik one share of our common stock for each of his deferred stock units and the deferred stock units will be cancelled.
The table below sets forth the estimated value of the potential payments to each of the named executive officers, assuming the executive's employment had terminated on December 31, 2009 and/or that a change of control had occurred on that date. These figures are based on the employment agreements in effect on December 31, 2009. The table excludes payouts that would have been made under the LBP since such payouts would only be known had a change of control occurred on December 31, 2009.
Name
|
Termination
without cause or resignation for material breach |
Termination
due to death |
Termination
due to disability |
Termination
due to retirement |
Change of
control |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
James Janik |
|||||||||||||||||
Severance |
$ | 726,532 | | | | | |||||||||||
Dependent COBRA Coverage |
| $ | 480 | | | | |||||||||||
AIP Bonus |
$ | 166,285 | $ | 166,285 | $ | 166,285 | $ | 166,285 | | ||||||||
Deferred Stock Units |
| | | | |||||||||||||
Robert McCormick |
|||||||||||||||||
Severance |
$ | 255,606 | | | | | |||||||||||
Dependent COBRA Coverage |
| $ | 480 | | | | |||||||||||
AIP Bonus |
| $ | 114,333 | $ | 114,333 | | | ||||||||||
Mark Adamson |
|||||||||||||||||
Severance |
$ | 224,198 | | | | | |||||||||||
Dependent COBRA Coverage |
| $ | 480 | | | | |||||||||||
AIP Bonus |
| $ | 100,109 | $ | 100,109 | | | ||||||||||
Option Acceleration(1) |
| | | ||||||||||||||
Keith Hagelin |
|||||||||||||||||
Severance(2) |
$ | 41,636 | | | | | |||||||||||
Dependent COBRA Coverage(3) |
| $ | 401 | | | | |||||||||||
AIP Bonus |
| $ | 69,682 | $ | 69,682 | | | ||||||||||
LTIP |
$ | 202,863 | (4) | $ | 202,863 | $ | 202,863 | $ | 202,863 | |
Stock Incentive Plans
2010 Stock Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering we expect to adopt a new 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2010 Stock Plan. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2010 Stock
96
Plan. This description is not complete. For more information, we refer you to the full text of the 2010 Stock Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
The 2010 Stock Plan will authorize the grant of "non-qualified" stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, or RSU, and incentive bonuses to employees, officers, non-employee directors and other service providers to us and our subsidiaries. The number of shares of common stock issuable pursuant to all awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan will not exceed shares of our common stock, plus any shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2004 Stock Plan that on or after , 2010 cease to be subject to such awards. The number of shares issued or reserved pursuant to the 2010 Stock Plan (or pursuant to outstanding awards) is subject to adjustment as a result of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends and other changes in our common stock. Shares subject to awards that have been canceled, expired, forfeited or otherwise not issued under an award and shares subject to awards settled in cash do no count as shares issued under the 2010 Stock Plan. In addition, (i) shares that were subject to a stock-settled SAR and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such SAR, (ii) shares used to pay the exercise price of a stock option, (iii) shares delivered to or withheld by us to pay the withholding taxes related to an award, and (iv) shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise do not count as shares issued under the 2010 Stock Plan.
Administration. The 2010 Stock Plan will be administered by our Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the discretion to determine the individuals to whom awards may be granted under the 2010 Stock Plan, the manner in which such awards will vest and the other conditions applicable to awards. Options, SARs, restricted stock, RSUs and incentive bonuses may be granted by the Compensation Committee to employees, officers, non-employee directors and other service providers in such numbers and at such times during the term of the 2010 Stock Plan as the Compensation Committee shall determine. The Compensation Committee will be authorized to interpret the 2010 Stock Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the 2010 Stock Plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2010 Stock Plan. All decisions, determinations and interpretations by the Compensation Committee, and any rules and regulations under the 2010 Stock Plan and the terms and conditions of or operation of any award, are final and binding on all participants, beneficiaries, heirs, assigns or other persons holding or claiming rights under the 2010 Stock Plan or any award.
Options. The Compensation Committee will determine the exercise price and other terms for each option and whether the options are non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to employees and are subject to certain other restrictions. To the extent an option intended to be an incentive stock option does not so qualify, it will be treated as a non-qualified option. A participant may exercise an option by written notice and payment of the exercise price in shares, cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Compensation Committee, including an irrevocable commitment by a broker to pay over such amount from a sale of the shares issuable under an option, the delivery of previously owned shares and withholding of shares deliverable upon exercise.
Stock appreciation rights. The Compensation Committee may grant SARs independent of or in connection with an option. The exercise price per share of a SAR will be an amount determined by the Compensation Committee, and the Compensation Committee will determine the other terms applicable to SARs. Generally, each SAR will entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to:
97
Payment shall be made in common stock or in cash, or partly in common stock and partly in cash, all as shall be determined by the Compensation Committee.
Restricted stock and restricted stock units. The Compensation Committee may award restricted common stock and RSUs. Restricted stock awards consist of shares of common stock that are transferred to the participant subject to restrictions that may result in forfeiture if specified conditions are not satisfied. RSUs result in the transfer of shares of cash or common stock to the participant only after specified conditions are satisfied. The Compensation Committee will determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each award of restricted stock or RSUs, which may include performance vesting conditions.
Incentive bonuses. An incentive bonus is an opportunity for a participant to earn a future payment tied to the level of achievement with respect to one or more performance criteria established for a performance period set by the Compensation Committee. Payment of the amount due under an incentive bonus may be made in cash or in shares, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
Performance criteria. Vesting of awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan may be subject to the satisfaction of one or more performance goals established by the Compensation Committee. The performance goals may vary from participant to participant, group to group, and period to period.
Transferability. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, awards granted under the 2010 Stock Plan will not be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
Change of control. The Compensation Committee may provide, either at the time an award is granted or thereafter, that a change of control (as defined in the 2010 Stock Plan) that occurs after the offering shall have such effect as specified by the Compensation Committee, or no effect, as the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion may provide.
Amendment and termination. Awards will be granted under the 2010 Stock Plan only during the ten years following the effective date of the 2010 Stock Plan. Our Board of Directors will have the authority to amend, alter or discontinue the 2010 Stock Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment may diminish any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent. In addition, stockholder approval will be required for any amendment that would increase the maximum number of shares available for awards, reduce the price at which options may be granted, change the class of eligible participants, or otherwise when stockholder approval is required by law or under stock exchange listing requirements.
2004 Stock Incentive Plan
Our Board of Directors adopted, and our stockholders subsequently approved, the Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2004 Stock Plan. An aggregate of 68,345 shares of our common stock may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2004 Stock Plan. Following the adoption of the 2010 Stock Plan, we will not issue any further awards under the 2004 Stock Plan.
The 2004 Stock Plan provides for the grant to our executives, directors, consultants, advisors and key employees and employees of Aurora Capital Group and Ares of equity awards. Awards are not restricted to any specified form or structure and may include, without limitation, sales or bonuses of common stock, restricted stock, stock options, reload stock options, stock purchase warrants, other rights to acquire common stock, securities convertible into or redeemable for common stock, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, dividend equivalents, performance units or performance shares. As
98
of December 31, 2009, options to purchase an aggregate of 48,497 shares of our common stock were outstanding under the 2004 Stock Plan with a weighted average exercise price per share of $100. No awards other than stock options have been granted under the terms of the 2004 Stock Plan, and we have no current intentions to issue any additional awards (in the form of stock options or otherwise) under the 2004 Stock Plan.
The 2004 Stock Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. Options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan are evidenced by stock option agreements containing such provisions as the Compensation Committee deems advisable. All options granted under the 2004 Stock Plan expire not more than 10 years after the date of grant and have an exercise price that is determined by the Compensation Committee, but in no event is less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Options issued under the 2004 Stock Plan generally vest ratably over five years (20% on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversaries of the grant date), provided that the participant is then employed by us, but may be subject to certain acceleration provisions, including full acceleration in connection with a change of control. Full payment for shares of common stock purchased on the exercise of an option must be made at the time of such exercise in a manner approved by the Compensation Committee.
If a participant is our employee or consultant and the participant's service is terminated for any reason within two years of commencement of employment or consultancy, as applicable, we may, but are not obligated to, purchase any of the shares of common stock issued under the 2004 Stock Plan then owned by the participant within 60 days after the termination of service. Shares of our common stock acquired under the 2004 Stock Plan may not be transferred by the participant other than pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution or to certain family members or trusts established solely for the benefit thereof, and are generally subject to a right of first refusal in favor of us. These repurchase rights, transfer restrictions and right of first refusal will terminate upon the consummation of this offering.
Our Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 2004 Stock Plan at any time, subject to certain restrictions. Outstanding awards may be amended, however, only with the consent of the holder.
Compensation of Directors
Only two of our directors, Messrs. Peiffer and Wickham, have received any compensation in connection with their service on our Board of Directors. Each was granted options to purchase 2,062 shares of our common stock under our 2004 Stock Plan in 2004 at an exercise price of $100, all of which remain outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2009. During 2009, none of our directors received any compensation.
99
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table and accompanying footnotes provide information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock and voting preferred stock as of , 2010 with respect to:
Beneficial ownership, which is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, means the sole or shared power to vote or direct the voting or dispose or direct the disposition of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person includes shares of common stock issuable with respect to options or similar convertible securities held by that person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days.
The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of common stock before this offering set forth below is based on shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of , 2010. The number of shares and percentage beneficial ownership of common stock after the consummation of this offering is based on (a) shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option and (b) shares of our common stock to be issued and outstanding immediately after consummation of this offering, assuming the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option.
Unless otherwise indicated below, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table is c/o Douglas Dynamics, Inc., 7777 N. 73 rd Street, PO Box 2455038, Milwaukee, WI 53223.
Each of the selling stockholders, other than our former managers, acquired their respective shares of our common stock from the Aurora Entities in 2004 following the Acquisition at a price of $100 per share. Our former managers acquired their shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options, granted in 2004, at an exercise price of $100 per share, from 2006 to 2007.
The Company does not know of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control, other than this offering, which may constitute a change of control under our Liquidity Bonus Plan (see "Executive CompensationSeverance and Change of Control Arrangements") if the Aurora Entities and Ares sell shares of common stock in this offering in excess of the threshold described under "Executive CompensationPotential Payments upon Termination or Change of ControlChange of Control."
100
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table, shares are owned directly or indirectly with sole voting and investment power, subject to applicable community property laws.
|
Number of Shares of
Common Stock Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering* |
|
Number of Shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned Immediately After Consummation of this Offering |
|||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
Assuming the
Underwriters' Over-Allotment Option is Not Exercised |
Assuming the
Underwriters' Over-Allotment Option is Exercised in Full |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
Number of
Shares of Common Stock Offered |
|||||||||||||||||||
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
Number of
Shares of Common Stock |
Percentage
of Class |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock |
Percentage
of Class |
Number of
Shares of Common Stock |
Percentage
of Class |
||||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Affiliates of Aurora Capital Group |
437,866 | (1)(2) | 68.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. |
200,857 | (3) | 33.03 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
General Electric Pension Trust |
92,500 | (4) | 15.23 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Directors and Named Executive Officers |
||||||||||||||||||||||
James L. Janik |
18,103 | (5)(6) | 2.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Robert L. McCormick |
4,908 | (6)(7) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Mark Adamson |
2,000 | (6)(8) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Keith Hagelin |
| ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jack O. Peiffer |
2,062 | (6)(9) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Michael W. Wickham |
2,062 | (6)(10) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Mark Rosenbaum(11) |
| ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Michael Marino(11) |
| ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Nav Rahemtulla(12) |
| ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jeffrey Serota(12) |
| ** | ||||||||||||||||||||
All directors and executive officers as a group (10 persons) |
29,135 | (6)(13) | 4.58 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Other Selling Stockholders |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Richard K. Roeder |
500 | (6)(14) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Richard R. Crowell |
750 | (6)(15) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Gerald L. Parsky |
437,866 | (16) | 68.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
John T. Mapes |
437,866 | (17) | 68.65 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
Diane Anderson Revocable Trust |
125 | (6) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Robert Anderson, Jr. Revocable Trust |
62.50 | (6) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Robert Anderson Living Trust |
62.50 | (6) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
James D. and Maria D. Hodgson Inter Vivos Personal Trust |
50 | (6) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Dale Frey |
750 | (6)(18) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Lawrence A. Bossidy |
1000 | (6)(19) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Douglas Dynamics Equity Partners L.P. |
1,460 | (6)(20) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
James R. Roethle |
3,016 | (6)(21) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Flemming H. Smitsdorff |
2,445 | (6)(22) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Raymond S. Littlefield |
1,630 | (6)(23) | ** | |||||||||||||||||||
Ralph R. Gould |
1,630 | (6)(24) | ** |
101
Each of the Aurora Entities is controlled by Aurora Advisors II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to in this prospectus as AAII. Messrs. Gerald L. Parsky and John T. Mapes, both of whom are Managing Directors of Aurora Capital Group, jointly control AAII and thus may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities beneficially owned by the Aurora Entities, though the foregoing statement shall not be deemed an admission of their beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of each of the Aurora Entities and of Messrs. Parsky and Mapes is c/o Aurora Capital Group, 10877 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 2100, Los Angeles, CA 90024.
102
however, shall not be deemed an admission of beneficial ownership of such securities by Mr. Parsky. Includes 1,250 shares of common stock held by an investment retirement account for Mr. Parsky, all of which constitute Aurora Voting Shares.
103
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Related Party Transaction Policy
We do not currently have a formal, written policy or procedure for the review and approval of related party transactions. However, all related party transactions are currently reviewed and approved by a disinterested majority of our Board of Directors.
We will adopt a written related party transaction policy, which will become effective upon our listing on the NYSE. This policy will require the review and approval of all transactions involving us or any of our subsidiaries and a related person in which (i) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) a related person has or will have a direct or indirect interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity) prior to entering into such transaction. For purposes of the policy, related persons will include our directors, executive officers, 5% or greater stockholders and parties related to the foregoing, such as immediate family members and entities they control. In reviewing such transactions, the policy will require the Audit Committee to consider all of the relevant facts and circumstances available to the Audit Committee, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction and whether the relationship should be continued or eliminated, and determine whether or not a particular relationship serves the best interest of the Company and its stockholders. In addition, the policy will delegate to the chair of the Audit Committee the authority to pre-approve or ratify any transaction with a related person in which the aggregate amount involved is expected to be less than $1,000,000.
Related Party Transactions
The following is a description of transactions since January 1, 2007 to which we have been a party, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Promissory Notes / Pledge and Security Agreements
We are not party to any loan arrangements with our current executive officers or directors. However, under the terms of our management incentive and non-qualified stock option agreements under the 2004 Stock Plan, members of management who received options underlying shares of our common stock could elect to satisfy the exercise price of such options by delivering a full recourse promissory note to us in respect of the aggregate exercise price together with the execution of a pledge and security agreement pledging to us as a security for payment under the promissory note the acquired shares of our common stock. While we plan to eliminate this method of satisfying the exercise price of our stock options prior to the consummation of this offering by amending the 2004 Stock Plan as well as any of our management incentive and non-qualified stock option agreements that include this provision, summarized below is the principal amount of and interest that accrued in 2007, 2008 and 2009 on any such promissory notes delivered by individuals who are, or were, executive officers of the Company at any time in the past three years. The only notes that remain outstanding are those of our former executive officers. The principal amount of and the interest accrued on the promissory notes delivered by Messrs. Janik and McCormick were canceled as described under "Repurchase Agreements" below.
104
outstanding in full as of the date hereof. During each of 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest of $8,150 accrued in respect of the $163,000 principal promissory note and during 2007, 2008 and 2009, interest of $1,552, $4,075 and $4,075 accrued, respectively, in respect of the $81,500 principal promissory note. The promissory notes must be repaid on the earlier of March 30, 2014 or the occurrence of a change of control (as defined in the same manner in the option award agreements).
105
Repurchase Agreements
On December 22, 2008 and January 23, 2009, we entered into securities repurchase agreements with each of Messrs. Janik and McCormick. Pursuant to these agreements, we repurchased a portion of our common stock and stock options exercisable for shares of our common stock in exchange for a cash payment and the satisfaction of the principal amount of the promissory notes held by Messrs. Janik and McCormick as described under "Promissory Notes / Pledge and Security Agreements" above.
Pursuant to the repurchase agreements that we entered into with Mr. Janik, (i) on December 22, 2008, we repurchased 3,225 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate consideration of $957,516, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. Janik in the amount of $665,016 and the satisfaction of $292,500 of principal on his promissory note; and (ii) on January 23, 2009, we repurchased 75 shares of our common stock and options to purchase an aggregate of 3,341 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $100 per share in exchange for aggregate consideration of $672,513, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. Janik in the amount of $665,013 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $7,500 on his promissory note. In connection with these repurchase transactions, we also forgave the accrued interest, totaling $18,472, on Mr. Janik's promissory note.
Pursuant to the repurchase agreements that we entered into with Mr. McCormick, (i) on December 22, 2008, we repurchased 1,701 shares of our common stock in exchange for aggregate consideration of $505,034, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. McCormick in the amount of $334,934 and the satisfaction of $170,100 of principal on his promissory note; and (ii) on January 23, 2009, we repurchased 1,299 shares of our common stock and options to purchase an aggregate of 422 shares of our common stock at an exercise price per share of $100 per share in exchange for aggregate consideration of $464,850, comprised of a cash payment to Mr. McCormick in the amount of $334,950 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $129,900 on his promissory note. In connection with these repurchase transactions, we also forgave the accrued interest, totaling $18,321, on Mr. McCormick's promissory note.
Each of the repurchase agreements obligates the executive to remit to us certain sums if the executive is terminated by us for cause (as defined in his employment agreement, see "Executive CompensationInvoluntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach") or voluntarily terminates his employment with us for any reason other than a material breach (as defined in his employment agreement, see "Executive CompensationInvoluntary Termination Without Cause or Resignation Due to Material Breach") within 36 months following the date of the applicable repurchase agreement. See "Executive CompensationEmployment Agreements." More specifically, Mr. Janik's repurchase agreements require him to remit to us $1,330,029 if his employment so terminates before December 22, 2011 and $665,013 if his employment so terminates between December 22, 2011 and prior to January 23, 2012. Mr. McCormick's repurchase agreements require him to remit to us $669,884 if his employment is so terminated before December 22, 2011 and $334,950 if his employment is so terminated between December 22, 2011 and prior to January 23, 2012.
Securityholders Agreement
The following is a summary description of the principal terms of the Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement dated June 30, 2004, as amended by that certain amendment dated as of December 27, 2004, which we refer to in this prospectus as the Securityholders Agreement, among Douglas Holdings, the Aurora Entities, Ares and Douglas Holdings' other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, which includes certain members of management (such other stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders being the "Class A securityholders"). The Securityholders Agreement will survive consummation of this offering. This summary description does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to the definitive
106
Securityholders Agreement, a copy of which has been or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Transfer Restrictions. Subject to certain limited exceptions, each of the securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement has agreed that, without the consent of the Aurora Entities and Ares, it will not transfer any amount of our securities that would exceed the lesser of two times the volume limitations set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Rule 144(e)(1) of the Securities Act, regardless of whether such transfer or such securities are otherwise subject to Rule 144. In addition, concurrent with the consummation of this offering, the Securityholders Agreement will be amended to provide that our management stockholders will not transfer any amount of our securities owned by them except at such time and in proportion with the Aurora Entities. In addition, certain of the securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement have agreed to enter into a "lock-up" agreement upon the request of the underwriters in connection with this offering. See "Shares Eligible for Future SaleLock-up Agreements" and "Underwriting."
Proxy and Voting Arrangements. Each of the Class A securityholders party to the Securityholders Agreement (other than General Electric Pension Trust, which we refer to in this prospectus as GEPT) has granted an irrevocable proxy to the Aurora Entities with respect to all shares of our common stock and preferred stock owned by such Class A securityholder from time to time. With certain limited exceptions, GEPT has agreed to vote all shares of our common stock and preferred stock held by GEPT from time to time in the same manner as the Aurora Entities vote their shares of our common stock and preferred stock. Shares of our common stock and preferred stock are to be released from the proxy and voting agreement when they are no longer owned beneficially or of record by the securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement or any of his, her or its permitted transferees (as defined therein).
Registration Rights. All securityholders who are parties to the Securityholders Agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock in connection with the registration of our equity securities at any time following the consummation of this offering. In addition, at any time after six months following the consummation of this offering, any securityholder that is a holder of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock shall be entitled to demand the registration of its shares, subject to customary restrictions. We will bear all expenses incident to any such registrations, including the fees and expenses of a single counsel retained by the selling stockholders; however, each selling stockholder will be responsible for the underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes in connection with shares sold by such stockholder. Each selling stockholder and the underwriters through whom shares are sold on behalf of a selling stockholder will be entitled to customary indemnification from us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
Information Rights, Board Observer Rights and Consultation. Ares and GEPT have the right to (i) receive certain specified quarterly and annual financial information, and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual financial statements by our independent certified public accountants and (ii) the right to send one observer to all meetings of our Board of Directors, subject to customary confidentiality restrictions. We have also agreed to consult with representatives of Ares concerning certain material issues, events or transactions, including without limitation the preparation of our annual business plan. The foregoing information, board observer and consultation rights expire at such time as Ares or GEPT, as applicable, fail to own at least 20,000 and 9,250 shares of our common stock, respectively.
Amendment and Termination. The Securityholders Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by (i) us, (ii) the Aurora Entities (subject to the Aurora Entities and its co-investors owning at least 119,043 shares of our common stock), (iii) Ares (subject to Ares and its affiliates owning at least 60,000 shares of our common stock), (iv) the holders of a majority in interest
107
of the shares of our common stock and preferred stock who are party to the Securityholders Agreement, voting together as a single class, (v) in the case of an amendment adversely affecting the rights of any particular securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement, the written agreement of such securityholder and (vi) in the case of an amendment to GEPT's proxy, information rights, board observer rights or liability provision, the written agreement of GEPT. The Securityholders Agreement will terminate on the earlier to occur of (i) June 30, 2014, and (ii) the written approval of (a) us, (b) the Aurora Entities (subject to the Aurora Entities and its co-investors meeting a specified ownership threshold), (c) Ares (subject to Ares and its affiliates meeting a specified ownership threshold), and (d) the holders of a majority in voting interest of our common stock and preferred stock, voting together as a single class (including the Aurora Entities and Ares); provided that in the case of a termination that adversely affects the rights of any particular securityholder party to the Securityholders Agreement, the written agreement of such securityholder is required before such termination will be deemed effective as to such securityholder.
Management Services Agreement
The following is a summary description of the principal terms of the Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement (which we refer to in its current form in this prospectus as the Management Services Agreement) dated as of April 12, 2004, among us, Aurora Management Partners LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, which we refer to in this prospectus as AMP, and ACOF Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, which we refer to in this prospectus as ACOF. AMP is an affiliate of Aurora Capital Group and ACOF is an affiliate of Ares.
Services. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, AMP and ACOF will provide us with consultation and advice in fields such as financial services, accounting, general business management, acquisitions, dispositions and banking.
Fees and Expenses. In return for such services, AMP and ACOF will receive a services fee in an aggregate amount equal to $1.25 million per annum, to be paid in advance semi-annually on May 1 and November 1 of each applicable year (each such date being the "payment date"). These fees will be divided between AMP and ACOF in accordance with the respective holdings of shares of our stock by Aurora and Ares on the payment date. During each of 2007, 2008, and 2009, we paid a service fee of $795,454 to AMP and a service fee of $454,546 to ACOF.
In addition to the services fee, AMP and ACOF will be entitled to receive a transaction fee, to be divided between AMP and ACOF in accordance with their respective holdings of shares of our common stock on the date of the transaction, equal to 2.0% of the first $75.0 million of the aggregate of any acquisition or disposition consideration (including debt assumed by a purchaser and current assets retained by a seller) and 1.0% of the aggregate acquisition or disposition consideration (including debt assumed by a purchaser and current assets retained by a seller) in excess of $75.0 million, with respect to (i) any acquisition, (ii) any sale or disposition of any division of us, (iii) any sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, or (iv) any other sale of any of our assets other than in the ordinary course of business. During 2007, 2008, and 2009, we did not pay any transaction fees to AMP or ACOF.
The Management Services Agreement requires us to reimburse AMP and ACOF for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of their obligations under the Management Services Agreement. During 2007, 2008 and 2009, pursuant to this provision we reimbursed (i) AMP $140,061, $117,524 and $140,908, respectively, and (ii) ACOF $0, $1,886 and $2,461, respectively.
Indemnification. The Management Services Agreement also provides that the Company will provide AMP, ACOF and their respective partners, members, officers, employees, agents and affiliates
108
and the stockholders, partners, members, affiliates, directors, officers and employees of any of the foregoing with customary indemnification.
Termination. Unless earlier terminated for cause, the Management Services Agreement terminates automatically on the earlier to occur of (i) the sale of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, (iii) the merger of the Company or sale in one or a series of related transactions of the outstanding capital stock of the Company after which the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Company immediately prior to such merger or stock sale do not, immediately after such merger or stock sale, hold a majority of the voting power of the surviving corporation or the Company, as the case may be, (iv) the closing date of an underwritten initial public offering of the shares of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC, or (v) April 12, 2014.
Amendment and Restatement. In order to continue to receive from AMP and ACOF the consultation and advisory services described above, following the consummation of this offering, we intend to amend and restate the Management Services Agreement. Pursuant to this amendment and restatement, we plan to extend the term for which AMP and ACOF will provide such services until the earlier of the fifth anniversary of the consummation of this offering and such time as AMP and ACOF, together with their affiliates, collectively hold less than 5% of our outstanding common stock, while eliminating all other termination events. Additionally, we plan to eliminate the provision pursuant to which we are obligated to pay to AMP and ACOF an annual management fee, as well as the provision in which we are obligated to pay AMP and ACOF a transaction fee in the event of an acquisition or any sale or disposition of us or any of our divisions or any sale of substantially all our assets or similar transactions. In exchange, we will pay to AMP and ACOF an aggregate one-time fee of approximately $5.8 million upon the consummation of this offering, pro rata in accordance with their respective holdings. We also intend to modify the expense reimbursement provisions to include reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with SEC filings made by each of AMP and ACOF with respect to our securities. Those of our directors employed by AMP or ACOF will not receive any additional compensation in connection with their provision of services under the Management Services Agreement.
Redemption of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock
Concurrent with this offering, we will redeem the one share of Series B preferred stock and one share of Series C preferred stock that are currently outstanding and held by Aurora and Ares, respectively, each at a price of $ per share.
109
Senior Credit Facilities
This summary highlights the principal terms of our senior credit facilities, as amended, which consist of a $60 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our revolving credit facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, Douglas Finance and Fisher, as borrowers and an $85 million senior secured term loan facility, which we refer to in this prospectus as our term loan facility, entered into by Douglas LLC, as borrower, each on May 21, 2007. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our revolving credit facility and term loan facility, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Availability under Revolving Credit Facility
The amount available for borrowing under our revolving credit facility is based on the calculation of a borrowing base, which is determined as a percentage of the accounts, inventory and cash of the borrowers, subject to certain exceptions, less certain reserves.
Additional Revolving Loan Commitments and Term Loans
At our request, and subject to certain conditions, (a) the commitments to provide revolving loans under our revolving credit facility may be increased by an amount not to exceed $ million, less any increase in the term loans and (b) the commitments to provide term loans under our term loan facility may be increased by an amount not to exceed $ million less any increase in the revolving commitments. Concurrent with this offering, we intend to exercise the above described option and increase the term loan facility by $ million. The terms of the additional commitments will be identical to the terms of the existing revolving loans and term loans, as applicable, except that (x) we may agree to increase the interest rate for all revolving loans or term loans, as applicable in connection with the additional commitments and (y) (i) the additional term loans may have an interest rate of 0.50% more than the existing term loans after giving effect to any agreed increase in the interest rate on the existing term loans and (ii) the weighted average life to maturity of the additional term loans may be later (but no earlier) than the weighted average life to maturity of the existing term loans.
Interest and Fees
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under our senior credit facilities will be, at our option, the base rate or eurodollar rate plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin for loans under our revolving credit facility is subject to adjustment based on the average daily borrowing availability under our revolving credit facility measured based on the quarter preceding the relevant measurement date. In addition, we will be required to pay to the lenders under our revolving credit facility a commitment fee in respect of the unused commitments (which commitment fee is subject to adjustment based on the utilization rate of our revolving credit facility), letter of credit fees in respect of outstanding letters of credit, and certain other fees and we will be required to pay to the arranger and agents under our senior credit facilities certain fees.
Guarantees and Collateral
Douglas Holdings, Douglas Holdings' existing and future domestic subsidiaries (other than Douglas LLC and, in the case of our revolving credit facility, Douglas Finance and Fisher), and, to the extent no adverse tax consequences result from such guarantee, foreign subsidiaries, jointly and severally guarantee our obligations under our senior credit facilities. Our obligations under our senior credit facilities and those of the guarantors under their guarantees thereof are secured by liens on substantially all of our and the other borrowers and the guarantors real and personal property.
110
Prepayments
Our revolving credit facility is required to be prepaid to the extent usage of the facility exceeds the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the borrowing base availability. If an event of default or liquidity event (defined as excess availability less than $6 million) occurs and is continuing, then, subject to certain limited cure rights, all proceeds of accounts receivable and other collateral will be applied to reduce obligations under our revolving credit facility. Our term loan facility is, in certain circumstances, required to be prepaid with excess cash flow, proceeds from certain asset sales and debt issuances and insurance and condemnation proceeds, subject to certain reinvestment rights. Voluntary prepayments of loans under our senior credit facilities and voluntary reductions in the unused commitments under our revolving credit facility are permitted in whole or in part, in minimum amounts and subject to certain other conditions.
Maturity
After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, and unless terminated earlier, our revolving credit facility will mature on May 21, 2012. After effecting the discharge of our senior notes, our term loan will amortize in nominal amounts quarterly with the balance payable on May 21, 2013.
Covenants and Other Matters
Our revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio is subject to certain cure rights under our revolving credit facility. We have not been subject to a liquidity event since the inception of our revolving credit facility as we have continuously maintained excess availability greater than $6 million and, while future adverse business developments could result in a liquidity event, we do not anticipate the occurrence of a liquidity event under foreseeable circumstances. As of December 31, 2009, we had availability under our revolving credit facility of $60 million. Both our senior credit facilities include certain negative covenants restricting our ability to, among other things and subject to certain exceptions: (a) prepay, redeem or purchase certain debt, pay dividends or repurchase stock or other equity interests; (b) incur liens and engage in sale-leaseback transactions; (c) make loans and other investments; (d) guarantee or incur additional debt; (e) amend or otherwise alter terms of certain debt and material agreements; (f) engage in mergers, acquisitions and other business combinations; (g) sell assets; (h) enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of liens on our assets or consensual encumbrances on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or transfer assets to us; (i) enter into certain transactions with shareholders and affiliates; and (j) alter the business we conduct. Our senior credit facilities also limit the activities of Douglas Holdings. Our senior credit facilities also contain certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including change of control and cross-defaults to other debt.
7 3 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2012
We currently have $150 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior notes outstanding, which bear interest at a rate of 7 3 / 4 % per annum and mature on January 15, 2012. We plan to use the proceeds from this offering together with an increase to our term loan facility to redeem our senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated redemption premium for a total of $ million. We also intend to amend our existing credit facility to permit the redemption of our senior notes. We intend to deliver a notice of redemption promptly following consummation of this offering in accordance with the terms of the indenture governing our senior notes and we anticipate that our senior notes will be redeemed on , 2010 (30 days following consummation of this offering). Upon our deposit with the trustee of our senior notes of a sufficient amount to redeem our outstanding senior notes, including the accrued and unpaid interest thereon and the associated premium, the indenture governing our senior notes will cease to be of any further force or effect.
111
The following is a description of the material provisions of our capital stock and the other material terms of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as they will be in effect as of the consummation of this offering (such bylaws being referred to in this prospectus as our new bylaws and such certificate of incorporation being referred to as our new certificate of incorporation), and certain provisions of Delaware law. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, copies of which have been or will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Authorized Capital
Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of which shares will be issued and outstanding prior to the consummation of this offering, and shares of preferred stock. The one share of Series B preferred stock and one share of Series C preferred stock that are currently outstanding will be redeemed concurrent with the consummation of this offering. Upon consummation of this offering, shares of common stock will be reserved for issuance under our 2010 Stock Plan.
As of , 2010, there were shares of common stock outstanding held by stockholders of record.
Common Stock
Voting. Except as otherwise required by Delaware law, at every annual or special meeting of stockholders, every holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
Dividends Rights. Subject to dividend preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared from time to time by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. See "Dividend Policy and Restrictions."
Liquidation and Preemptive Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our common stock have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The outstanding shares of our common stock are, and the shares offered in this offering, when issued and paid for, will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
Listing. We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "PLOW."
Transfer Agent and Registrar. The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is .
Preferred Stock
Our Board of Directors is authorized to issue not more than an aggregate of shares of preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder approval. Our Board of Directors is authorized to establish, from time to time, the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred stock, and to fix the designation, powers, privileges, preferences, and relative participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each series of preferred stock, and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors also is able to increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further vote or action by the stockholders.
112
In the future, our Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could harm the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock, or that could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to the holders of our common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other consequences, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might harm the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-takeover Effects of our New Certificate of Incorporation and New Bylaws
Some provisions in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer, or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might deem to be in his or her best interest. The existence of these provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions include:
Election and Removal of Directors. Our new certificate of incorporation provides for the division of our Board of Directors into three classes of the same or nearly the same number of directors, with staggered three-year terms. In addition, the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock will not be entitled to cumulative voting in connection with the election of our directors. Our directors will also not be subject to removal, except for cause and only by the vote of at least 66 2 / 3 % of our outstanding shares of common stock, prior to the expiration of their term. These provisions on the removal of directors could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from acquiring, control of us.
Stockholder Action; Special Meeting of Stockholders. Our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting and may not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. All stockholder action must be properly brought before any stockholder meeting, which requires advance notice pursuant to the provisions of our new bylaws. In addition, special stockholder meetings may only be called by a majority of our Board of Directors. These provisions could have the effect of delaying stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities until a meeting is called. These provisions could also discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender offer for our common stock, because even if it were able to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting securities, a potential acquiror would only be able to take actions such as electing new directors or approving a business combination or merger at a duly called stockholders' meeting, and not by written consent.
Authorized but Unissued Shares. The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the NYSE. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans and could also be issued in order to deter or prevent an attempt to acquire us. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Super-Majority Voting. Our new certificate of incorporation requires a super-majority vote of the holders of our outstanding voting stock to amend or repeal certain provisions of our new certificate of incorporation including provisions which would eliminate or modify the provisions described above, reduce or eliminate the number of authorized common or preferred shares and all indemnification provisions. Our new bylaws may also be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our Board of Directors.
113
Delaware Takeover Statute
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person or entity became an interested stockholder. A "business combination" includes certain mergers, asset sales or other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to various exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within the past three years has owned, 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. This provision could discourage mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts, including attempts that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for shares of our common stock.
Limitation of Directors' Liability and Indemnification
The Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Our new certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director, except for liability:
Our new bylaws will provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law. We will be also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duties. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders.
In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. We also intend to obtain a policy of directors' and officers' insurance.
There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
114
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to the consummation of this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. As described below, only a limited number of shares currently outstanding will be available for sale immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the possibility of such sales, could cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon the consummation of this offering, we will have shares of common stock outstanding. All of the shares of our common stock sold in the offering will be freely tradable in the public market without restriction or future registration under the Securities Act with the exception of shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
Immediately after the consummation of this offering, shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be sold into the public market only if the sale is registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are summarized below. These restricted securities are also subject to the lock-up agreements described below until 180 days after the date of this prospectus.
Lock-up Agreements
In connection with this offering, certain of our officers, directors, employees and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and in specific circumstances, up to an additional days, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. For additional information, see "Underwriting."
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations (which are summarized below). Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately after the consummation of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner
115
other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Any of our employees, officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares.
Stock Plans
We plan on filing a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2010 Stock Plan and may include in such Form S-8 all or a portion of the shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options under our 2004 Stock Plan. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after the consummation of this offering. However, no resale of these registered shares by anyone subject to a lock-up agreement shall occur until after the 180-day lock-up period.
Registration Rights
All securityholders who are parties to the Securityholders Agreement are entitled to certain "piggy-back" registration rights with respect to shares of our common stock in connection with the registration of Douglas Holdings equity securities at any time following the consummation of this offering. In addition, at any time after six months following consummation of this offering, any securityholder that is a holder of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock shall be entitled to demand the registration of its shares, subject to customary restrictions. Douglas Holdings will bear all expenses incident to any such registrations, including the fees and expenses of a single counsel retained by the selling stockholders; however, each selling stockholder will be responsible for the underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes in connection with shares sold by such stockholder. Each selling stockholder and the underwriters through whom shares are sold on behalf of a selling stockholder will be entitled to customary indemnification from Douglas Holdings against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
116
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following is a summary of the material United States federal income tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with shares of our common stock that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not discuss any state, local or foreign tax consequences and does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock by prospective investors in light of their particular circumstances. In particular, except to the extent discussed below, this summary does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to certain types of investors subject to special treatment under United States federal income tax laws, such as:
The discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), applicable United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, and rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below.
If a partnership holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding shares of our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences applicable to you.
If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the United States federal income tax consequences to you and any consequences arising under the laws of any state, local, foreign or other taxing jurisdiction. Each prospective investor should seek advice based on its particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
For purposes of this summary, a "U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of a share of our common stock that is:
117
or (2) it has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
Consequences to U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock.
Dividend Distributions
If we make a distribution in respect of our stock, the distribution will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits. If the distribution exceeds current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a nontaxable return of capital reducing the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the U.S. Holder's common stock to the extent of the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in that stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain. The Code provides for special treatment of dividends paid to individual taxpayers prior to 2011. If a U.S. Holder is an individual, dividends received by such holder generally will be subject to a reduced maximum tax rate of 15% through December 31, 2010, after which the rate applicable to dividends is scheduled to return to the tax rate generally applicable to ordinary income. The rate reduction will not apply to dividends received to the extent that the U.S. holder elects to treat dividends as "investment income," which may be offset by investment expense. Furthermore, the rate reduction also will not apply to dividends that are paid to a U.S. Holder unless certain holding period requirements are satisfied. If a U.S. Holder is a U.S. corporation, it will be able to claim the deduction allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other U.S. corporations equal to a portion of any dividends received subject to generally applicable limitations on that deduction. In general, a dividend distribution to a corporate U.S. Holder may qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction if the U.S. Holder owns less than 20% of the voting power and value of our stock.
U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the holding period requirements that must be satisfied in order to qualify the dividends-received deduction and the reduced maximum tax rate on dividends.
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Stock
A U.S. Holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss on a sale or exchange of our common stock. The U.S. Holder's gain or loss will equal the difference between the amount realized by the U.S. Holder and the U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the stock. The amount realized by the U.S. Holder will include the amount of any cash and the fair market value of any other property received for the stock. Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or exchange of stock will be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder held the stock for more than one year. Long-term capital gains of non-corporate taxpayers are taxed at lower rates than those applicable to ordinary income. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
When required, we or our paying agent will report to the holders of shares of our common stock and the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") amounts paid on or with respect to our common stock during each calendar year and the amount of tax, if any, withheld from such payments. A U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding on dividends paid on our common stock and proceeds from the sale of our common stock at the applicable rate (which is currently 28%) if the U.S. Holder (a) fails to provide us or our paying agent with a correct taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status (such as certification of corporate status), (b) has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholdings as a result of the failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends or,
118
(c) in certain circumstances, has failed to certify under penalty of perjury that it is not subject to backup withholding. A U.S. Holder may be eligible for an exemption from backup withholding by providing a properly completed IRS Form W-9 to us or our paying agent. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against a U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is properly furnished to the IRS on a timely basis.
Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that will apply to a Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock (as defined below). The term "Non-U.S. Holder" means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that is not a U.S. Holder.
Dividend Distributions
Any dividends paid with respect to the shares of our common stock will generally be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with a Non-U.S. Holder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States and, where an applicable tax treaty so provides, are attributable to such Non-U.S. Holder's permanent establishment in the United States, are not subject to the withholding tax, but instead are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis at applicable graduated individual or corporate rates. Certain certification and disclosure requirements must be complied with in order for effectively connected income to be exempt from withholding. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
A Non-U.S. Holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate is required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for such refund or credit with the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS").
Sale, Exchange, Redemption or Other Disposition of Stock
Any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder upon the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:
119
disposition. We are not, and do not anticipate that we will become, a "U.S. real property holding corporation" for United States federal income tax purposes.
An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the first bullet point above will generally be subject to United States federal income tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates or such lower rate. An individual Non-U.S. Holder described in the second bullet point above will generally be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses. If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty between the United States and its country of residence, any such gain will be subject to United States federal income tax in the manner specified by the treaty and generally will only be subject to such tax if such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the Non-U.S. Holder in the United States and the Non-U.S. Holder claims the benefit of the treaty by properly submitting an IRS Form W-8BEN (or suitable successor or substitute form). A Non-U.S. Holder that is a foreign corporation and is described in the first bullet point above will be subject to tax on gain under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates and, in addition, may be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower rate if so specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on shares of our common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. A Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to backup withholding tax on dividends the holder receives on shares of our common stock if the holder provides proper certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) of the holder's status as a non-United States person or other exempt status.
Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if a Non-U.S. Holder sells shares of our common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to the Non-U.S. Holder to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless the Non-U.S. Holder provides appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) to the broker of the holder's status as a non-United States person or other exempt status.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will generally be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is properly furnished to the IRS on a timely basis.
120
Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated , 2010, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of our common stock:
Underwriter
|
Number
of Shares |
||
---|---|---|---|
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC |
|||
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc |
|||
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated |
|||
Piper Jaffray & Co. |
|||
Total |
|||
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of our common stock in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or this offering may be terminated.
The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to an aggregate of additional outstanding shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of our common stock.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of our common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $ per share. After the initial public offering the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession.
The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:
|
Per Share | Total | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Without
Over- allotment |
With
Over- allotment |
Without
Over- allotment |
With
Over- allotment |
|||||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us |
$ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Expenses payable by us |
$ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by selling stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Expenses payable by the selling stockholders |
$ | $ | $ | $ |
The underwriters have informed us that they do not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of our common stock being offered.
We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to in this prospectus as the SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this
121
prospectus, subject to limited exceptions. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.
Our officers, directors, the selling stockholders and certain other holders of our common stock have agreed that they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions. However, in the event that either (1) during the last 17 days of the "lock-up" period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the "lock-up" period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the "lock-up" period, then in either case the expiration of the "lock-up" will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of the release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC waives, in writing, such an extension.
The underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to shares of our common stock for employees, directors and other persons associated with us who express an interest in purchasing our common stock in this offering. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase the reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acts as administrative agent, and acts as a lender under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, regarding the $60 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acted as sole bookrunner and sole lead arranger, and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acts as collateral agent, and an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC acts as a lender, administrative agent, syndication agent and documentation agent under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, regarding the $85 million Senior Secured Term Loan Facility of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.
We have applied to list the shares of common stock on the NYSE.
122
In connection with the listing of our common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters will undertake to sell round lots of 100 shares or more to a minimum of beneficial owners.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, there will have been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations among us and the underwriters. The principal factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price include the following:
In connection with this offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
123
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
124
Resale Restrictions
The distribution of the shares of our common stock in Canada is being made only on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we and the selling stockholders prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of shares of our common stock are made. Any resale of the shares of our common stock in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which will vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the shares of our common stock
Representations of Purchasers
By purchasing shares of our common stock in Canada and accepting a purchase confirmation a purchaser is representing to us, the selling stockholders and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:
Further details concerning the legal authority for this information is available on request.
Rights of ActionOntario Purchasers Only
Under Ontario securities legislation, certain purchasers who purchase a security offered by this prospectus during the period of distribution will have a statutory right of action for damages, or while still the owner of the shares of our common stock, for rescission against us and the selling stockholders in the event that this prospectus contains a misrepresentation without regard to whether the purchaser relied on the misrepresentation. The right of action for damages is exercisable not later than the earlier of 180 days from the date the purchaser first had knowledge of the facts giving rise to the cause of action and three years from the date on which payment is made for the shares of our common stock. The right of action for rescission is exercisable not later than 180 days from the date on which payment is made for the shares of our common stock. If a purchaser elects to exercise the right of action for rescission, the purchaser will have no right of action for damages against us or the selling stockholders. In no case will the amount recoverable in any action exceed the price at which the shares of our common stock were offered to the purchaser and if the purchaser is shown to have purchased the securities with knowledge of the misrepresentation, we and the selling stockholders, will have no liability. In the case of an action for damages, we and the selling stockholders, will not be liable for all or any portion of the damages that are proven to not represent the depreciation in value of the shares of our common stock as a result of the misrepresentation relied upon. These rights are in addition to, and without derogation from, any other rights or remedies available at law to an Ontario purchaser. The foregoing is a summary of the rights available to an Ontario purchaser. Ontario purchasers should refer to the complete text of the relevant statutory provisions.
125
Enforcement of Legal Rights
All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein and the selling stockholders may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.
Taxation and Eligibility for Investment
Canadian purchasers of shares of our common stock should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the shares of our common stock in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the shares of our common stock for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.
The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP, Los Angeles, California. Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP regularly serves as counsel to Aurora Capital Group and its affiliates and is also representing Aurora Capital Group as a selling stockholder in connection with this offering. The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, Los Angeles, California.
The consolidated financial statements of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act that registers the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our capital stock. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. With respect to the statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any agreement or any other document, in each instance, the statement is qualified in all respects by the complete text of the agreement or document, a copy of which has been filed or will be filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. In addition, upon the consummation of this offering, we will file annually, quarterly, and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC under the Exchange Act. You may obtain copies of this information by mail from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. You may obtain information on the operation of the public reference rooms by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov .
126
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Notes 12 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted guidance originally issued in Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employer's Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post retirement Plans an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (codified in ASC Topic 715CompensationRetirement Benefits), related to the Company's pension plan measurement date for the year ended December 31, 2008. The Company also adopted the guidance originally issued in Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 (codified in ASC Topic 740 Income Taxes), effective January 1, 2007.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
March 8, 2010
F-2
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2009 and 2008
(in thousands except share data)
|
2009 | 2008 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 69,073 | $ | 53,552 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $755 and $622 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively |
32,172 | 28,588 | ||||||
Inventories |
26,697 | 28,802 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
3,729 | 3,133 | ||||||
Prepaid management feesrelated party |
417 | 417 | ||||||
Prepaid and other current assets |
1,446 | 922 | ||||||
Total current assets |
133,534 | 115,414 | ||||||
Property, plant, and equipment, net |
26,661 |
24,261 |
||||||
Goodwill |
107,222 | 107,222 | ||||||
Other intangible assets, net |
132,950 | 139,111 | ||||||
Deferred financing costs, net |
3,311 | 4,520 | ||||||
Other long-term assets |
941 | 736 | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 404,619 | $ | 391,264 | ||||
Liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 5,170 | $ | 4,952 | ||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
12,598 | 11,432 | ||||||
Accrued interest |
5,367 | 5,369 | ||||||
Accrued income taxes payable |
1,202 | 1,255 | ||||||
Current portion of long-term debt |
850 | 850 | ||||||
Total current liabilities |
25,187 | 23,858 | ||||||
Retiree health benefit obligation |
7,848 |
6,820 |
||||||
Pension obligation |
8,957 | 10,362 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
18,913 | 16,142 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
1,482 | 1,644 | ||||||
Long-term debt, less current portion |
231,813 | 232,663 | ||||||
Other long-term liabilities |
2,195 | 1,714 | ||||||
Redeemable Preferred StockSeries A, par value $0.01, 65,000 shares authorized no shares outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 |
|
|
||||||
Redeemable Preferred StockSeries B, par value $0.01, 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 |
1 | 1 | ||||||
Redeemable Preferred StockSeries C, par value $0.01, 1 share issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 |
1 | 1 | ||||||
Stockholders' equity: |
||||||||
Common Stock, par value $0.01, 1,000,000 shares authorized 607,221 and 608,595 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively |
6 | 6 | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
60,111 | 60,516 | ||||||
Retained earnings |
53,055 | 43,212 | ||||||
Stockholders' notes receivable |
(1,013 | ) | (1,116 | ) | ||||
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax |
(3,937 | ) | (4,559 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders' equity |
108,222 | 98,059 | ||||||
Total liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity |
$ | 404,619 | $ | 391,264 | ||||
F-3
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Net sales |
$ | 174,342 | $ | 180,108 | $ | 140,065 | |||||
Cost of sales |
117,264 | 117,911 | 97,249 | ||||||||
Gross profit |
57,078 | 62,197 | 42,816 | ||||||||
Selling, general and administrative expense |
26,246 | 25,192 | 20,780 | ||||||||
Management feesrelated party |
1,393 | 1,369 | 1,400 | ||||||||
Income from operations |
29,439 | 35,636 | 20,636 | ||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(15,520 |
) |
(17,299 |
) |
(19,622 |
) |
|||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | (2,733 | ) | |||||||
Other expense, net |
(90 | ) | (73 | ) | (87 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) before taxes |
13,829 | 18,264 | (1,806 | ) | |||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
3,986 | 6,793 | (749 | ) | |||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 9,843 | $ | 11,471 | $ | (1,057 | ) | ||||
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding |
|||||||||||
Basic |
607,304 | 615,236 | 609,220 | ||||||||
Diluted |
621,002 | 630,429 | 609,220 | ||||||||
Earnings (loss) per share: |
|||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 16.21 | $ | 18.64 | $ | (1.74 | ) | ||||
Diluted |
$ | 15.85 | $ | 18.20 | $ | (1.74 | ) |
F-4
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Stock and Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands except share data)
|
Redeemable Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Series A
Redeemable Preferred Stock |
Series B
Redeemable Preferred |
Series C
Redeemable Preferred |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Loss |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Retained
Earnings |
Stockholders'
Notes Receivable |
|
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares | Dollars | Shares | Dollars | Shares | Dollars | Shares | Dollars | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2007 |
| $ | | 1 | $ | 1 | 1 | $ | 1 | 606,646 | $ | 6 | $ | 61,403 | $ | 33,463 | $ | (801 | ) | $ | (352 | ) | $ | 93,719 | $ | | ||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | | | | | (1,057 | ) | | | (1,057 | ) | (1,057 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment to initially apply Accounting for Uncertainty in Income taxes |
| | | | | | | | | (551 | ) | | | (551 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit liability, net of tax of $68 |
| | | | | | | | | | | (116 | ) | (116 | ) | (116 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Common stock option exercises and issuance of stockholder's notes receivable, including interest |
| | | | | | 8,875 | | 888 | | (941 | ) | | (53 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
| | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 615,521 | 6 | 62,291 | 31,855 | (1,742 | ) | (468 | ) | 91,942 | $ | (1,173 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | | | | 11,471 | | | 11,471 | 11,471 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for pension and postretirement benefit liability, net of tax of $1,913 |
| | | | | | | | | | | (2,449 | ) | (2,449 | ) | (2,449 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in pension measurement date, net of tax of $964 |
| | | | | | | | | (114 | ) | | (1,642 | ) | (1,756 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on stockholders' notes receivable |
| | | | | | | | | | (77 | ) | | (77 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock repurchases and retirement |
| | | | | | (6,926 | ) | | (1,775 | ) | | 703 | | (1,072 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
| | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 608,595 | 6 | 60,516 | 43,212 | (1,116 | ) | (4,559 | ) | 98,059 | $ | 9,022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income |
| | | | | | | | | 9,843 | | | 9,843 | $ | 9,843 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjustment for pension and postretirment benefit liability, net of tax of $365 |
| | | | | | | | | | | 622 | 622 | 622 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest on stockholders' notes receivable |
| | | | | | | | | | (34 | ) | | (34 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stock repurchases and retirement |
| | | | | | (1,374 | ) | | (405 | ) | | 137 | | (268 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
| $ | | 1 | $ | 1 | 1 | $ | 1 | 607,221 | $ | 6 | $ | 60,111 | $ | 53,055 | $ | (1,013 | ) | $ | (3,937 | ) | $ | 108,222 | $ | 10,465 | ||||||||||||||||||
F-5
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands)
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 9,843 | $ | 11,471 | $ | (1,057 | ) | |||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
11,958 | 10,810 | 10,796 | |||||||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
1,209 | 1,138 | 1,339 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
732 | | | |||||||||
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
| | 2,733 | |||||||||
Provision (recovery) for losses on accounts receivable |
133 | 81 | (41 | ) | ||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,810 | 3,946 | 3,511 | |||||||||
Loss on sale of equipment |
3 | 14 | 25 | |||||||||
Interest earned on notes receivable from stockholders |
(34 | ) | (48 | ) | (53 | ) | ||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(3,717 | ) | (1,182 | ) | (7,318 | ) | ||||||
Inventories |
2,105 | (11,716 | ) | 10,200 | ||||||||
Prepaid, other assets, and income tax receivable |
(776 | ) | 4,105 | (57 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable |
218 | 335 | 539 | |||||||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
1,158 | 4,510 | 324 | |||||||||
Deferred compensation |
(162 | ) | (45 | ) | (149 | ) | ||||||
Benefit obligations and other long-term liabilities |
1,091 | (8 | ) | (752 | ) | |||||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
25,571 | 23,411 | 20,040 | |||||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
(8,200 | ) | (3,160 | ) | (1,049 | ) | ||||||
Proceeds from sale of equipment |
| 47 | 4 | |||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(8,200 | ) | (3,113 | ) | (1,045 | ) | ||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||
Stock repurchases |
(1,000 | ) | (1,101 | ) | | |||||||
Payments of deferred financing costs |
| (314 | ) | (2,672 | ) | |||||||
Borrowings on long-term debt |
| | 85,000 | |||||||||
Payment of long-term debt |
(850 | ) | (850 | ) | (78,245 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(1,850 | ) | (2,265 | ) | 4,083 | |||||||
Increase in cash |
15,521 | 18,033 | 23,078 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
53,552 | 35,519 | 12,441 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
$ | 69,073 | $ | 53,552 | $ | 35,519 | ||||||
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
||||||||||||
Income tax (received) paid, net |
$ | 1,895 | $ | 2,832 | $ | (4,259 | ) | |||||
Interest paid |
14,410 | 16,730 | 18,455 | |||||||||
Issuance of notes receivable to stockholders upon the exercise of stock options |
| | 888 |
F-6
1. Description of business and basis of presentation
Douglas Dynamics, Inc., is the North American leader in the design, manufacture and sale of snow and ice control equipment for light trucks, which is comprised of snowplows and sand and salt spreaders, and related parts and accessories. The Company's snow and ice control products are sold through a network of over 720 truck equipment distributors that purchase directly from the Company and are located throughout the snowbelt regions in North America (primarily the Midwest, East and Northeast regions of the United States as well as all provinces of Canada). The Company sells its products under the WESTERN®, FISHER®, and BLIZZARD® brands. The Company is headquartered in Milwaukee, WI and currently has manufacturing facilities in Milwaukee, WI, Rockland, ME, and Johnson City, TN; however, the Company plans to close its Johnson City, TN facility in mid-2010. The Company operates as a single segment.
On July 1, 2009, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 105-10, The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, a replacement of FASB Statement No. 162 ("ASC 105-10"). This pronouncement established the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and its direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., and its indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries, Douglas Dynamics Finance Company (an inactive subsidiary) and Fisher, LLC (hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Company"). All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.
F-7
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Accounts receivable and allowance for doubtful accounts
The Company carries its accounts receivable at their face amount less an allowance for doubtful accounts. The majority of the Company's accounts receivable are due from distributors of truck equipment. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a customer's financial condition. On a periodic basis, the Company evaluates its accounts receivable and establishes the allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of specific customer circumstances and credit conditions based on a history of write-offs and collections. A receivable is considered past due if payments have not been received within agreed upon invoice terms. Accounts receivable are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. The Company takes a security interest in the inventory as collateral for the receivable but often does not have a priority security interest.
Financing program
The Company is party to a financing program in which certain distributors may elect to finance their purchases from the Company through a third party financing company. The Company provides the third party financing company recourse against the Company regarding the collectability of the receivable under the program due to the fact that if the third party financing company is unable to collect from the distributor the amounts due in respect of the product financed, the Company would be obligated to repurchase any remaining inventory related to the product financed and reimburse any legal fees incurred by the financing company. During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, distributors financed purchases of $3,269, $3,462 and $3,365 through this financing program, respectively. There were no outstanding or uncollectible amounts related to sales financed under the financing program for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The amount owed by our distributors to the third party financing company under this program at December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $3,202 and $2,653, respectively. The Company was required to repurchase repossessed inventory of $19 for the year ended December 31, 2009. There were no required repurchases of repossessed inventory during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
In the past, minimal losses have been incurred under this agreement. However, an adverse change in distributor retail sales could cause this situation to change and thereby require the Company to repurchase repossessed units. Any repossessed units are inspected to ensure they are current, unused product and are restocked and resold.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Market is determined based on estimated realizable values. Inventory costs are primarily determined by the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company periodically review our inventory for slow moving, damaged and discontinued items and provide reserves to reduce such items identified to their recoverable amounts.
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives for financial statement purposes
F-8
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
and an accelerated method for income tax reporting purposes. The estimated useful lives of the assets are as follows:
|
Years | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
Land improvements and buildings |
15-40 | |||
Machinery and equipment |
3-20 | |||
Furniture and fixtures |
3-12 | |||
Mobile equipment and other |
3-10 |
Depreciation expense was $5,797, $4,650 and $4,632 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 respectively.
Expenditures for renewals and improvements that significantly add to the productive capacity or extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations when incurred. Repairs and maintenance expenses amounted to $3,079, $2,610 and $2,307 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. When assets are sold or retired, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any gain or loss is recognized in the results of operations.
Impairment of long-lived assets
Long-lived assets are reviewed for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of such assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment provision is recognized to the extent that the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or the fair value of the asset, less costs of disposition. Management of the Company considers such factors as current results, trends and future prospects, current market value, and other economic and regulatory factors in performing these analyses. The Company determined that no long-lived assets were impaired as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or sooner if impairment indicators arise. The fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is estimated based upon discounted future cash flow projections. In reviewing goodwill for impairment, potential impairment is identified by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. The Company has determined it has one reporting unit. The fair value of the reporting unit is estimated by applying valuation multiples or estimating future discounted cash flows. The selection of multiples is dependent upon assumptions regarding future levels of operating performance as well as business trends, prospects and market and economic conditions. In addition, where applicable, an appropriate discount rate is used, based on the Company's cost of capital or location-specific economic factors. When the fair value is less than the carrying value of the net assets of the reporting unit, including goodwill, an impairment loss may be recognized. The Company has
F-9
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
determined that goodwill and indefinite lived assets were not impaired as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
Intangible assets with estimable useful lives are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives and also reviewed at least annually for impairment or as events or circumstances arise. The Company amortizes its distribution network intangible over periods ranging from 15 to 20 years, tradenames over 7 to 10 years, patents over 7 to 20 years, and noncompete agreements over 5 years.
Income taxes
Deferred income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates. Deferred income tax provisions or benefits are based on the change in the deferred tax assets and liabilities from period to period. Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes in ASC 740-10 (formerly referred to as FASB Interpretation 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes ), which provides a comprehensive model for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure in financial statements of uncertain income tax positions a company has taken or expects to take on an income tax return. Deferred income tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance if it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred income tax asset will not be realized. Additionally, when applicable, the Company would classify interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
Deferred financing costs
The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related financing on a basis that approximates the effective interest method. The changes in deferred financing costs are as follows:
Balance at January 1, 2007 |
$ | 6,744 | |||
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
(1,339 | ) | |||
Refinancing of debt |
2,672 | ||||
Write-off of deferred financing costs |
(2,733 | ) | |||
Balance at December 31, 2007 |
5,344 | ||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
(1,138 | ) | |||
Debt amendment |
314 | ||||
Balance at December 31, 2008 |
4,520 | ||||
Amortization of deferred financing costs |
(1,209 | ) | |||
Balance at December 31, 2009 |
$ | 3,311 | |||
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recorded the write-off of deferred financing costs as a loss on extinguishment of debt, in the consolidated statements of operations. During the year
F-10
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
ended December 31, 2008, the Company capitalized deferred financing costs paid to the bank with respect to an amendment to the credit facilities, as it was not considered a significant modification.
Fair values of financial instruments
The Company's financial instruments consist of cash, trade receivables, trade accounts payable, and long-term debt. The Company's estimate of fair value of all these financial instruments approximates their carrying amounts at December 31, 2009, except for long term debt. The fair value of the Company's long term debt as of December 31, 2009 was approximately $218,703, which is based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities.
Fair value measurements
The Company applies the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 820-10 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures ("ASC 820-10"). ASC 820-10, among other things, defines fair value, establishes a consistent framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosure for each major asset and liability category measured at fair value on either a recurring basis or nonrecurring basis. ASC 820-10 clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. As a basis for considering such assumptions, the pronouncement establishes a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs, other than the quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data, which require the reporting entity to develop its own assumptions.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value are based on the market approach, which is prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or comparable assets or liabilities. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company did not have any financial instruments accounted for at fair value.
Concentration of credit risk
The Company's cash is deposited with multiple financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances.
No distributor represented more than 10% of the Company's net sales or accounts receivable during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Revenue recognition
The Company recognizes revenues upon shipment to the customer, which is when title passes and all of the following conditions are satisfied: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (ii) the
F-11
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
price is fixed or determinable; (iii) collectability is reasonably assured; and (iv) the product has been shipped and the Company has no further obligations. Customers have no right of return privileges. Historically, product returns have not been material and are permitted on an exception basis only.
The Company offers a variety of discounts and sales incentives to our distributors. The estimated liability for sales discounts and allowances is recorded at the time of sale as a reduction of net sales. The liability is estimated based on the costs of the program, the planned duration of the program and historical experience.
Cost of sales
Cost of sales includes all costs associated with the manufacture of the Company's products, including raw materials, purchased parts, freight, plant operating expenses, property insurance and taxes, and plant depreciation. All payroll costs and employee benefits for the hourly workforce, manufacturing management, and engineering costs are included in cost of sales.
Warranty cost recognition
The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as revenue is recognized. See note 9 for further details.
Advertising expenses
Advertising expenses include costs for the production of marketing media, literature, CD-ROM, and displays. The Company participates in trade shows and advertises in the yellow pages and billboards. Advertising expenses amounted to $2,528, $3,028 and $2,219 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company also provides its distributors with pre-approved, cooperative advertising programs, which are recorded as advertising expense in selling, general and administrative expense. All costs associated with the Company's advertising programs are expensed as incurred.
Shipping and handling costs
Generally shipping and handling costs are paid directly by the customer to the shipping agent. Those shipping and handling costs billed by the Company are recorded as a component of sales with the corresponding costs included in cost of sales.
Reclassifications
Certain prior year amounts in the financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.
Share-based payments
The Company applies the guidance codified in ASC 718 Compensation-Stock Compensation. This standard requires the measurement of the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award at the grant date and recognition of the
F-12
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
compensation expense over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period). Because the Company used the minimum-value method to measure compensation cost for employee stock options prior to January 1, 2006 the date on which ASC 718 was adopted, under this previous guidance, it was required to use the prospective method of adoption for this standard. Under the prospective method, the Company continues to account for non-vested awards outstanding at the date of adoption using the same method as prior to adoption for financial statement recognition purposes. All awards granted, modified, or settled after the date of adoption are accounted for using the measurement, recognition, and attribution provisions of ASC 718.
Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity (net assets) of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner resources and is comprised of net income or loss and "other comprehensive income (loss)". The Company's other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised exclusively of the adjustments for pension and postretirement benefit liabilities.
Segment Reporting
The Company operates in and reports as a single operating segment, which is the manufacture and sale of snow and ice control products. Net sales are generated through the sale of snow and ice control products and accessories to distributors. The chief operating decision maker (the Company's CEO) manages and evaluates its operations as one segment primarily due to similarities in the nature of the products, production processes and methods of distribution. All of the Company's identifiable assets are located in the United States. The Company's sales outside North America are not material, representing less than 1% of net sales.
The Company's product offerings primarily consist of snow and ice control products and accessories. Equipment and parts and accessories are each a similar class of products based on similar customer usage.
|
Year ended December 31, | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||
Equipment |
$ | 147,478 | $ | 151,450 | $ | 122,091 | ||||
Parts and accessories |
26,864 | 28,658 | 17,974 | |||||||
|
$ | 174,342 | $ | 180,108 | $ | 140,065 | ||||
F-13
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
New accounting pronouncements
Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB Topic ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting PrinciplesOverall ("ASC 105-10"). ASC 105-10 establishes the FASB ASC as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company has updated GAAP referencing for this report. The FASB Codification has been reflected in the financial reporting of the Company.
On December 30, 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1 Employer's Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Assets (codified in ASC Topic 715-20, Defined Benefit Plans ("ASC-715-20")) related to employers' disclosures regarding postretirement benefit plan assets. This statement provides additional guidance on employers' disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan. ASC 715-20 is effective for periods ending after December 15, 2009, on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective July 1, 2009, the Company adopted FASB ASC Topic 855-10, Subsequent EventsOverall ("ASC 855-10"). ASC 855-10 establishes standards for the accounting for and the disclosing of subsequent events. ASC 855-10 introduces new terminology, defines a date for certain companies through which management must evaluate subsequent events, and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize and disclose events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date.
In December 2007, the FASB originally issued SFAS No. 141R, Business Combinations (codified in ASC Topic 805 ("ASC 805")), which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. ASC 805 provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. ASC 805 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. Early adoption is not permitted. ASC 805 is to be applied prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the first reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows, however this standard will impact accounting for any future acquisition transactions.
In April 2008, the FASB originally issued FSP No. FASB 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (FSP No. FAS No. 142-3) (codified in FASB ASC Topic 350IntangibleGoodwill and Other). FSP No. FASB 142-3 prospectively amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of the guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3 and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset under FSP No. FASB 142-3. The Company adopted this pronouncement on January 1, 2009. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact to the Company's consolidated financial statements.
F-14
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
3. Related-Party Transactions
The Company is party to a Joint Management Services Agreement (the "Management Services Agreement") with affiliates of its principal stockholders. Pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, certain of these affiliates provide us with consultation and advice in fields such as financial services, accounting, general business management, acquisitions, dispositions and banking. In return for such services, the Company pays an annual services fee of $1,250 per annum, plus reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses.
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized management fees and related expense of $1,393, $1,369 and $1,400 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, because fees under this agreement are payable in semi-annual installments on May 1 and November 1 of each year, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company's balance sheet included a prepayment of management fees of $417.
4. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:
|
December 31 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
Finished goods and work-in-process |
$ | 24,639 | $ | 26,278 | |||
Raw material and supplies |
2,058 | 2,524 | |||||
|
$ | 26,697 | $ | 28,802 | |||
5. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:
|
December 31 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
Land |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 1,000 | |||
Land improvements |
2,218 | 2,218 | |||||
Buildings |
13,766 | 11,998 | |||||
Machinery and equipment |
23,092 | 20,461 | |||||
Furniture and fixtures |
6,934 | 5,988 | |||||
Mobile equipment and other |
969 | 798 | |||||
Construction-in-process |
4,252 | 1,650 | |||||
|
52,231 | 44,113 | |||||
Less accumulated depreciation |
(25,570 | ) | (19,852 | ) | |||
|
$ | 26,661 | $ | 24,261 | |||
F-15
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
6. Other Intangible Assets
The following is a summary of the Company's other intangible assets:
|
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Less
Accumulated Amortization |
Net
Carrying Amount |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
December 31, 2009: |
||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangibles: |
||||||||||||
Trademark and tradenames |
$ | 60,000 | $ | | $ | 60,000 | ||||||
Amortizable intangibles: |
||||||||||||
Dealer network |
80,000 | 23,000 | 57,000 | |||||||||
Customer relations |
2,000 | 555 | 1,445 | |||||||||
Patents |
15,077 | 3,180 | 11,897 | |||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
4,820 | 4,020 | 800 | |||||||||
TrademarkBlizzard |
3,100 | 1,292 | 1,808 | |||||||||
License |
17 | 17 | | |||||||||
Amortizable intangibles, net |
105,014 | 32,064 | 72,950 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 165,014 | $ | 32,064 | $ | 132,950 | ||||||
|
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Less
Accumulated Amortization |
Net
Carrying Amount |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
December 31, 2008: |
||||||||||||
Indefinite-lived intangibles: |
||||||||||||
Trademark and tradenames |
$ | 60,000 | $ | | $ | 60,000 | ||||||
Amortizable intangibles: |
||||||||||||
Dealer network |
80,000 | 19,000 | 61,000 | |||||||||
Customer relations |
2,000 | 422 | 1,578 | |||||||||
Patents |
15,077 | 2,424 | 12,653 | |||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
4,820 | 3,060 | 1,760 | |||||||||
TrademarkBlizzard |
3,100 | 980 | 2,120 | |||||||||
License |
17 | 17 | | |||||||||
Amortizable intangibles, net |
105,014 | 25,903 | 79,111 | |||||||||
Total |
$ | 165,014 | $ | 25,903 | $ | 139,111 | ||||||
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $6,161, $6,160 and $6,164 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is as follows:
2010 |
$ | 6,001 | ||
2011 |
5,201 | |||
2012 |
5,201 | |||
2013 |
5,201 | |||
2014 |
5,193 |
F-16
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
6. Other Intangible Assets (Continued)
The weighted average remaining life for intangible assets is 14.1 years.
7. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt is summarized below:
|
December 31 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
Term notes |
$ | 82,663 | $ | 83,513 | |||
Senior notes |
150,000 | 150,000 | |||||
Total long-term debt |
232,663 | 233,513 | |||||
Less current maturities |
850 | 850 | |||||
|
$ | 231,813 | $ | 232,663 | |||
The scheduled maturities on long-term debt at December 31, 2009, are as follows:
2010 |
$ | 850 | ||
2011 |
81,813 | |||
2012 |
150,000 | |||
|
$ | 232,663 | ||
On May 21, 2007, the Company consummated $145,000 senior credit facilities consisting of an $85,000 term loan facility and a $60,000 revolving credit facility with a group of banks. The senior credit facilities, which replaced the Company's previous term loan and revolver, have a maturity date of the earlier of (a) 180 days prior to the January 15, 2012 scheduled maturity date of the Company's outstanding Senior Notes or (b) May 2013, for the term loan facility and May 2012, for the revolving credit facility. Interest rates are determined the base rate, plus a margin or at the Company's option, LIBOR plus a margin.
Under the revolving credit facility, the margin for base rate loans is either 0.25% or 0.50% and the margin for LIBOR loans is either 1.25% or 1.50%, in each case determined based on our leverage ratio from time to time. Under the term loan facility, the margin for base rate loans is 1.25% and the margin for LIBOR loans is 2.25%. The average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was 6.1% and 7.1%, respectively. In addition to refinancing our previous credit facility, the senior credit facilities are used to pay dividends, make acquisitions and for other general corporate purposes. As a result of the refinancing, the Company wrote-off $2,733 of deferred financing costs associated with the previous credit facility, which is recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2007. The Company also capitalized deferred financing costs of $2,672 associated with the new credit facilities. The term loan facility is payable in equal quarterly installments of $212.5 with the balance payable through the earlier of (a) 180 days prior to the January 15, 2012 scheduled maturity of the Company's outstanding senior notes or (b) May 21, 2013.
F-17
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
7. Long-Term Debt (Continued)
At December 31, 2009 there was $60,000 of credit available pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit facility.
Both of the Company's senior credit facilities include certain negative and operating covenants, including restrictions on its ability to pay dividends, and other customary covenants, representations and warranties and events of default. The senior credit facilities entered into by the Company's subsidiaries significantly restrict its subsidiaries from paying dividends and otherwise transferring assets to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. The terms of the Company's revolving credit facility specifically restrict subsidiaries from paying dividends if a minimum availability under the revolving credit facility is not maintained, and both senior credit facilities restrict subsidiaries from paying dividends above certain levels or at all if an event of default has occurred. In addition, the Company's revolving credit facility includes a requirement that, subject to certain exceptions, capital expenditures not exceed $10.0 million in any calendar year and, during the occurrence of a liquidity event, that the Company must comply with a monthly minimum fixed charge coverage ratio test of 1.0:1.0. Compliance with the fixed charge coverage ratio test is subject to certain cure rights under the Company's revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with the respective covenants. The senior credit facilities are collateralized by substantially all assets of the Company.
In accordance with the senior credit facilities, the Company is required to make additional principal prepayments over the above scheduled payments under certain conditions. This includes, in the case of the term loan facility, 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, certain insurance or condemnation events, certain debt issuances, and, within 150 days of the end of the fiscal year, 50% of excess cash flow, as defined, including a deduction for allowed distributions (which percentage is reduced to 25% or 0% upon the achievement of certain leverage ratio thresholds), for any fiscal year. Excess cash flow is defined in the senior credit facilities as consolidated adjusted EBITDA plus a working capital adjustment less the sum of repayments of debt and capital expenditures subject to certain adjustments, interest and taxes paid in cash, management fees and certain restricted payments (including dividends or distributions). Working capital adjustment is defined in the senior credit facilities as the change in working capital, defined as current assets excluding cash and cash equivalents less current liabilities excluding current portion of long term debt. For the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company was not required to make an excess cash flow payment.
The previous credit facility provided for borrowings up to $145,000, including a $50,000 term note, a tack-on term note of $40,000 and a revolving credit facility of up to $55,000. Interest on borrowings was at the Prime Rate plus an applicable margin, or at the Company's option, Eurodollar Rate plus 1.75% on the term loan and plus 2.75% on the revolving credit facility.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no letters of credit outstanding.
In December 2008, the Company amended the senior credit facilities to permit the purchase of loans from any lender in the open market within the provisions of the senior credit facilities.
The Company has $150,000 of 7.75% senior notes (the "Senior Notes") due January 15, 2012. The Senior Notes are redeemable at any time on or after January 15, 2009, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days notice to each holder of the Senior Notes. Should the Company repurchase all of the Senior Notes, the redemption prices for the purchase
F-18
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
7. Long-Term Debt (Continued)
of the Senior Notes would equal 101.938% and 100.000%, if redeemed during the twelve month period commencing January 15, 2010 and 2011 and thereafter, respectively. Interest on the Senior Notes is payable semiannually.
The indenture for the Senior Notes contains certain non-financial covenants that restrict the Company's ability to borrow money, pay dividends on or repurchase capital stock, make investments and sell assets or enter into mergers or acquisitions. At December 31, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the indenture governing the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are unsecured and unconditionally guaranteed by Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and all of the subsidiaries of the Company.
8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:
|
December 31 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
Payroll and related costs |
$ | 3,659 | $ | 4,035 | |||
Employee benefits |
2,534 | 2,195 | |||||
Accrued warranty |
3,040 | 2,272 | |||||
Other |
3,365 | 2,930 | |||||
|
$ | 12,598 | $ | 11,432 | |||
9. Warranty Liability
The Company accrues for estimated warranty costs as sales are recognized and periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liability and adjusts the amount as necessary. The Company's warranties generally provide, with respect to its snow and ice control equipment, that all material and workmanship will be free from defect for a period of two years after the date of purchase by the end-user, and with respect to its parts and accessories purchased separately, that such parts and accessories will be free from defect for a period of one year after the date of purchase by the end-user. Certain snowplows only provide for a one year warranty. The Company determines the amount of the estimated warranty costs (and its corresponding warranty reserve) based on the Company's prior five years of warranty history utilizing a formula driven by historical warranty expense and applying management's judgment. The company adjusts its historical warranty costs to take into account unique factors such as the introduction of new products into the marketplace that do not provide a historical warranty record to assess. The warranty reserve is included with Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
F-19
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
9. Warranty Liability (Continued)
The following is a rollforward of the Company's warranty liability:
|
December 31 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
Balance at the beginning of the year |
$ | 2,272 | $ | 1,593 | |||
Warranty provision |
2,913 | 2,523 | |||||
Claims paid/settlements |
(2,145 | ) | (1,844 | ) | |||
Balance at the end of the year |
$ | 3,040 | $ | 2,272 | |||
10. Income Taxes
The provision for income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||
Current: |
|||||||||||
Federal |
$ | 1,284 | $ | 2,642 | $ | (4,396 | ) | ||||
State |
892 | 205 | 136 | ||||||||
|
2,176 | 2,847 | (4,260 | ) | |||||||
Deferred: |
|||||||||||
Federal |
3,165 | 3,449 | 3,538 | ||||||||
State |
(1,355 | ) | 497 | (27 | ) | ||||||
|
1,810 | 3,946 | 3,511 | ||||||||
|
$ | 3,986 | $ | 6,793 | $ | (749 | ) | ||||
A reconciliation of income tax expense (benefit) computed at the federal statutory rate to the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows:
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Federal income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rate |
$ | 4,840 | $ | 6,392 | $ | (632 | ) | |||
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
302 | (135 | ) | (478 | ) | |||||
Valuation allowance changes |
(1,129 | ) | 599 | 431 | ||||||
Increase in uncertain tax positions, net |
276 | 149 | 178 | |||||||
Research and development credit |
(194 | ) | (40 | ) | (63 | ) | ||||
Other |
(109 | ) | (172 | ) | (185 | ) | ||||
|
$ | 3,986 | $ | 6,793 | $ | (749 | ) | |||
F-20
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
10. Income Taxes (Continued)
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:
|
December 31, | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | ||||||
Deferred tax assets: |
||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ | 284 | $ | 234 | ||||
Inventory reserves |
726 | 728 | ||||||
Warranty liability |
1,143 | 854 | ||||||
Deferred compensation |
264 | 264 | ||||||
Pension and retiree health benefit obligations |
6,103 | 5,768 | ||||||
Accrued vacation |
523 | 431 | ||||||
Medical claims reserve |
214 | 199 | ||||||
State net operating losses |
2,490 | 2,025 | ||||||
Valuation allowance for state net operating losses |
(566 | ) | (1,695 | ) | ||||
Other accrued liabilities |
784 | 896 | ||||||
Total deferred tax assets |
11,965 | 9,704 | ||||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
||||||||
Tax deductible goodwill |
(14,789 | ) | (12,102 | ) | ||||
Other intangibles |
(10,758 | ) | (8,938 | ) | ||||
Accelerated depreciation |
(1,280 | ) | (1,402 | ) | ||||
Prepaid insurance |
(209 | ) | (101 | ) | ||||
Deferred stock units |
(113 | ) | (170 | ) | ||||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
(27,149 | ) | (22,713 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (15,184 | ) | $ | (13,009 | ) | ||
Deferred income tax balances reflect the effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities and their tax basis and are stated at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when taxes are actually paid or recovered.
State operating loss carry forwards for tax purposes were $46,931 at December 31, 2009 and result in future tax benefits of approximately $2,490. These loss carry-forwards will expire beginning in 2026. The Company evaluated the need to maintain a valuation allowance against certain deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation, which included a review of recent profitability and future projections of profitability, the Company concluded that a valuation allowance of approximately $566 is necessary at December 31, 2009 for the state net operating loss carry-forwards which are likely to expire prior to the Company's ability to use the tax benefit.
In the first quarter of 2009 the Company reversed $1,213 of its valuation allowance for state net operating losses in Wisconsin due to a tax law change, which was effective January 1, 2009. Net income and earnings per share data for the nine months ended September 30, 2009 previously reported by the Company did not include this adjustment. The impact of reflecting this adjustment in the interim
F-21
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
10. Income Taxes (Continued)
financial statements as of September 30, 2009 and for the nine months then ended is as follows (all amounts are in thousands except per share data):
|
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2009 (As previously reported) |
Adjustment |
Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2009 (As restated) |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Income tax expense |
$ | 1,964 | $ | (1,213 | ) | $ | 751 | ||||
Net income |
2,728 | 1,213 | 3,941 | ||||||||
Earnings per share: |
|||||||||||
Basic |
4.49 | 2.00 | 6.49 | ||||||||
Diluted |
4.39 | 1.96 | 6.35 | ||||||||
Deferred income tax liability |
19,466 | (1,213 | ) | 18,253 | |||||||
Retained earnings |
45,940 | 1,213 | 47,153 | ||||||||
Total stockholders' equity |
100,494 | 1,213 | 101,707 | ||||||||
Total liabilities, redeemable stock and stockholders' equity |
404,420 | 1,213 | 405,633 |
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted accounting guidance originally issued under Financial Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (codified in ASC 740 Income Taxes ). This interpretation prescribes the minimum recognition threshold which a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. This pronouncement also provides guidance on the measurement, classification and derecognition of tax positions. As a result of the adoption of this pronouncement, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $985, an increase in other assets of $434 and a reduction of the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings of $551.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending liability for uncertain tax positions is as follows:
|
2009 | 2008 | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 1,613 | $ | 1,238 | |||
Increases for tax positions taken in the current year |
356 | 305 | |||||
Increases for tax positions taken in prior years |
126 | 70 | |||||
Balance at the end of year |
$ | 2,095 | $ | 1,613 | |||
The amount of the unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate, if recognized, was approximately $1,154 and $878 at December 31, 2009 and 2008 respectively. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to the unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Approximately $653 and $456 of accrued interest and penalties is reported as an income tax liability at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits is reported in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The Company recognized $153 and $107 of expenses related to interest and penalties in income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. No interest or penalties were recognized prior to the adoption of FIN 48.
F-22
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
10. Income Taxes (Continued)
The Company files income tax returns in the United States (Federal), Wisconsin (state), Maine (state) and various other states. Tax years open to examination by tax authorities under the statute of limitations include 2008 for Federal and 2005 through 2008 for most states. Tax returns for the 2009 tax year have not yet been filed.
11. Deferred Compensation
The Company has a long-term incentive compensation plan covering certain management employees. Under the terms of the plan, the participants earn (lose) additional compensation based upon a percentage of the Company's cash flow from operations reduced by capital expenditures under a predetermined formula. In addition, participants' account balances under the plan increase or decrease on an annual basis based upon the Company's cash flow from operations reduced by capital expenditures under a predetermined formula. Amounts credited to participant accounts under the plan are non-forfeitable unless a participant is terminated for cause or voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Company. In either of these events, the terminated participant will forfeit any positive amounts allocated to his or her account for the two years preceding the year of termination.
Compensation earned under the plan is deferred until such time as the participant has an account balance of more than two times his or her base compensation, at which point 20% of the balance is paid to the participant in cash in a lump sum. Participants are paid their vested account balances under the plan upon separation from the Company as follows:
|
Payment Method | |
---|---|---|
Death, long-term disability, or normal retirement |
Lump sum | |
Balance of less than $75,000 |
Lump sum | |
Balance greater than $75,000 |
5 equal annual installments |
With respect to account balances paid in installments, participants earn interest each year on the unpaid balance at the one-year U.S. Treasury rate in effect at the beginning of the year.
Activity for the plan is as follows:
|
December 31 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | ||||||
Balance at beginning of year |
$ | 1,791 | $ | 1,855 | ||||
Participant earnings according to the terms of the plan |
120 | 98 | ||||||
Payments to current and former participants |
(206 | ) | (162 | ) | ||||
Balance at end of year |
1,705 | 1,791 | ||||||
Less current portion |
(223 | ) | (147 | ) | ||||
|
$ | 1,482 | $ | 1,644 | ||||
F-23
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
12. Employee Retirement Plans
Pension benefits
The Company provides noncontributory defined benefit pension plans for most employees. Plans covering salaried employees generally provide pension benefits that are based on the employee's average earnings and credited service. Plans covering hourly employees generally provide benefits of stated amounts for each year of service. The Company's funding policy for the plans is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet the minimum funding requirement of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, plus any additional amounts that the Company may determine to be appropriate.
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the fair value of plan assets, funded status of plans, and amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of the following:
|
December 31 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | ||||||
Change in projected benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 23,010 | $ | 22,672 | ||||
Service cost |
820 | 1,159 | ||||||
Interest cost |
1,355 | 1,667 | ||||||
Actuarial gain |
403 | (1,490 | ) | |||||
Benefits paid |
(865 | ) | (998 | ) | ||||
Benefit obligation at end of year |
24,723 | 23,010 | ||||||
Change in plan assets: |
||||||||
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year |
12,648 | 18,677 | ||||||
Actual return on plan assets |
2,630 | (6,232 | ) | |||||
Employer contributions through December 31 |
1,353 | 1,201 | ||||||
Benefits paid |
(865 | ) | (998 | ) | ||||
Fair value of plan assets at end of year |
15,766 | 12,648 | ||||||
Funded Status: accrued pension liability |
$ | (8,957 | ) | $ | (10,362 | ) | ||
The components of net periodic pension cost consisted of the following for the years ended December 31,
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Component of net periodic pension cost: |
||||||||||
Service cost |
$ | 820 | $ | 1,159 | $ | 942 | ||||
Interest cost |
1,355 | 1,667 | 1,250 | |||||||
Expected return on plan assets |
(984 | ) | (1,914 | ) | (1,005 | ) | ||||
Amortization of net loss |
519 | | 6 | |||||||
Net periodic pension cost |
$ | 1,710 | $ | 912 | $ | 1,193 | ||||
The accumulated benefit obligation for all pension plans as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $22,957 and $21,801, respectively.
F-24
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company used October 1 as its measurement date to compute its pension liability. In accordance with its adoption of ASC 715-20, the Company changed its measurement date to December 31 for the year ended December 31, 2008. Assumptions used in determining net periodic pension cost for the plans consisted of the following:
|
Year ended December 31 | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||
Discount rates |
6.00 | % | 6.00 | % | 6.00 | %* | |||||
Rates of increase in compensation levels: |
|||||||||||
Salaried |
3.50 | 3.50 | 4.50 | ||||||||
Hourly |
N/A | N/A | N/A | ||||||||
Expected long-term rate of return on assets |
8.00 | 8.00 | 8.00 |
To determine the long-term rate of return assumption for plan assets, the Company studies historical markets and preserves the long-term historical relationships between equities and fixed-income securities consistent with the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater return over the long run. The Company evaluates current market factors such as inflation and interest rates before it determines long-term capital market assumptions and reviews peer data and historical returns to check for reasonableness and appropriateness. The discount rate is based on the Citigroup Pension Liability Index or Moody's.
The expected benefit payments under the pension plans are as follows:
2010 |
$ | 1,050 | ||
2011 |
1,070 | |||
2012 |
1,160 | |||
2013 |
1,200 | |||
2014 |
1,260 | |||
2015-2019 |
7,060 |
The Company made required minimum pension funding contributions of $1,353 to the pension plans in 2009 and currently expects to make $911 required minimum pension funding contributions in 2010.
The Company maintains target allocation percentages among various asset classes based on an investment policy established for the pension plans, which is designed to achieve long-term objectives of return, while mitigating downside risk and considering expected cash flows. The current weighted-average target asset allocations are reflective of actual investments at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The investment policy is reviewed periodically in order to achieve overall objectives in light of current circumstances.
F-25
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)
The Company's weighted-average asset allocation for the qualified pension plans by asset category is as follows:
|
Target | 2009 | 2008 | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Large Cap Equity |
37 | % | $ | 6,106 | 39 | % | $ | 4,593 | 36 | % | |||||||
Mid Cap Equity |
4 | % | 601 | 4 | % | 460 | 4 | % | |||||||||
Small Cap Equity |
3 | % | 586 | 4 | % | 474 | 4 | % | |||||||||
International Equity |
12 | % | 2,015 | 13 | % | 1,581 | 13 | % | |||||||||
Emerging markets Equity |
2 | % | 240 | 2 | % | 171 | 1 | % | |||||||||
Fixed Income and Cash Equivalents |
34 | % | 5,241 | 33 | % | 4,165 | 33 | % | |||||||||
Real Estate |
8 | % | 977 | 6 | % | 1,204 | 10 | % | |||||||||
Total |
100 | % | $ | 15,766 | 100 | % | $ | 12,648 | 100 | % | |||||||
The investment strategy is to build an efficient, well-diversified portfolio based on a long-term, strategic outlook of the investment markets. The investment market outlook utilizes both historical-based and forward-looking return forecasts to establish future return expectations for various asset classes. These return expectations are used to develop a core asset allocation based on the needs of the plan. The core asset allocation utilizes investment portfolios of various asset classes and multiple investment managers in order to help maximize the plan's return while providing multiple layers of diversification to help minimize risk.
The following table presents the fair values of the plan assets related to the Company's pension within the fair value hierarchy as defined in Note 2.
The fair values of the Company's pension plan assets as of December 31, 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
|
Balance as of
December 31, 2009 |
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1) |
Significant Other
Observable Inputs (Level 2) |
Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets: |
|||||||||||||
Equity holdings |
$ | 9,906 | $ | | $ | 9,906 | $ | | |||||
Fixed-income holdings |
5,241 | | 5,241 | | |||||||||
Alternative investments |
619 | | | 619 | |||||||||
Total pension plan assets |
$ | 15,766 | $ | | $ | 15,147 | $ | 619 | |||||
The following table presents a reconciliation of the fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
Balance, beginning of year |
$ | 905 | ||
Actual return on plan assets held at reporting date |
(286 | ) | ||
Balance, end of year |
$ | 619 | ||
F-26
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)
The fair value of the real estate fund is determined by taking the appraised values of the properties on hand plus other assets and subtracting mortgage loans and other liabilities.
Postretirement benefits
The Company provides postretirement healthcare benefits for certain employee groups. The postretirement healthcare plans are contributory and contain certain other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. The plans are unfunded. Employees do not vest until they retire from active employment with the Company and have at least twelve years of service. These benefits can be amended or terminated at anytime and are subject to the same ongoing changes as our healthcare benefits for employees with respect to deductible, co-insurance and participant contributions.
Effective January 1, 2004, the postretirement healthcare benefits were extended to all active employees of the Company as of December 31, 2003. The period of coverage was reduced and the retiree contribution percentage was increased in order to keep the cost of the plan equivalent to the previous plan design.
Maximum coverage under the plan is limited to ten years. All benefits terminate upon the death of the retiree. Employees who began working for the Company after December 31, 2003, are not eligible for postretirement healthcare benefits.
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation for the Company consisted of the following:
|
December 31 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | ||||||
Change in projected benefit obligation: |
||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of year |
$ | 7,155 | $ | 7,221 | ||||
Service cost |
305 | 331 | ||||||
Interest cost |
420 | 423 | ||||||
Participant contributions |
86 | 77 | ||||||
Changes in actuarial assumptions |
701 | (357 | ) | |||||
Benefits paid |
(469 | ) | (540 | ) | ||||
Projected benefit obligation at end of year |
$ | 8,198 | $ | 7,155 | ||||
Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consisted of: |
||||||||
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities |
$ | 350 | $ | 335 | ||||
Retiree health benefit obligation |
7,848 | 6,820 | ||||||
|
$ | 8,198 | $ | 7,155 | ||||
F-27
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
12. Employee Retirement Plans (Continued)
The assumed discount and healthcare cost trend rates are summarized as follows:
|
December 31 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||
Discount rate |
6.00 | % | 6.00 | % | 6.00 | % | ||||
Immediate healthcare cost trend rate |
9.00 | 8.50 | 9.00 | |||||||
Ultimate healthcare cost trend rate |
5.00 | 5.00 | 5.00 | |||||||
Assumed annual reduction in trend rate |
0.50 | 0.50 | 0.50 | |||||||
Participation |
80.00 | 80.00 | 80.00 |
A one percentage point change in the healthcare cost trend rate would have the following effect at December 31, 2009:
|
1%
Increase |
1%
Decrease |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Effect on total service and interest cost |
$ | 120 | $ | (101 | ) | ||
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation |
1,002 | (855 | ) |
Amounts included in other comprehensive loss, net of tax, at December 31, 2009, which have not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost, were net actuarial gain (loss) of $(4,031) and $94 for the pension plans and postretirement healthcare benefits, respectively. The estimated actuarial gain (loss) for the defined benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net period pension cost during 2010 are $(204) and $8 for the pension plans and postretirement healthcare benefits, respectively.
As discussed in Note 2, during the year ended December 31, 2008 the Company adopted the guidance originally issued under FAS No. 158 (codified under ASC 715-20) to measure the funded status of the plan as of its year end, December 31 versus the previous measurement date of October 1. Upon adoption of this requirement, the Company recorded a reduction to retained earnings of $114 net of tax of $68 and an increase to accumulated other comprehensive loss of $1,642, net of tax of $896.
Defined contribution plan
The Company has a defined contribution plan, which qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code that provides substantially all employees an opportunity to accumulate personal funds for their retirement. Contributions are made on a before-tax basis to these plans.
As determined by the provisions of the plan, the Company matches a portion of the employees' basic voluntary contributions. The Company matching contributions to the plan were approximately $137, $140 and $138 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
F-28
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
13. Stock-Based Compensation
In 2004, the Company adopted a stock option plan, the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (the "2004 Stock Plan"). Under the 2004 Stock Plan, the Company may grant stock options exercisable for shares of the Company's common stock to members of the Board of Directors, officers and key employees. A total of 68,345 shares of common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2004 Stock Plan. Options vest ratably over five years and expire 10 years from the date of grant.
The following table summarizes information with respect to the Company's stock option activity under the 2004 Stock Plan for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | ||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Options |
Weighted
average exercise price |
Options |
Weighted
average exercise price |
Options |
Weighted
average exercise price |
|||||||||||||
Outstandingbeginning of year |
38,255 | $ | 100.00 | 44,585 | $ | 100.00 | 51,962 | $ | 100.00 | ||||||||||
Granted |
| | | | 5,000 | 100.00 | |||||||||||||
Canceled |
(3,763 | ) | | (6,330 | ) | | (3,502 | ) | | ||||||||||
Exercised |
| | | | (8,875 | ) | 100.00 | ||||||||||||
Outstandingend of year |
34,492 | $ | 100.00 | 38,255 | 100.00 | 44,585 | $ | 100.00 | |||||||||||
Exercisableend of year |
31,492 | $ | 100.00 | 27,775 | $ | 100.00 | 26,828 | $ | 100.00 | ||||||||||
As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of all outstanding options was 4.8, 5.8 and 6.8 years, respectively. As of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the weighted-average remaining contractual life of all exercisable options was 4.6, 5.5 and 6.5 years, respectively.
The aggregate intrinsic value of the options at December 31, 2009 was $6,752 and $6,165 for options outstanding and exercisable, respectively. There were no options exercised for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2007 was $1,737.
For purposes of computing compensation costs of stock options granted, the fair value of each stock option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the minimal value method for grants prior to January 1, 2006 and the Black Scholes method for grants after January 1, 2006.
During 2007, the Company granted 5,000 stock options with a fair value of $19.31 per option. The Company used the following assumptions in determining the fair value of the options:
Risk free rate of return |
3.25% | |||
Volatility |
54.7% | |||
Expected Term |
3 years | |||
Dividend Yield |
n/a |
Stock-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was not material. There was no stock based compensation recorded for the year ended December 31, 2006.
F-29
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
13. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company has stockholders' notes receivable with recourse of $1,013 and $1,116 including accrued interest, respectively, related to the exercise of options, which are included as a component of stockholders' equity. The stockholders' notes receivable are payable in 2014 and bear interest of 5%.
14. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share of common stock are computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share of common stock are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents related to the assumed exercise of stock options, using the treasury stock method. Stock options for which the exercise price exceeds the average fair value have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share and are excluded from the calculation. There were no shares excluded from diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 and 44,585 shares were excluded from diluted earnings per share as the shares would be anti-dilutive for the year ended December 31, 2007, as the Company incurred a net loss for that year.
The following weighted average shares were used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:
|
December 31 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2009 | 2008 | 2007 | |||||||
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding |
607,304 | 615,236 | 609,220 | |||||||
Incremental shares applicable to common stock options |
13,698 | 15,193 | | |||||||
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding |
621,002 | 630,429 | 609,220 | |||||||
The deferred common stock units are convertible to common stock upon (i) the earlier of the qualified initial public offering date of the Company's common stock or the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with the qualified initial public offering or (ii) a change of control. The impact of the conversion of the deferred common stock units is excluded from diluted earnings per share calculations for all years presented, as this contingent event did not occur by the end of the respective reporting periods. The number of shares of common stock that would be issued upon the expiration of the lock-up agreement entered into in connection with a qualified initial public offering or change in control is 7,340 shares for all years presented.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
In the ordinary course of business, the Company is engaged in various litigation including product liability and intellectual property disputes. However, the Company does not believe that any pending litigation will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations or liquidity. In addition, the Company is not currently a party to any environmental-related claims or legal matters.
F-30
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
The authorized capital stock of the Company includes 100,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 65,000 shares have been designated as Series A Preferred Stock ("Series A"). All shares of Series A have been redeemed and therefore no shares of Series A were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The par value of Series A is $0.01 per share.
The Series A is non-voting except as required by Delaware law, and Series A stockholders do not have the right to elect any members of the Company's Board of Directors. The Series A ranks senior to the Series B and C preferred stock and common stock related to dividend rights and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. Dividends accrue on the Series A at a rate of 10% per annum on the stated value of the Series A plus 10% of the aggregate of all annual dividends that a holder of Series A will have become entitled to receive but which has not been declared and paid by the Company. The Company accretes dividends based on the terms of the Series A set forth in the Company's certificate of incorporation.
The Series A is subject to redemption at anytime, in whole or in part, at the option of the Board of Directors, which is controlled by the preferred stockholders and thus outside the control of the Company, at a redemption price per share equal to Series A stated value of $1,000 per share plus all accrued but unpaid cumulative dividends.
Series B Redeemable Preferred Stock
One share of preferred stock has been designated as Series B Preferred Stock ("Series B") and is issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The par value of Series B is $0.01 per share.
In addition to any voting rights to which the holders of the Series B may be entitled by law, so long as the Series B remains outstanding, the holder of the share, voting as a single series, are entitled to elect four directors to the Company's Board of Directors. The Series B ranks junior to the Series A, on parity with the Series C preferred stock and senior to the common stock as to dividend rights and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holder of Series B is not entitled to receive dividends. However, subject to certain exceptions, so long as any shares of Series B or Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the Company may not pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its junior securities (including common stock). This dividend restriction may be waived by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting as a single class.
The Series B is subject to mandatory redemption at any time the holder's ownership of both preferred stock and common stock falls below certain percentages. The fixed redemption price per share is $1,000 per share, which equals the initial amount paid for the share. At the time of any such redemption, any members of the Company's Board of Directors elected by the Series B shall cease to be members of the Board without further action of any kind by the Company or its stockholders.
F-31
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity (Continued)
Series C Redeemable Preferred Stock
One share of preferred stock has been designated as Series C Preferred Stock ("Series C") and is issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The par value of Series C is $0.01 per share.
In addition to any voting rights to which the holders of the Series C may be entitled by law, so long as the Series C remains outstanding, the holder of the share, voting as a single series, is entitled to elect two directors to the Company's Board of Directors. The Series C ranks junior to the Series A, on a parity with the Series B preferred stock and senior to the common stock as to dividend rights and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The holder of Series C is not entitled to receive dividends. However, subject to certain exceptions, so long as any shares of Series B or Series C preferred stock are outstanding, the Company may not pay dividends or make other distributions with respect to its junior securities (including common stock). This dividend restriction may be waived by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B and Series C preferred stock, voting as a single class.
The Series C is subject to mandatory redemption at any time the holder's beneficial ownership of both preferred stock and common stock falls below certain percentages. The fixed redemption price per share is $1,000 per share, which equals the initial amount paid for the share. At the time of any such redemption, any members of the Company's Board of Directors elected by the Series C shall cease to be members of the Board without further action of any kind by the Company or its stockholders.
Common Stock
The Company has 1,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 607,221 and 608,595 were issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The par value of the common stock is $0.01 per share.
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, common stockholders would be entitled to share ratably in the Company's assets and funds remaining after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of stock having preference over the Company's common stock, including Series A, B and C preferred stock.
Deferred Stock Plan
The Company has previously issued to certain members of management deferred common stock units and deferred preferred stock units, in each case representing the right to receive less than 1% of its fully-diluted equity capitalization. These deferred units were issued in consideration for the cancellation of accrued award balances in the Douglas Dynamics, LLC Long Term Incentive Plan. Deferred units were issued at a price equal to the fair value of the common stock at the date of issuance. Deferred units have all rights of common and preferred shareholders, excluding voting rights, and convert to common and preferred stock upon a change in control, or initial public offering of the
F-32
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
16. Redeemable stock and stockholders' equity (Continued)
Company's stock. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008 there were no deferred preferred stock units outstanding.
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had 7,340 deferred common stock units outstanding. Upon a change in control or initial public offering, these units would convert to 7,340 shares of common stock.
Common Stock Repurchase
During 2008, the Company entered into securities repurchase agreements with certain members of management. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company repurchased at fair value and subsequently retired 6,926 shares of common stock for aggregate consideration of $1,775, comprised of a cash payment of $1,101 and the satisfaction of $703 of promissory notes held by members of management.
On January 23, 2009, the Company entered into securities repurchase agreements with certain members of management. Pursuant to these agreements, the Company repurchased at fair value and subsequently retired 1,374 shares of common stock and 3,763 stock options in exchange for aggregate consideration of $1,137, comprised of a cash payment of $1,000 and the satisfaction of the remaining principal amount of $137 on promissory notes held by the members of management. As a result of the repurchase of stock options, the Company recorded $732 of compensation expense in the first quarter of 2009, which represented the fair value of the repurchased options.
F-33
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
17. Valuation and qualifying accounts
The Company's valuation and qualifying accounts for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are as follows: (dollars in thousands):
|
Balance at
beginning of year |
Additions
charged to earnings |
Changes to
reserve, net(1) |
Balance at
end of year |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Year ended December 31, 2009 |
||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ | 622 | $ | 281 | $ | (148 | ) | $ | 755 | |||||
Reserves for inventory |
1,736 | 1,347 | (1,153 | ) | 1,931 | |||||||||
Valuation of deferred tax assets |
1,695 | 84 | (1,213 | ) | 566 | |||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2008 |
||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ | 541 | $ | 271 | $ | (190 | ) | $ | 622 | |||||
Reserves for inventory |
1,741 | 1,296 | (1,301 | ) | 1,736 | |||||||||
Valuation of deferred tax assets |
1,096 | 599 | | 1,695 | ||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2007 |
||||||||||||||
Allowance for doubtful accounts |
$ | 803 | $ | (56 | ) | $ | (206 | ) | $ | 541 | ||||
Reserves for inventory |
1,768 | 582 | (609 | ) | 1,741 | |||||||||
Valuation of deferred tax assets |
665 | 431 | | 1,096 |
18. Restructuring
On April 27, 2009, the Company announced a plan to close its Johnson City, Tennessee manufacturing facility and move this production to its Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Rockland, Maine facilities by mid 2010. The Company expects to realize significant annual cost savings and improved customer delivery performance as a result. The closure will result in the elimination of approximately 100 positions in Johnson City and the addition of approximately 50 positions in Rockland and approximately 35 positions in Milwaukee.
Related to the facility closure, the Company has recorded $690 for employee severance and $364 for other closure costs for the year ended December 31, 2009. The Company expects the total cost of this restructuring to be $2,288 consisting of employee termination costs of $824 and other costs of $1,464. The other costs consist principally of facility move preparation and equipment relocation costs. These costs are included in the "Selling, General and Administrative Expense" line in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.
F-34
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands except share and per share data)
18. Restructuring (Continued)
The following represents a reconciliation of changes in the restructuring reserves related to this project through December 31, 2009.
|
Employee
Termination Costs |
Other Exit
Costs |
Total | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Accrued restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2008 |
$ | | $ | | $ | | |||||
Activity during the twelve months ended December 31, 2009: |
|||||||||||
Charges to earnings |
690 | 364 | 1,054 | ||||||||
Payments |
| (364 | ) | (364 | ) | ||||||
Accrued restructuring reserves as of December 31, 2009 |
$ | 690 | | $ | 690 |
In connection with the restructuring, the Company reassessed the useful lives of its manufacturing facility and certain equipment. As a result of this assessment, the Company assigned shorter useful lives to these assets and recorded accelerated depreciation of $900 for the year ended December 31, 2009. This change in estimate reduced basic and diluted earnings per share by $1.48 and $1.45, respectively.
Based on the anticipated reduction in workforce, the Company anticipates recognizing a curtailment gain related to its other post retirement benefit plans, which will be recorded in the statements of operation when the participants are terminated. The exact amount of this gain is not known at this time. In addition, the Company anticipates recognizing a curtailment gain related to its pension plans. Because the estimated curtailment gain is less than the unrecognized actuary losses, the curtailment gain will be recorded as a component of other comprehensive income (loss).
19. Subsequent events
The Company evaluated its financial statements for subsequent events through March 8, 2010 the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company is not aware of any subsequent events which would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.
F-35
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
The table below lists various expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, we expect to incur in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered hereby. All the expenses are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange ("SEC") registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") filing fee and the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") listing fee.
Type
|
Amount | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 10,695 | |||
FINRA Filing Fee |
15,500 | ||||
NYSE Fee |
* | ||||
Legal fees and expenses |
* | ||||
Accounting fees and expenses |
* | ||||
Printing and engraving expenses |
* | ||||
Transfer agent and registrar fees |
* | ||||
Miscellaneous expenses |
* | ||||
Total |
$ | * |
ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL"), allows a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached the duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. The certificate of incorporation that we plan to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering (such certificate of incorporation being "our new certificate of incorporation") will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages to the extent permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL.
Section 145 of the DGCL provides for the indemnification of officers, directors and other corporate agents in terms sufficiently broad to indemnify such persons under circumstances for liabilities (including reimbursement for expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
The bylaws that we intend to adopt prior to the consummation of this offering (such bylaws being "our new bylaws") will provide for indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents to the extent and under the circumstances permitted under the DGCL.
In addition to the indemnification to be provided by our new certificate of incorporation and new bylaws, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and executive officers. These agreements, subject to certain exceptions, will require us to, among other things, indemnify these directors and executive officers for certain expenses, including attorney fees, witness fees and expenses, expenses of accountants and other advisors, and the premium, security for and other costs relating to any bond, arising out of that person's services as a director or officer of us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
II-1
The Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 will provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us, our directors and officers, and by us of the underwriters, for some liabilities arising under the Securities Act, and affords some rights of contribution with respect thereto.
ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
Since January , 2007, we have issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act:
The sales of the above securities were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation.
ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
1.1** | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | ||
|
3.1* |
|
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. |
|
3.2* |
|
Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. |
|
3.3** |
|
Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. |
|
3.4* |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. |
|
3.5* |
|
First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. |
|
3.6** |
|
Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. |
|
4.1** |
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate. |
|
4.2* |
|
Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association. |
|
4.3* |
|
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2005, among Fisher, LLC, Douglas, and U.S. Bank National Association. |
|
4.4* |
|
Form of Global Note for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company 7 3 / 4 % senior notes due 2012. |
|
4.5* |
|
Form of Douglas Holdings, Inc. Guarantee for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company 7 3 / 4 % senior notes due 2012. |
|
5.1** |
|
Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. |
II-2
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.1** | Senior Secured Term Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 19, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of , 2010. | ||
|
10.2** |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Term Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March , 2010 by and among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and each of the lenders party thereto. |
|
10.3** |
|
Senior Secured Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 19, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of , 2010. |
|
10.4** |
|
Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of March , 2010 by and among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and each of the lenders party thereto. |
|
10.5** |
|
Employment Agreement between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated September 7, 2004. |
|
10.6** |
|
Employment Agreement between James L. Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated March 30, 2004. |
|
10.7** |
|
Employment Agreement between Mark Adamson and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated August 27, 2007. |
|
10.8* |
|
Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
|
10.9* |
|
Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
|
10.10* |
|
Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
|
10.11* |
|
Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
|
10.12** |
|
Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10.13** |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10.14** |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Management Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10.15** |
|
Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10.16** |
|
Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004. |
II-3
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.17** | Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004. | ||
|
10.18* |
|
Form of Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Unit Agreement. |
|
10.19* |
|
Douglas Dynamics 2009 Annual Incentive Plan. |
|
10.20* |
|
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Annual Incentive Plan 2009. |
|
10.21* |
|
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Long Term Incentive Plan 2009. |
|
10.22* |
|
Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Liquidity Bonus Plan. |
|
10.23** |
|
Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. |
|
10.24* |
|
Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated June 30, 2004. |
|
10.25* |
|
First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated December 27, 2004. |
|
10.26** |
|
Form of Second Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Aurora Management Partners LLC, and ACOF Management, L.P. |
|
10.27* |
|
Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement. |
|
21.1* |
|
Subsidiaries of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
|
23.1** |
|
Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1) |
|
23.2* |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. |
|
24.1# |
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement hereto). |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or the Act, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
II-4
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Milwaukee, Wisconsin, on March 8, 2010.
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC. |
||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ JAMES L. JANIK James L. Janik President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the following persons have signed this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement in the capacities and on the date indicated.
*
James L. Janik |
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director | March 8, 2010 | ||||
* Robert McCormick |
|
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Robert Young |
|
Controller |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Mark Rosenbaum |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Michael Marino |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Jack O. Peiffer |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Michael W. Wickham |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Nav Rahemtulla |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
* Jeffrey Serota |
|
Director |
|
March 8, 2010 |
||
*By: |
|
/s/ JAMES L. JANIK James L. Janik Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
|
|
II-6
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
1.1** | Form of Underwriting Agreement. | ||
3.1* | Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. | ||
3.2* | Amendment to Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. | ||
3.3** | Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. | ||
3.4* | Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. | ||
3.5* | First Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., as currently in effect. | ||
3.6** | Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., to be in effect upon consummation of this offering. | ||
4.1** | Form of Common Stock Certificate. | ||
4.2* | Indenture, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association. | ||
4.3* | First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 28, 2005, among Fisher, LLC, Douglas, and U.S. Bank National Association. | ||
4.4* | Form of Global Note for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company 7 3 / 4 % senior notes due 2012. | ||
4.5* | Form of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Guarantee for Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company 7 3 / 4 % senior notes due 2012. | ||
5.1** | Opinion of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP. | ||
10.1** | Senior Secured Term Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 19, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of , 2010. | ||
10.2** | Amendment No. 2 to Senior Secured Term Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of , 2010 by and among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and each of the lenders party thereto. | ||
10.3** | Senior Secured Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 21, 2007, by and among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Fisher, LLC and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, the banks and financial institutions party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch as administrative agent as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 19, 2008 and Amendment No. 2, dated as of , 2010. | ||
10.4** | Senior Secured Revolving Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of , 2010 by and among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and each of the lenders party thereto. | ||
10.5** | Employment Agreement between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated September 7, 2004. | ||
10.6** | Employment Agreement between James L. Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated March 30, 2004. |
II-7
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.7** | Employment Agreement between Mark Adamson and Douglas Dynamics, Inc., dated August 27, 2007. | ||
10.8* | Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. | ||
10.9* | Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between James Janik and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. | ||
10.10* | Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. | ||
10.11* | Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 by and between Robert McCormick and Douglas Dynamics, Inc. | ||
10.12** | Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.13** | Form of Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement. under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.14** | Form of Amended and Restated Management Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.15** | Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.16** | Amended and Restated Management Incentive Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004. | ||
10.17** | Amended and Restated Non-Qualified Option Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan between Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and James L. Janik, dated March 31, 2004. | ||
10.18* | Form of Amended and Restated Deferred Stock Unit Agreement under Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2004 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.19* | Douglas Dynamics 2009 Annual Incentive Plan. | ||
10.20* | Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Annual Incentive Plan 2009. | ||
10.21* | Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. Long Term Incentive Plan 2009. | ||
10.22* | Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Liquidity Bonus Plan. | ||
10.23** | Douglas Dynamics, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan. | ||
10.24* | Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated June 30, 2004. | ||
10.25* | First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc. and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders, dated December 27, 2004. | ||
10.26** | Form of Second Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement among Douglas Dynamics, Inc., Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., Aurora Management Partners LLC, and ACOF Management, L.P. | ||
10.27* | Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement. | ||
21.1* | Subsidiaries of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. |
II-8
Exhibit
Number |
Title | ||
---|---|---|---|
23.1** | Consent of Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher, LLP (included as part of Exhibit 5.1) | ||
23.2* | Consent of Ernst & Young LLP. | ||
24.1# | Power of Attorney (included on signature page of Registration Statement hereto). |
II-9
Exhibit 3.1
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
The undersigned, for the purpose of amending and restating the existing Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Certificate of Incorporation ) of Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Corporation ), does hereby certify that:
1. The date of filing of the Corporations original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was March 11, 2004, as amended by that certain Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 30, 2004, as amended by that certain Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 12, 2004.
2. This Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
3. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
The name of this corporation is:
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.
The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 9 East Loockerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover 19901, County of Kent, and the name of its registered agent at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc.
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL ).
18. Person means a natural person, a company, a corporation, a joint venture, a limited liability company, a partnership, a trust, an unincorporated association or organization or other legal entity, or a government or an agency or political subdivision thereof.
The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such time, on such date and at such place (within or without the State of Delaware) as provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Subject to any requirement of applicable law, the books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time (i) by a majority of the members of the Board or (ii) by a committee of the Board that has been duly designated by the Board and whose power and authority, as provided in a resolution by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, includes the power to call such meetings, but such special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons or in any other manner; provided , however , that if and to the extent that any special meeting of stockholders may be called by any other person or persons specified in any certificate of designations filed under Section 151(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or its successor statute as in effect from time to time), then such special meeting may also be called by the person or persons, in the manner, at the times and for the purposes so specified.
Any election of directors or other action by the stockholders of the Corporation that can be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders can be effected by written consent without a meeting so long as such written consent is signed by the holders of at least the
number of shares required to approve such action at a duly held annual or special stockholders meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Expenses incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in defending any such action, suit or proceeding may be advanced by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the DGCL and this Article IX. The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent against any liability which may be asserted against such person. To
the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including attorneys fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in the manner provided by the DGCL, any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such persons official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.
No repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by virtue of the foregoing paragraph at the time of such repeal or modification.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed, signed and acknowledged by James L. Janik, its Chief Executive Officer and President as of the 14th day of December, 2004.
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
Name: James L. Janik |
|
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer and President |
Exhibit 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ( DGCL ), does hereby certify that:
FIRST: The board of directors of the Company, by unanimous written consent of its members, filed with the minutes of the board of directors, adopted a resolution setting forth and declaring a proposed amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company to be advisable and calling for consideration thereof by the stockholders of the Company. The resolution setting forth the proposed amendment is as follows:
RESOLVED, that Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
The name of this corporation is:
Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
SECOND: This Certificate of Amendment to the Companys Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as set forth in the preceding resolution, has been duly consented to by the required vote of stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of DGCL.
THIRD: Said amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 and 242 of DGCL.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Amendment on this 26th day of January, 2010.
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Robert McCormick |
|
Name: |
Robert McCormick |
|
Title: |
VP & CFO |
Exhibit 3.4
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
Offices
SECTION 1.01 Registered Office. Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter call the Corporation) shall maintain its registered office in the State of Delaware at National Registered Agents, Inc., 9 East Lookerman Street, Suite 1B, in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices in such other places in the United States or elsewhere as the Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint or as the business of the Corporation may require.
SECTION 2.01 Annual Meetings . Meetings of stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, and at such time and date as the Board of Directors shall determine. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as described in Section 2.02 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws in accordance with Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Stockholders may act by written or electronic transmission of consent to elect directors; provided, however , that if such consent is less than unanimous, such action by written or electronic transmission of consent may be in lieu of holding an annual meeting only if all of the directorships to which directors could have been elected at an annual meeting held at the effective time of such action are vacant and are filled by such action. In the event that the Board of Directors fails to determine the time, date and place for the annual meeting and the stockholders have not elected directors by written or electronic transmission of consent as permitted by law, it shall be held, beginning in the year after the date of incorporation, at the principal office of the Corporation at 10 oclock A.M. on the last Friday in March of each year.
SECTION 2.02 Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders, unless otherwise prescribed by statute, may be called by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or by resolution of the Board of Directors and shall be called by the President or Secretary upon the written request of not less than 10% in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat. Notice of each special meeting shall be given in accordance with Section 2.03 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws. Unless otherwise permitted by law, business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purpose stated in the notice.
If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication:
(a) participate in a meeting of stockholders; and
(b) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication,
provided, that
(i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder;
(ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings; and
(iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
SECTION 2.03 Notice of Meetings . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice or electronic transmission, in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, of notice of the meeting, which shall state the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be mailed to or transmitted electronically to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat. Such notice shall be given not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of any such meeting.
SECTION 2.04 Quorum . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of stockholders. When a quorum is once present to organize a meeting, the quorum is not broken by the subsequent withdrawal of any stockholders.
SECTION 2.05 Voting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder. Upon the request of not less than 10% in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting, voting shall be by written ballot, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation; if authorized by the stockholders, such requirement of a written ballot shall be satisfied, if authorized by the Board of Directors, by a ballot submitted by
electronic transmission, provided that any such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder.
All elections of directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.
SECTION 2.06 Chairman of Meetings . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if one is elected, or, in his absence or disability, the President of the Corporation, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders.
SECTION 2.07 Secretary of Meeting . The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as Secretary at all meetings of the stockholders. In the absence or disability of the Secretary, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President shall appoint a person to act as Secretary at such meetings.
SECTION 2.08 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .
Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporations registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within 60 days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section 2.08. A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section 2.08 to the extent permitted by law. Any such consent shall be delivered in accordance with Section 228(d)(1) of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date of such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders or members to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided by law.
Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.
SECTION 2.09 Adjournment . At any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, if less than a quorum be present, a majority of the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time without notice other than announcement at the meeting until a quorum shall be present. Any business may be transacted at the adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting originally noticed. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
SECTION 3.01 Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall exercise all of the powers and duties conferred by law except as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Amended and Restated Bylaws.
SECTION 3.02 Number and Term . The number of directors of the Corporation shall be seven (7). The Board of Directors shall be elected by the stockholders at their annual meeting, and each director shall be elected to serve for the term of one year and until his successor shall be elected and qualified or until his earlier resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.
SECTION 3.03 Resignations . Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the President or Secretary. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.
SECTION 3.04 Removal . Except as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed either with or without cause at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote for the election of directors at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose or by written or electronic transmission of consent as permitted by law.
SECTION 3.05 Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Except as provided in Section 3.04 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies occurring in any directorship and newly created directorships may be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors then in office. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired term of his predecessor and until his successor shall be elected and qualify or until his earlier death, resignation or removal.
SECTION 3.06 Meetings . The newly elected directors shall hold their first meeting to organize the Corporation, elect officers and transact any other business that may properly come before the meeting. An annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after each annual meeting of the stockholders, or at such time and place as may be noticed for the meeting.
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such places and times as shall be determined from time to time by written or electronic transmission of consent of a resolution of the directors.
Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called by the President or by the Secretary on the written or electronic transmission of such request of any director with at least two days notice to each director and shall be held at such place as may be determined by the directors or as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.
SECTION 3.07 Quorum, Voting and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors or any committee thereof shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. In the absence of a quorum, a majority of the directors present thereat may adjourn such meeting to another time and place. Notice of such adjourned meeting need not be given if the time and place of such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting so adjourned.
SECTION 3.08 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors, designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Executive Committee and an Audit Committee, each such committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee to replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by law to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation. All committees of the Board of Directors shall keep minutes of their meetings and shall report their proceedings to the Board of Directors when requested or required by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 3.09 Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, as the case may be, consent thereto
in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed in the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form or shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
SECTION 3.10 Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors for their services. A director may also serve the Corporation in other capacities and receive compensation therefor.
SECTION 3.11 Remote Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment in which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute the presence in person at such meeting.
SECTION 4.01 Number. The officers of the Corporation shall include a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors and who shall hold office for a term of one year and until their successors are elected and qualify or until their earlier resignation or removal. In addition, the Board of Directors may elect a Chairman of the Board of Directors, one or more Vice Presidents, including an Executive Vice President, a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Assistant Secretaries, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The initial officers shall be elected at the first meeting of the Board of Directors and, thereafter, at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
SECTION 4.02 Other Officers and Agents . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it deems advisable, who shall hold their office for such terms and shall exercise and perform such powers and duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.03 Chairman . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be a member of the Board of Directors and shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders. In addition, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall have such powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.04 President . The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. He shall exercise such duties as customarily pertain to the office of President and Chief Executive Officer, and shall have general and active management of the property, business and affairs of the Corporation, subject to the supervision and control of the Board of Directors. He shall perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or these Amended and Restated Bylaws.
In the absence, disability or refusal of the Chairman of the Board of Directors to act, or the vacancy of such office, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. Except as the Board of Directors shall otherwise authorize, the President shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts on behalf of the Corporation, and shall cause the seal to be affixed to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, the seal shall be attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer.
SECTION 4.05 Vice Presidents . Each Vice President, if any are elected, of whom one or more may be designated an Executive Vice President, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to him by the President or the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.06 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the general care and custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation, and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. He shall receive, and give receipts for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever. He shall exercise general supervision over expenditures and disbursements made by officers, agents and employees of the Corporation and the preparation of such records and reports in connection therewith as may be necessary or desirable. He shall, in general, perform all other duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.07 Secretary . The Secretary shall be the Chief Administrative Officer of the Corporation and shall: (a) cause minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and directors to be recorded and kept; (b) cause all notices required by these Amended and Restated Bylaws or otherwise to be given properly; (c) see that the minute books, stock books, and other nonfinancial books, records and papers of the Corporation are kept properly; and (d) cause all reports, statements, returns, certificates and other documents to be prepared and filed when and as required. The Secretary shall have such further powers and perform such other duties as prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.08 Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Secretary, if any are elected, shall be vested with all the powers and shall perform all the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of such officer, unless or until the Board of Directors shall otherwise determine. In addition, Assistant Secretaries shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.09 Corporate Funds and Checks . The funds of the Corporation shall be kept in such depositories as shall from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. All checks or other orders for the payment of money shall be signed by the President or the Treasurer or such other person or agent as may from time to time be authorized and with such countersignature, if any, as may be required by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 4.10 Contracts and Other Documents . The President or the Treasurer, or such other officer or officers as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors or any other committee given specific authority in the premises by the Board of Directors during the intervals between the meetings of the Board of Directors, shall have power
to sign and execute on behalf of the Corporation deeds, conveyances and contracts, and any and all other documents requiring execution by the Corporation.
SECTION 4.11 Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors (subject to any employment agreements that may then be in effect between the Corporation and the relevant officer). None of such officers shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation. Nothing contained herein shall preclude any officer from serving the Corporation, or any subsidiary, in any other capacity and receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he is also a director of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.12 Ownership of Stock of Another Corporation . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer, or such other officer or agent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors, shall have the power and authority, on behalf of the Corporation, to attend and to vote at any meeting of stockholders of any corporation in which the Corporation holds stock and may exercise, on behalf of the Corporation, any and all of the rights and powers incident to the ownership of such stock at any such meeting, including the authority to execute and deliver proxies and consents on behalf of the Corporation.
SECTION 4.13 Delegation of Duties . In the absence, disability or refusal of any officer to exercise and perform his duties, the Board of Directors may delegate to another officer such powers or duties.
SECTION 4.14 Resignation and Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed from office for or without cause at any time by the Board of Directors. Any officer may resign at any time in the same manner prescribed under Section 3.03 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws.
SECTION 4.15 Vacancies . The Board of Directors shall have power to fill vacancies occurring in any office.
SECTION 5.01 Certificates of Stock . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the Chairman or Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, certifying the number and class of shares of stock in the Corporation owned by him. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The Board of Directors shall have the power to appoint one or more transfer agents and/or registrars for the transfer or registration of certificates of stock of any class, and may require stock certificates to be countersigned or registered by one or more of such transfer agents and/or registrars.
SECTION 5.02 Transfer of Shares . Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferable upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by their duly authorized attorneys or legal representatives, upon surrender to the Corporation by delivery thereof to the
person in charge of the stock and transfer books and ledgers. Such certificates shall be cancelled and new certificates shall thereupon be issued. A record shall be made of each transfer. Whenever any transfer of shares shall be made for collateral security, and not absolutely, it shall be so expressed in the entry of the transfer if, when the certificates are presented, both the transferor and transferee request the Corporation to do so. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or proper concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.03 Lost, Stolen, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates . A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Board of Directors may, in their discretion, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond, in such sum as the Board of Directors may direct, in order to indemnify the Corporation against any claims that may be made against it in connection therewith. A new certificate of stock may be issued in the place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation that has become mutilated without the posting by the owner of any bond upon the surrender by such owner of such mutilated certificate.
SECTION 5.04 List of Stockholders Entitled To Vote . The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Delaware General Corporation Law § 219 or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
SECTION 5.05 Dividends . Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors may at any regular or special meeting, declare dividends upon the stock of the Corporation either (a) out of its surplus, as defined in and computed in accordance with Delaware General Corporation Law § 154 and § 244 or (b) in case there shall be no such surplus, out of its net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Before the declaration of any dividend, the Board of Directors may set apart, out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends, such sum or sums as from time to time in their discretion may be deemed proper for working capital or as a reserve fund to meet contingencies or for such other purposes as shall be deemed conducive to the interests of the Corporation.
SECTION 5.06 Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record.
In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting, (including by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission as permitted by law), the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than 10 days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Section 2.08 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws. If no record date has been fixed by the
Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by consent of the stockholders without a meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.
SECTION 5.07 Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the Corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.
SECTION 6.01 Notice . If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to he stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
SECTION 6.02 Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need by specified in such a waiver. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice except attendance for the sole purpose of objecting to the timeliness of notice.
SECTION 7.01 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a proceeding), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, or trustee of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an indemnitee), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or trustee, or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment),
against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however , that, except as provided in Section 7.03 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.
SECTION 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses. In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, an indemnitee shall also have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an advancement of expenses); provided, however , that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an undertaking), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a final adjudication) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.02 or otherwise.
SECTION 7.03 Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit. If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 of these Amended and Restated Bylaws is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that identification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to
recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
SECTION 7.04 Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporations Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
SECTION 7.05 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
SECTION 7.06 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VII with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.
SECTION 7.07 Nature of Rights. The rights conferred upon indemnitees in this Article VII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VII that adversely affects any right of an indemnitee or it successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit or eliminate any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.
SECTION 8.01 Amendments . In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend and repeal these Amended and Restated Bylaws subject to the power of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal the Amended and Restated Bylaws.
SECTION 8.02 Electronic Transmission . For purposes of these Amended and Restated Bylaws, electronic transmission means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
SECTION 8.03 Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in charge of the
Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary.
SECTION 8.04 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on December 31 of each year, or such other twelve consecutive months as the Board of Directors may designate.
SECTION 8.05 Loans . The Corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the Corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation. Nothing in this Section 8.05 shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the Corporation at common law or under any statute.
SECTION 8.06 Section Headings . Section headings in these Amended and Restated Bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.
SECTION 8.07 Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these Amended and Restated Bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.
Date of Adoption: As of April , 2004
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY
The undersigned, being the duly elected Secretary of Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies that the Amended and Restated Bylaws to which this Certificate is attached were duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation as of the 8th day of April, 2004.
|
/s/ James Roethle |
|
James Roethle, Secretary |
Exhibit 3.5
AMENDMENT
TO AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
Pursuant to Board Resolutions
Dated January 29, 2010
I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:
1. That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of Douglas Dynamics, Inc., a Delaware corporation, formerly known as Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ); and
2. That on January 29, 2010, the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company, originally adopted on April 8, 2004 (the Bylaws ), were amended pursuant to an Action by Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Company dated January 29, 2010, as follows:
All references in the Bylaws to Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. were replaced with Douglas Dynamics, Inc.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 3rd day of February, 2010.
|
/s/ Robert McCormick |
|
|
|
Robert McCormick, Secretary |
Exhibit 4.2
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.
Douglas Dynamics Finance Company
(as Issuers)
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.
(as a Guarantor)
7¾% Senior Notes due 2012
INDENTURE
Dated as of December 16, 2004
U.S. Bank National Association
(as Trustee)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
ARTICLE I |
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE |
1 |
|
|
|
Section 1.1 |
Definitions |
1 |
Section 1.2 |
Other Definitions |
25 |
Section 1.3 |
Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act |
26 |
Section 1.4 |
Rules of Construction |
26 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE II |
THE NOTES |
27 |
|
|
|
Section 2.1 |
Form and Dating |
27 |
Section 2.2 |
Execution and Authentication |
28 |
Section 2.3 |
Registrar, Paying Agent and Depositary |
28 |
Section 2.4 |
Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust |
29 |
Section 2.5 |
Holder Lists |
29 |
Section 2.6 |
Transfer and Exchange |
29 |
Section 2.7 |
Replacement Notes |
39 |
Section 2.8 |
Outstanding Notes |
39 |
Section 2.9 |
Treasury Notes |
39 |
Section 2.10 |
Temporary Notes |
39 |
Section 2.11 |
Cancellation |
40 |
Section 2.12 |
Defaulted Interest |
40 |
Section 2.13 |
CUSIP Numbers |
41 |
Section 2.14 |
Issuance of Additional Notes |
41 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE III |
REDEMPTION |
41 |
|
|
|
Section 3.1 |
Notices to Trustee |
41 |
Section 3.2 |
Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed |
42 |
Section 3.3 |
Notice of Redemption |
42 |
Section 3.4 |
Effect of Notice of Redemption |
43 |
Section 3.5 |
Deposit of Redemption Price |
43 |
Section 3.6 |
Notes Redeemed in Part |
43 |
Section 3.7 |
Optional Redemption |
43 |
Section 3.8 |
No Mandatory Redemption |
44 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV |
COVENANTS |
44 |
|
|
|
Section 4.1 |
Payment of Notes |
44 |
Section 4.2 |
Maintenance of Office or Agency |
45 |
Section 4.3 |
Reports to Holders |
45 |
Section 4.4 |
Compliance Certificate |
46 |
Section 4.5 |
Taxes |
47 |
Section 4.6 |
Stay, Extension and Usury Laws |
47 |
Section 4.7 |
Limitation on Incurrence Of Additional Indebtedness and Disqualified Capital Stock |
47 |
Section 4.8 |
Limitation on Liens |
49 |
Section 4.9 |
Limitation on Restricted Payments |
49 |
Section 4.10 |
Limitation on Dividends and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries |
52 |
Section 4.11 |
Limitation on Lines of Business |
53 |
Section 4.12 |
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates |
53 |
Section 4.13 |
Limitation on Sale Of Assets And Subsidiary Stock |
54 |
Section 4.14 |
Repurchase of Notes at the Option of the Holder Upon a Change of Control |
56 |
Section 4.15 |
Subsidiary Guarantors |
58 |
Section 4.16 |
Limitation On Status As Investment Company |
58 |
Section 4.17 |
Maintenance of Properties |
58 |
Section 4.18 |
Corporate Existence |
58 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE V |
SUCCESSORS |
59 |
|
|
|
Section 5.1 |
Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets |
59 |
Section 5.2 |
Successor Corporation Substituted |
60 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI |
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES |
60 |
|
|
|
Section 6.1 |
Events of Default |
60 |
Section 6.2 |
Acceleration |
61 |
Section 6.3 |
Other Remedies |
62 |
Section 6.4 |
Waiver of Past Defaults |
63 |
Section 6.5 |
Control by Majority |
63 |
Section 6.6 |
Limitation on Suits |
63 |
Section 6.7 |
Rights of Holders of Notes to Receive Payment |
64 |
Section 6.8 |
Collection Suit by Trustee |
64 |
Section 6.9 |
Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
64 |
Section 6.10 |
Priorities |
65 |
Section 6.11 |
Undertaking for Costs |
65 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII |
TRUSTEE |
65 |
|
|
|
Section 7.1 |
Duties of Trustee |
65 |
Section 7.2 |
Rights of Trustee |
66 |
Section 7.3 |
Individual Rights of Trustee |
67 |
Section 7.4 |
Trustees Disclaimer |
68 |
Section 7.5 |
Notice of Defaults |
68 |
Section 7.6 |
Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes |
68 |
Section 7.7 |
Compensation and Indemnity |
68 |
Section 7.8 |
Replacement of Trustee |
69 |
Section 7.9 |
Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. |
70 |
Section 7.10 |
Eligibility; Disqualification |
70 |
Section 7.11 |
Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuers |
70 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE AND SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE |
71 |
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1 |
Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance |
71 |
Section 8.2 |
Legal Defeasance and Discharge |
71 |
Section 8.3 |
Covenant Defeasance |
71 |
Section 8.4 |
Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance |
72 |
Section 8.5 |
Deposited Money and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions |
73 |
Section 8.6 |
Repayment to Issuers |
73 |
Section 8.7 |
Reinstatement |
74 |
Section 8.8 |
Satisfaction and Discharge |
74 |
ARTICLE IX |
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER |
75 |
|
|
|
Section 9.1 |
Without Consent of Holders of Notes |
75 |
Section 9.2 |
With Consent of Holders of Notes |
76 |
Section 9.3 |
Compliance with Trust Indenture Act |
77 |
Section 9.4 |
Revocation and Effect of Consents |
77 |
Section 9.5 |
Notation on or Exchange of Notes |
78 |
Section 9.6 |
Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. |
78 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE X |
GUARANTEES |
78 |
|
|
|
Section 10.1 |
Guarantees |
78 |
Section 10.2 |
Execution and Delivery of Guarantees |
79 |
Section 10.3 |
Guarantors May Consolidate, etc., on Certain Terms |
80 |
Section 10.4 |
Release of Guarantors |
81 |
Section 10.5 |
Limitation of Guarantors Liability; Certain Bankruptcy Events |
81 |
Section 10.6 |
Application of Certain Terms and Provisions to the Guarantors |
82 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI |
MISCELLANEOUS |
82 |
|
|
|
Section 11.1 |
Trust Indenture Act Controls |
82 |
Section 11.2 |
Notices |
82 |
Section 11.3 |
Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes |
83 |
Section 11.4 |
Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent |
83 |
Section 11.5 |
Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion |
84 |
Section 11.6 |
Rules by Trustee and Agents |
84 |
Section 11.7 |
No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders |
84 |
Section 11.8 |
Governing Law |
84 |
Section 11.9 |
No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements |
85 |
Section 11.10 |
Successors |
85 |
Section 11.11 |
Severability |
85 |
Section 11.12 |
Counterpart Originals |
85 |
Section 11.13 |
Table of Contents, Headings, Etc. |
85 |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A |
|
|
FORM OF NOTE |
A-1 |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B |
|
|
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER |
B-1 |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C |
|
|
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE |
C-1 |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D |
|
|
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS |
D-1 |
INDENTURE, dated as of December 16, 2004, among Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation (Finance Company, and together with the Company, the Issuers), Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., as a Guarantor hereunder, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the Trustee).
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuers 7¾% Senior Notes due 2012 (the Notes):
144A Global Note means one or more Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend that shall be issued in an aggregate amount of denominations equal in total to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
Accrued Bankruptcy Interest means, with respect to any Indebtedness, all interest accruing thereon after the filing of a petition by or against an Issuer or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any parent under any Bankruptcy Law, in accordance with and at the rate (including any rate applicable upon any default or event of default, to the extent lawful) specified in the documents evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, whether or not the claim for such interest is allowed as a claim after such filing in any proceeding under such Bankruptcy Law.
Acquired Indebtedness means Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) of any Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary, including by designation, or is merged or consolidated into or with an Issuer or a Subsidiary.
Acquisition means the purchase or other acquisition of any Person or all or substantially all the assets of any Person by any other Person, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, or other transfer, and whether or not for consideration.
Additional Assets means (i) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) to be used by an Issuer or a Subsidiary in a Related Business, (ii) the Equity Interests of a Person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by an Issuer or another Subsidiary, or (iii) Equity Interests constituting a minority of interest in any Person that at such time is a Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such Subsidiary is engaged in a Related Business.
Additional Notes means additional Notes which may be issued after the Issue Date pursuant to this Indenture (other than in exchange for or in replacement of outstanding Notes). All references herein to Notes shall be deemed to include Additional Notes.
Affiliate means any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with an Issuer. For purposes of this definition, the term control means the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or through one or more intermediaries, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or
otherwise; provided that with respect to ownership interest in an Issuer and its Subsidiaries, a Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the total voting power normally entitled to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees, as applicable, shall for such purposes be deemed to possess control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Affiliate shall not include Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
Agent means any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar.
Applicable Procedures means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange at the relevant time.
Attributable Indebtedness in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Average Life means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any security or instrument, the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the sum of the products (a) of the number of years from the date of determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal (or redemption) payment of such security or instrument and (b) the amount of each such respective principal (or redemption) payment by (2) the sum of all such principal (or redemption) payments.
Bankruptcy Code means the United States Bankruptcy Code, codified at 11 U.S.C. § 101-1330, as amended.
Bankruptcy Law means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.
Beneficial Owner or beneficial owner (a) for purposes of the definition of Affiliate has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or not applicable, and (b) for purposes of the definition of Change of Control as set forth below has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Issue Date), whether or not applicable; provided , that the applicable Person shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time; provided , further , that any person granting a proxy to, or otherwise agreeing that it will vote in a manner consistent with, any Excluded Person shall be deemed not to have beneficial ownership of any shares held by such Excluded Person or beneficial ownership of any shares held by any other Person granting a proxy to, or otherwise agreeing that it will vote in a manner consistent with, such Excluded Person.
Board of Directors means, so long as Parent directly owns all of the Equity Interests of the Company and the Parent Guarantee is in effect, the board of directors of Parent; provided , however , that if Parent no longer directly owns all of the Equity Interests of the Company or the Parent Guarantee is no longer in effect, the board of directors or the equivalent body performing similar functions of the Company, and, with respect to any other Person, the board of directors (or, if such Person is not a corporation, the equivalent body performing similar
functions for such Person) of such Person or any committee of the board of directors of such Person authorized, with respect to any particular matter, to exercise the power of the board of directors of such Person.
Business Day means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.
Capital Contribution means any contribution to the equity of the Company from a direct or indirect parent of the Company for which no consideration other than the issuance of Qualified Capital Stock is given.
Capitalized Lease Obligation means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase (other than convertible or exchangeable Indebtedness that is not itself otherwise capital stock), warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in stock issued by that corporation.
Cash Equivalent means: (1) marketable securities (a) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or (b) issued by any agency of the United States of America the obligations of which are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in each case maturing within one year after such date; (2) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moodys; (3) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moodys; (4) demand deposits, certificates of deposit, time deposits or bankers acceptances, in each case maturing within one year after such date and issued by any lender party to the Credit Agreement or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia of recognized standing having capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000; and (5) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has at least 95% of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (1) and (2) above, (b) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (c) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moodys.
Change of Control means (1) the sale, conveyance, exchange, transfer, lease or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), directly or indirectly, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any person (including any group that is deemed to be a person), other than Excluded Persons; (2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of Parent or an Issuer; provided , that the Company may liquidate into Parent, and Finance Company may liquidate into the Company, in each case so long as the conditions set forth under Section 5.1 are met treating such liquidation as if it had been a merger of such entities; (3) (A) at any time that the Company is a Subsidiary of Parent, the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that
any person (including any group that is deemed to be a person), other than Excluded Persons, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Equity Interests of Parent entitled to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent; and (B) at any time that the Company is not a Subsidiary of Parent, the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any person (including any group that is deemed to be a person), other than Excluded Persons, becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of Voting Equity Interests of the Company entitled to elect at least a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; (4) the Continuing Directors cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of Parent or the Company, as the case may be, then in office; or (5) the Company shall cease to own beneficially and of record all of the Equity Interests of Finance Company, except as permitted by clause (2) above and by Section 5.1.
As used in this definition, person (including any group that is deemed to be a person) has the meaning given by Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, whether or not applicable.
Clearstream means Clearstream Banking, S.A., or its successors.
Commission or SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
Consolidated Amortization Expense of any Person for any period means the amortization expense of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated Coverage Ratio of any Person on any date of determination (the Transaction Date) means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference Period to (b) the aggregate Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person during the Reference Period; provided , that for purposes of such calculation: (1) Acquisitions which occurred during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (2) transactions giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio and the application of the proceeds therefrom (except as otherwise provided in this definition) shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (3) the incurrence of any Indebtedness (including the issuance of any Disqualified Capital Stock) during the Reference Period or subsequent to the Reference Period and on or prior to the Transaction Date (and the application of the proceeds therefrom to the extent used to refinance or retire other Indebtedness) (other than ordinary working capital borrowings) shall be assumed to have occurred on the first day of the Reference Period, (4) the Consolidated Fixed Charges of such Person attributable to interest on any Indebtedness or dividends on any Disqualified Capital Stock bearing a floating interest (or dividend) rate shall be computed on a pro forma basis as if the average rate in effect from the beginning of the Reference Period to the Transaction Date had been the applicable rate for the entire period, unless such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party to an Interest Swap or Hedging Obligation (which shall remain in effect for the 12-month period immediately following the Transaction Date) that has the effect of fixing the interest rate on the date of computation, in which case such rate (whether higher or lower) shall be used, and (5) amounts attributable to operations or businesses permanently discontinued or disposed of prior to the Transaction Date, shall be excluded, except, in the case of a determination of Consolidated Fixed Charges, only to the extent that the obligations giving rise to such
Consolidated Fixed Charges would no longer be obligations contributing to such Persons Consolidated Fixed Charges subsequent to the Transaction Date.
Consolidated Depreciation Expense for any Person for any period means the depreciation expense of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidated EBITDA means, with respect to any Person, for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period adjusted to add thereto (to the extent deducted from net sales in determining Consolidated Net Income), without duplication, the sum of: (1) Consolidated Income Tax Expense, (2) Consolidated Amortization Expense (but only to the extent not included in Consolidated Fixed Charges), (3) Consolidated Depreciation Expense, (4) Consolidated Fixed Charges, (5) non-cash impairment charges, (6) non-cash expenses resulting from the grant of stock and stock options and other compensation to management personnel of the Company and its Subsidiaries pursuant to a written incentive plan or agreement, (7) other non-cash items that are unusual or otherwise non-recurring items, (8) fees and expenses paid pursuant to the Management Services Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof in effect on the Issue Date, and (9) fees and expenses paid in connection with the Refinancing Transactions and the write off of previously capitalized deferred financing costs occurring as a result of the repayment of Indebtedness in the Refinancing Transactions, less (i) non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period that are unusual or otherwise non-recurring items, and (ii) the amount of all cash payments made by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries during such period to the extent such payments relate to non-cash charges that were added back in determining Consolidated EBITDA for such period or any prior period; provided , that Consolidated Income Tax Expense, Consolidated Amortization Expense and Consolidated Depreciation Expense of a Subsidiary that is a less than Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall only be added to the extent of the equity interest of such Person in such Subsidiary.
Consolidated Fixed Charges of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in accordance with GAAP) of: (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, or scheduled to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the following sentence, interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, including (1) amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount, debt discounts or premium and other financing fees and expenses and non-cash interest payments or accruals on any Indebtedness, (2) the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations, and (3) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to bankers acceptances and letters of credit financings and currency and Interest Swap and Hedging Obligations, in each case to the extent attributable to such period, and (b) the amount of all dividends accrued or payable (whether or not in cash) by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Preferred Stock (other than (i) dividends on Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of such Person payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of such Person, and (ii) by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person or such Persons Wholly Owned Subsidiaries). For purposes of this definition, (x) interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined in good faith by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (y) interest expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented by the guarantee by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person of an obligation of another Person shall be deemed to be the interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness guaranteed.
Consolidated Income Tax Expense for any Person for any period means the provision for federal, state, local and foreign income taxes of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, determined in accordance with GAAP; and, in the case of the Company, shall include, without duplication, amounts permitted to be paid to Parent in respect of such period pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Permitted Payments to Parent.
Consolidated Interest Expense of any Person means, for any period, the aggregate amount (without duplication and determined in each case in accordance with GAAP) of: (a) interest expensed or capitalized, paid, accrued, or scheduled to be paid or accrued (including, in accordance with the following sentence, interest attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness) of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries during such period, including (1) amortization of debt issuance costs, original issue discount, debt discounts or premium and other financing fees and expenses and non-cash interest payments or accruals on any Indebtedness, (2) the interest portion of all deferred payment obligations, and (3) all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to bankers acceptances and letters of credit financings and currency and Interest Swap and Hedging Obligations, in each case to the extent attributable to such period, and (b) the amount of all cash dividends paid by such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries in respect of Preferred Stock (other than by Subsidiaries of such Person to such Person or such Persons Wholly Owned Subsidiaries). For purposes of this definition, (x) interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined in good faith by such Person to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP and (y) interest expense attributable to any Indebtedness represented by the guarantee by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person of an obligation of another Person shall be deemed to be the interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness guaranteed.
Consolidated Net Debt to EBITDA Ratio of any Person as of any date of determination means the ratio, on a pro forma basis, of (x) (A) the aggregate amount of outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, less (B) the aggregate amount of cash of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries appearing on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter included in the Reference Period, to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference Period, in each of (x) and (y) with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Coverage Ratio; provided , that with respect to the Company, to avoid duplication, a guarantee of Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of the Indenture will not constitute a separate amount of outstanding Indebtedness for purposes of this definition.
Consolidated Net Income means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income (or loss) of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP) for such period, adjusted to exclude (only to the extent included in computing such net income (or loss) and without duplication): (a) all gains and losses which are either extraordinary (as determined in accordance with GAAP) or are nonrecurring (including any gain from the sale or other disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business or from the issuance or sale of any capital stock), (b) the net income, if positive, of any Person, other than a Consolidated Subsidiary, in which such Person or any of its Consolidated Subsidiaries has an interest, except to the extent of the amount of any dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person during such period, (c) the net income, if positive, of any of such Persons Consolidated Subsidiaries to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions is
not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or bylaws or any other agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Consolidated Subsidiary, and (d) the net income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary of such Person, except to the extent of the amount of any dividends or distributions actually paid in cash to such Person or a Consolidated Subsidiary of such Person during such period. In addition, to the extent not deducted from net sales in determining Consolidated Net Income, Consolidated Net Income of the Company shall be reduced by, without duplication, (A) the amount of any Permitted Payments to Parent made during such period in accordance with clauses (a) and (c) of the definition thereof and, (B) any Permitted Payments to Parent that are permitted to be paid in respect of such period in accordance with clause (b) of the definition thereof.
Consolidated Secured Debt Ratio means, for any Person, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) total outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Consolidated Subsidiaries that is secured by Liens as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter included in the Reference Period, to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for the Reference Period, in each case with such pro forma adjustments as are consistent with the pro forma adjustment provisions set forth in the definition of Consolidated Coverage Ratio; provided , that with respect to the Company, to avoid duplication, a guarantee of Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor incurred and secured by Liens in accordance with the terms of this Indenture will not constitute a separate amount of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens for purposes of this definition.
Consolidated Subsidiary means, for any Person, each Subsidiary of such Person (whether now existing or hereafter created or acquired) the financial statements of which are consolidated for financial statement reporting purposes with the financial statements of such Person in accordance with GAAP.
Consolidation means, with respect to the Company, the consolidation of the accounts of the Subsidiaries with those of the Company, all in accordance with GAAP; provided , that consolidation will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary with the accounts of the Company. The term consolidated has a correlative meaning to the foregoing.
Continuing Director means during any period of 12 consecutive months after the Issue Date, individuals who at the beginning of any such 12-month period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election by the Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by the holders of the Voting Equity Interests of Parent or the Company, as applicable, was approved by a vote of a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, including new directors designated in or provided for in an agreement regarding the merger, consolidation or sale, transfer or other conveyance, of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent or the Company, as applicable, if such agreement was approved by a vote of such majority of directors).
Corporate Trust Office means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any time, its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, Minnesota, 55107-2292, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Issuers, or the principal corporate trust office of any successor Trustee (or such other address as such successor Trustee may designate from time to time by written notice to the Issuers).
Credit Agreement means the Amended and Restated First Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, by and among the Company, as issuer, Finance Company and Parent, as guarantors, certain financial institutions named therein and Credit Suisse First Boston, as administrative agent, providing for (A) an aggregate $50.0 million term loan facility, and (B) an aggregate $55.0 million revolving credit facility, including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents, instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, as such credit agreement and/or related documents may be amended, restated, supplemented, renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative lenders or holders, and, subject to the proviso to the next succeeding sentence, irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions thereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term Credit Agreement shall include agreements in respect of Interest Swap and Hedging Obligations with Persons that are or have been lenders (or Affiliates thereof) party to the Credit Agreement and shall also include any amendment, amendment and restatement, renewal, extension, restructuring, supplement or modification to any Credit Agreement and all refundings, refinancings and replacements of any Credit Agreement, including any credit agreement:
Cumulative Operating EBITDA means, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date through and including the end of the last fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting period) preceding the date of any proposed Restricted Payment, Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for such period.
Cumulative Total Interest Expense means, for the period commencing on the first day of the first full fiscal quarter commencing after the Issue Date through and including the end of the last fiscal quarter (taken as one accounting period) preceding the date of any proposed Restricted Payment, Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company for such period.
Custodian means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
Default means any event that is or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be an Event of Default.
Definitive Note means one or more certificated Notes registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.6 hereof, in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not include the information called for by footnotes 2, 3, 4 and 9 thereof.
Depositary means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.3 hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter Depositary shall mean or include such successor.
Disqualified Capital Stock means with respect to any Person, (a) Equity Interests of such Person that, by its terms or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, exercisable or exchangeable, is, or upon the happening of an event or the passage of time or both would be, required to be redeemed or repurchased including at the option of the holder thereof by such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, in whole or in part, on or prior to 91 days following the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (b) any Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of such Person other than any common equity with no preferences, privileges, and no redemption or repayment provisions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Equity Interests of an Issuer that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require such Issuer to repurchase such Equity Interests upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Capital Stock if the terms of such Equity Interests provide that such Issuer may not repurchase or redeem any such Equity Interests pursuant to such provisions prior to such Issuers purchase of the Notes as are required to be purchased pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture as described under Sections 4.13 and 4.14 hereof.
Distribution Compliance Period means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
Equity Interests means Capital Stock or partnership, participation or membership interests and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock or partnership, participation or membership interests (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock or partnership, participation or membership interests).
Equity Offering means (a) an underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of (1) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of an Issuer or (2) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Parent, or (b) an unregistered offering for cash of (1) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of an Issuer or (2) Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Parent, in the case of each of (a)(2) and (b)(2), to the extent that the cash proceeds therefrom in an amount equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed therewith, and any applicable premium, are used concurrently therewith as a Capital Contribution to an Issuer.
Euroclear means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., or its successor, as operator of the Euroclear system.
Event of Loss means, with respect to any material property or asset, any (1) loss, destruction or damage of such property or asset or (2) any condemnation, seizure or taking, by exercise of the power of eminent domain or otherwise, of such property or asset, or confiscation or requisition of the use of such property or asset.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Excluded Person means each of: (a) Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC, Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., Aurora Equity Partners III L.P., Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P.
and Aurora Overseas Equity Partners III, L.P. (the Aurora Limited Partnerships); (b) Aurora Capital Partners II L.P., Aurora Capital Partners III L.P., Aurora Overseas Capital Partners II, L.P. and Aurora Overseas Capital Partners III, L.P. (the Aurora General Partners); (c) Aurora Advisors II LLC, Aurora Advisors III LLC, Aurora Overseas Advisors II, LDC and Aurora Overseas Advisors DI, LDC (the Ultimate Aurora General Partners); (d) any limited partner of the Aurora Limited Partnerships or any limited partner of the Aurora General Partners, provided that such limited partner gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that it will vote in a manner consistent with, any of the Aurora Limited Partnerships or the Aurora General Partners; (e) any managing director or employee of Aurora Management Partners LLC, provided that such managing director or employee gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that he or she will vote in a manner consistent with, the Aurora Limited Partnerships or the Aurora General Partners; (f) any member of the Advisory Board of Aurora Management Partners LLC, provided that such member gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that he or she will vote in a manner consistent with, the Aurora Limited Partnerships or the Aurora General Partners; (g) any Affiliate of Aurora Management Partners LLC, provided that such Affiliate gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that it will vote in a manner consistent with, the Aurora Limited Partnerships or the Aurora General Partners; (h) any investment fund or other entity controlled by or under common control with, any one or more of the Ultimate Aurora General Partners or Aurora Management Partners LLC or the principals that control any one or more of the Ultimate Aurora General Partners or Aurora Management, Partners LLC; (i) the Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. (the Ares Limited Partnership); (j) ACOF Management, L.P.; (k) ACOF Operating Manager, L.P.; (l) Ares Management, Inc.; (m) Ares Management LLC; (n) any limited partner of any of the Persons described in clauses (i) through (m), provided that such limited partner gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that it will vote in a manner consistent with, the Ares Limited Partnership; or (o) managing directors, members, partners or employees of any of those Persons described in clauses (i) through (m), provided that each of such managing directors, members, partners and employees gives a proxy to, or otherwise agrees that it will vote in a manner consistent with, the Ares Limited Partnership, provided , that each Person set forth in clauses (d) through (h), (n) and (o) shall only constitute an Excluded Person so long as the entity to which it is required to give a proxy to or otherwise vote consistently with continues to own Equity Interests in Parent or the Company, as the case may be.
Exempted Affiliate Transaction means: (a) transactions between an Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and any employee, officer or director of Parent, any Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries of any Issuer that are approved by the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or, if no members of the Board of Directors are disinterested, by the full Board of Directors; (b) reasonable and customary directors fees, indemnification and similar arrangements for officers, directors or employees, officer or employee salaries, bonuses or employment agreements, compensation or employee benefit arrangements and incentive arrangements, in the case of any of the foregoing, with any officer, director or employee of any Issuer, any parent company of an Issuer, or any Subsidiary and payments under any indemnification arrangements permitted by applicable law; (c) transactions between or among an Issuer and/or its Consolidated Subsidiaries; (d) transactions with a Person (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) that is an Affiliate of an Issuer or any Subsidiary solely because an Issuer or any Subsidiary owns an Equity Interest in, or controls, such Person; (e) issuances and sales of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) to Affiliates of an Issuer; (f) Restricted Payments that are permitted under the terms of Section 4.9; (g) so long as no Event of Default pursuant to clause (1) or (2) of Section 6.1 or any other Event of Default pursuant to which the obligations under the Notes have been accelerated shall have occurred and be continuing, (i) the payment of any fees, expenses or other amounts pursuant to the Management Services Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date, and (ii) the payment of any other amounts pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, as
amended from time to time in accordance with Section 4.12, and that are otherwise approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or, if no members of the Board of Directors are disinterested, by the full Board of Directors; and (h) transactions pursuant to the Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.
Existing Indebtedness means Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness under the Credit Facility) in existence on the Issue Date, reduced to the extent such amounts are repaid, refinanced or retired.
fair market value means the price that would be paid in an arms-length transaction between an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined in good faith by the Issuers.
Finance Company means Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation.
Foreign Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of an Issuer that (i) is not organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (ii) is classified as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes.
GAAP means United States generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States as in effect from time to time.
Global Notes means one or more Notes in the form of Exhibit A hereto, which includes the information referred to in footnotes 2, 3, 4 and 9 to the form of Note attached hereto as Exhibit A, issued under this Indenture, that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.
Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.6(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
guarantee means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), direct or indirect, in any manner (including, without limitation, letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
Guarantee means the guarantee by the Guarantors of all or any part of the Notes, in accordance with Article X hereof, including the Parent Guarantee.
Guarantors means Parent, for so long as Parent is required to guarantee the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors.
Holder means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrars books.
Indebtedness of any Person means, without duplication,
For purposes hereof, the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be (1) the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, but the accretion of original issue discount in accordance with the original terms of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount shall not be deemed to be an incurrence; and (2) in the case of Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person, the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset on the date on which Indebtedness is required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture and (B) the amount of the Indebtedness so secured; and (3) in the case of the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person, the maximum liability to which the specified Person may be subject upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation; and (4) the principal amount thereof, in the case of any other Indebtedness.
Indenture means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
Indirect Participant means an entity that, with respect to the Depository Trust Company, clears through or maintains a direct or indirect, custodial relationship with a Participant.
Initial Purchasers mean the initial purchasers of the Notes under the Purchase Agreement.
Interest Payment Date means the stated due date of an installment of interest on the Notes.
Interest Swap and Hedging Obligation means any obligation of any Person pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate exchange agreement, currency exchange agreement or any other agreement or arrangement designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency values, including, without limitation, any arrangement whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a fixed or floating rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such Person calculated by applying a fixed or floating rate of interest on the same notional amount.
Investment by any Person in any other Person means (without duplication):
The Issuers shall be deemed to make an Investment in an amount equal to the fair market value of the net assets of any subsidiary (or, if none of the Issuers nor any of the Subsidiaries has theretofore made an Investment in such subsidiary, in an amount equal to the Investments being
made), at the time that such subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and any property transferred to an Unrestricted Subsidiary from an Issuer or a Subsidiary shall be deemed an Investment valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer. The Issuers or any of the Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have made an Investment in a Person that is or was a Wholly Owned Subsidiary if, upon the issuance, sale or other disposition of any portion of an Issuers or such Subsidiarys ownership in the Equity Interests of such Person, such Person ceases to be a Wholly Owned Subsidiary in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Equity Interests of and all other Investments in such Wholly Owned Subsidiary not sold or disposed of (which fair market value amount shall be determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors for amounts in excess of $1.0 million). The fair market value of each Investment shall be measured at the time made or returned, as applicable.
Investment Company Act means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
Issue Date means the date of first issuance of the Notes under this Indenture.
Issuers means each of the parties named as such in this Indenture, and their respective successors in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.
Legal Holiday means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in The City of New York, or the city in which the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee is located, or at a place of payment, are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.
Lien means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien (statutory or otherwise), privilege, security interest, hypothecation or other encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of any kind, real or personal, movable or immovable, now owned or hereafter acquired.
Management Services Agreement means that certain Amended and Restated Joint Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2004, by and among Parent, the Company, Aurora Management Partners LLC and ACOF Management, L.P.
Moodys means Moodys Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
Net Cash Proceeds means the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received (1) by an Issuer in the case of a sale, or Capital Contribution in respect, of Qualified Capital Stock and (2) by an Issuer or a Subsidiary in respect of an Event of Loss or an Asset Sale plus, in the case of an issuance of Qualified Capital Stock upon any exercise, exchange or conversion of securities (including options, warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) of an Issuer that were issued for cash on or after the Issue Date, the amount of cash originally received by such Issuer upon the issuance of such securities (including options, warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable debt) less, in each case, the sum of all payments, fees, commissions and (in the case of Asset Sales, reasonable), expenses (including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of legal counsel and investment banking fees and expenses) incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, Event of Loss, or sale of Qualified Capital Stock, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or Event of Loss only, less (1) the amount (estimated reasonably and in good faith by the Company) of income, franchise, sales, other applicable taxes, and Tax Payments required to be paid (or, in the case of Tax Payments, permitted to be paid) by an Issuer
or any of the Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Sale or Event of Loss in the taxable year that such sale is consummated (or such Event of Loss occurs) or in the immediately succeeding taxable year, the computation of which shall take into account the reduction in tax liability resulting from any available operating loss, net operating loss carryforward, tax credit, tax credit carryforwards, and similar tax attributes; (2) all distributions and other payments required to be made as a result of such Asset Sale or Event of Loss to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures having a beneficial interest in the assets that are the subject of the Asset Sale or Event of Loss; and (3) any reserves required to be established by the seller in an Asset Sale in respect of such Asset Sale in accordance with GAAP against liabilities (other than any liabilities in respect of taxes) reasonably anticipated and directly attributable to the Asset Sale.
Non-U.S. Person means any Person other than a U.S. Person.
Notes Custodian means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Notes in global form, or any successor entity thereto.
Offering means the offering of the Notes by the Issuers.
Offering Circular means the final Confidential Offering Circular of the Issuers, dated December 10, 2004, related to the offer and sale of the Notes.
Officer means, with respect to the Issuers, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of such Person.
Officers Certificate means, with respect to the Issuers, the officers certificate, signed by one or more Officers, to be delivered upon the occurrence of certain events as set forth in this Indenture, that meets the requirements of Sections 11.4 and 11.5 hereof.
Opinion of Counsel means an opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, that meets the requirements of Sections 11.4 and 11.5 hereof. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuers or any Subsidiary of the Issuers.
Parent means Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or its successor.
Parent Consolidated Tax Liability means, in the case of any particular taxable period for which a Tax Payment to Parent may be paid, an amount equal to the actual consolidated, combined, or unitary tax liability of Parent, to which such Tax Payment relates, that is payable to the relevant tax authority.
Parent Guarantee means the guarantee of the Notes by Parent in accordance with Article X hereof.
Participant means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to The Depository Trust Company, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream).
Permitted Indebtedness means that:
Permitted Investment means:
Permitted Lien means:
Permitted Payments to Parent means without duplication:
provided , however , that any Tax Payments or payments made pursuant to clause (a) above shall either be used by Parent to pay such tax liabilities in the case of Tax Payments or such fees and expenses in the case of payments made pursuant to clause (a) above within 90 days of Parents receipt of such payment or refunded to the payee.
Person or person means any corporation, individual, limited liability company, joint stock company, joint venture, partnership, unincorporated association, governmental regulatory entity, country, state or political subdivision thereof, trust, municipality or other entity.
Preferred Stock means any Equity Interest of any class or classes of a Person (however designated) which is preferred as to payments of dividends, or as to distributions upon any liquidation or dissolution, over Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.
Private Placement Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.6(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where specifically stated otherwise by the provisions of this Indenture.
Pro Forma or pro forma shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, unless otherwise specifically stated herein.
Purchase Agreement means the Purchase Agreement, dated December 10, 2004, among the Issuers, Parent and the Initial Purchasers, pursuant to which the Initial Purchasers agreed to purchase, and the Issuers agreed to sell, the Notes issued on the Issue Date.
Purchase Money Indebtedness of any Person means any Indebtedness of such Person to any seller or other Person incurred solely to finance the acquisition (including in the case of a Capitalized Lease Obligation, the lease), construction, installation or improvement of any real or personal tangible property which is used or useful in a Related Business and which is incurred within 180 days following such acquisition, construction, installation or improvement and is secured only by the assets so financed.
QIB means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.
Qualified Capital Stock means any Equity Interest of an Issuer that is not Disqualified Capital Stock.
Qualified Exchange means:
Record Date means a Record Date specified in the Notes, whether or not such date is a Business Day.
Recourse Indebtedness means Indebtedness (a) as to which either an Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries (1) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (2) is directly or indirectly liable (as a guarantor or otherwise), or (3) constitutes the lender, and (b) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit (upon notice, lapse of time or both) any holder of any other Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its stated maturity.
Reference Period with regard to any Person means the four full fiscal quarters ended immediately preceding any date upon which any determination is to be made pursuant to the terms of the Notes or this Indenture.
Refinancing Indebtedness means Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) (a) issued in exchange for, or the proceeds from the issuance and sale of which are used substantially concurrently to repay, redeem, defease, refund, refinance, discharge or otherwise retire for value, in whole or in part, or (b) constituting an amendment, modification or supplement to, or a deferral or renewal of ((a) and (b) above are, collectively, a Refinancing ), any Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) in a principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, not to exceed (after deduction of reasonable fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Refinancing plus the amount of any premium paid in connection with such Refinancing) the lesser of (1) the principal amount or, in the case of Disqualified Capital Stock, liquidation preference, of the Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) so Refinanced and (2) if such Indebtedness being Refinanced was issued with an original issue discount, the accreted value thereof (as determined in accordance with GAAP) at the time of such Refinancing; provided , that (A) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall only be used to refinance outstanding Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) of such Person issuing such Refinancing Indebtedness, (B) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall (x) not have an Average Life shorter than the Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) to be so refinanced at the time of such Refinancing and (y) in all respects, be no less contractually subordinated or junior, if applicable, to the rights of Holders of the Notes than was the Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) to be refinanced, (C) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall have a final stated maturity or Redemption Date, as applicable, no earlier than the final stated maturity or Redemption Date, as applicable, of the Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) to be so refinanced or, if sooner, 91 days after the Stated Maturity of the Notes, and (D) such Refinancing Indebtedness shall be secured (if secured) in a manner no more adverse to the Holders of the Notes than the terms of the Liens (if any) securing such
refinanced Indebtedness, including, without limitation, the amount of Indebtedness secured shall not be increased.
Refinancing Transactions means the offering of the Notes on the Issue Date, the closing of the Credit Agreement on the Issue Date and the use of proceeds from both to repay outstanding indebtedness, pay a dividend to Parent and pay related premiums, fees and expenses, in each case as described in the Offering Circular.
Regulation S means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor provision thereto.
Regulation S Global Note means a Regulation S Temporary Global Note or a Regulation S Permanent Global Note, as the case may be.
Regulation S Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.6(f)(iv) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Global Notes.
Regulation S Permanent Global Note means one or more permanent Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend, that shall be issued in an aggregate amount of denominations equal in total to the outstanding principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note upon expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note means one or more temporary Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend and the Regulation S Global Note Legend, issued in an aggregate amount of denominations equal in total to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.
Regulation S Temporary Global Note Legend means the legend set forth in Section 2.6(f)(iii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Temporary Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
Related Business means the business conducted (or proposed to be conducted) by the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Issue Date and any and all businesses incidental or reasonably related thereto or which are a reasonable extension thereof as determined in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors.
Responsible Officer shall mean, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such persons knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
Restricted Definitive Note means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.
Restricted Global Note means one or more Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.
Restricted Investment means, in one or a series of related transactions, any Investment, other than other Permitted Investments.
Restricted Payment means, with respect to any Person:
provided , however , that the term Restricted Payment does not include (1) any dividend, distribution or other payment on or with respect to Equity Interests of an issuer to the extent payable solely in shares of Qualified Capital Stock of such issuer, or (2) any dividend, distribution or other payment to an Issuer or to any Subsidiary Guarantor, by an Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries.
Rule 144 means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor provision thereto.
Rule 144A means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time, and any successor provision thereto.
SEC or Commission means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor agency.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
S&P means Standard & Poors, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.
Significant Acquisition or Disposition means any acquisition or disposition by an Issuer or any Subsidiary involving a significant amount of assets. An acquisition or disposition shall be deemed to involve a significant amount of assets if the equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries in the net book value of such assets or the amount paid or received for the assets upon such acquisition or disposition exceeded 20% of the total assets of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries or if it involved a business (as described in Rule 11-01(d) of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act) that is significant. Acquisitions or dispositions of individually insignificant businesses will be deemed not to constitute a Significant Acquisition or Disposition unless they are related businesses and are significant in the aggregate.
Significant Subsidiary shall have the meaning provided under Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, as in effect on the Issue Date.
Special Record Date means, for payment of any Defaulted Interest, a date fixed by the Paying Agent pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof.
Stated Maturity when used with respect to any Note, means January 15, 2012.
Subordinated Indebtedness means Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is subordinated in right of payment by its terms or the terms of any document or instrument or instrument relating thereto ( contractually ) to the Notes or such Subsidiarys Guarantee, as applicable, in any respect.
Subsidiary with respect to any Person, means (1) a corporation a majority of whose Equity Interests with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, and (2) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest, or (3) a partnership in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the time, a general partner and in which such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has a majority ownership interest. Unless the context requires otherwise, Subsidiary means each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Unrestricted Subsidiary nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be a Subsidiary of an Issuer or of any Subsidiary.
Subsidiary Guarantor means each of the Issuers Subsidiaries that at the time are guarantors of the Notes in accordance with this Indenture.
Tax Sharing Agreement means that certain Tax Sharing Agreement among Parent, the Company and the Finance Company, dated as of December 10, 2004.
TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect from time to time.
Transfer Restricted Notes means Global Notes and Definitive Notes that bear or are required to bear the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.
Trustee means the party named as such above until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor serving hereunder.
Unrestricted Definitive Note means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.
Unrestricted Global Note means one or more permanent Global Notes representing a series of Notes that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any subsidiary of an Issuer that does not directly, indirectly or beneficially own any Equity Interests of, or Subordinated Indebtedness of,
or own or hold any Lien on any property of, an Issuer or any other Subsidiary and that, at the time of determination, shall be an Unrestricted Subsidiary (as designated by the Board of Directors); provided , that such Subsidiary at the time of such designation (a) has no Recourse Indebtedness; (b) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with an Issuer or any Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to such Issuer or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of such Issuer; (c) is a Person with respect to which none of the Issuers or any of the Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (x) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (y) to maintain or preserve such Persons financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results; and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of an Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries. The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Subsidiary, provided , that such designation will be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation will only be permitted if (1) such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred under Section 4.7, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the Reference Period and (2) no Default or Event of Default is existing or would occur as a consequence of such designation. Each such designation shall be evidenced by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.
U.S. Government Obligations means direct non-callable obligations of, or noncallable obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligation or guarantee the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.
U.S. Person means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the Securities Act.
Voting Equity Interests means Equity Interests which at the time are entitled to vote in the election of, as applicable, directors, members or partners generally and, in the case of Parent, shall specifically include its Series B Special Voting Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share, and its Series C Special Voting Preferred Stock, $.01 par value per share, in each case as in effect on the Issue Date.
Wholly Owned Subsidiary means a Subsidiary all the Equity Interests of which (other than directors qualifying shares) are owned by an Issuer or one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of an Issuer or a combination thereof.
|
Term |
|
Defined in Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Affiliate Transaction |
|
4.12 |
|
|
Asset Sale |
|
4.13 |
|
|
Asset Sale Offer |
|
4.13 |
|
|
Asset Sale Offer Price |
|
4.13 |
|
|
Authentication Order |
|
2.2 |
|
|
Benefited Party |
|
10.1 |
|
|
Change of Control Offer |
|
4.14 |
|
|
Change of Control Offer Period |
|
4.14 |
|
|
Change of Control Purchase Date |
|
4.14 |
|
|
Change of Control Purchase Price |
|
4.14 |
|
|
Covenant Defeasance |
|
8.3 |
|
|
Debt Incurrence Ratio |
|
4.7 |
|
|
Defaulted Interest |
|
2.12 |
|
|
DTC |
|
2.3 |
|
|
Event of Default |
|
6.1 |
|
|
Excess Proceeds |
|
4.13 |
|
|
Guarantee Obligations |
|
10.1 |
|
|
incur or incurrence |
|
4.7 |
|
|
Incurrence Date |
|
4.7 |
|
|
Legal Defeasance |
|
8.2 |
|
|
Paying Agent |
|
2.3 |
|
|
Redemption Date |
|
4.7 |
|
|
Registrar |
|
2.3 |
|
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.
The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission;
obligor on the Notes means the Issuers, each Guarantor and any successor obligor upon the Notes.
All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them.
Unless the context otherwise requires:
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
Following the termination of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Temporary Global Note will be exchanged for beneficial interests in the Regulation S Permanent Global Note pursuant to the Applicable Procedures. Simultaneously with the authentication of the Regulation S Permanent Global Note, the Trustee will cancel the Regulation S Temporary Global Note. The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Temporary Global Note and the Regulation S Permanent Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary or its nominee, as the case may be, in connection with transfers of interest as hereinafter provided.
Two Officers shall sign the Notes for the Issuers by manual or facsimile signature. In the case of Definitive Notes, such signatures may be imprinted or otherwise reproduced on such Notes. If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Issuers signed by an Officer (an Authentication Order), authenticate and deliver Notes for issuance up to the aggregate principal amount stated in such Authentication Order; provided that Notes authenticated for issuance on the Issue Date shall not exceed $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount. The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of an Issuer.
The Issuers shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (Registrar) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (Paying Agent). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The
Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term Registrar includes any co-registrar and the term Paying Agent includes any additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuers fail to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Issuers or any of their Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar. The Issuers initially appoint The Depository Trust Company (DTC) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Notes Custodian with respect to the Global Notes.
The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuers or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for the money. If either Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.
The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish, or shall cause the Registrar (if other than an Issuer) to furnish, to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and the Issuers shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).
If any such transfer is effected pursuant to this paragraph (iv) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this paragraph (iv). Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.6(h) hereof, and the Issuers shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.6(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global Note.
THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (i) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (ii) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (iii) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (iv) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (i) THROUGH (iv) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.
UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE
DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (DTC), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE, AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE CASH PAYMENTS OF INTEREST DURING THE PERIOD WHICH SUCH HOLDER HOLDS THIS NOTE. NOTHING IN THIS LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED TO PREVENT INTEREST FROM ACCRUING ON THIS NOTE.
THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as to any certifications and certificates delivered to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.6, the Registrars duties shall be limited to confirming that any such certifications and certificates delivered to it are in the form of Exhibits B and C attached hereto. The Registrar shall not be responsible for confirming the truth or accuracy of representations made in any such certifications or certificates.
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee and the Issuers receive evidence (which evidence may be from the Trustee) to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustees requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee (including any Note represented by a Global Note) except for those cancelled by it or at its direction, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers holds the Note. If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7 hereof, such Note, together with the Guarantee of that particular Note endorsed thereon, ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue. If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a Redemption Date or the maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider appropriate for temporary Notes and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent (other than the Issuers or an Affiliate of the Issuers), and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such cancelled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirement of the Exchange Act). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Issuers. The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Any interest on any Note which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date plus, to the extent lawful, any interest payable on the defaulted interest at the rate and in the manner provided in Section 4.1 hereof and in the Note (herein called Defaulted Interest) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Record Date, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Issuers, at their election in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use CUSIP numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.
The Issuers may, subject to Section 4.7 hereof and applicable law, issue Additional Notes under this Indenture having identical terms and conditions to the Notes issued on the Issue Date. Interest will accrue on the Additional Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture from and including the date of issuance of such Additional Notes. Any such Additional Notes would be issued on the same terms as the Notes, would constitute part of the same series of securities as the Notes, would vote together as one series on all matters with respect to the Notes and would be fungible under the original issue discount provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
In addition to the notice provision of Section 3.3 hereof, if the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, they shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Trustee) but not more than 60 days (unless a longer period is acceptable to the Trustee) before a Redemption Date, an Officers Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the
redemption shall occur, (ii) the Redemption Date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes in denominations of larger than $1,000 selected shall be in amounts of $1,000 or integral multiples of $1,000; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.
Subject to the provisions of Section 3.7 hereof, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuers shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.
The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the CUSIP number) and shall state:
At the Issuers request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers name and at its expense; provided , however , that the Issuers shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date (unless a shorter period shall be acceptable to the Trustee), an Officers Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.3 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.
On or before the Redemption Date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent immediately available funds sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.
If the Issuers comply with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1 hereof.
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.
Period |
|
Percentage |
|
|
|
|
|
2009 |
|
103.875 |
% |
|
|
|
|
2010 |
|
101.938 |
% |
|
|
|
|
2011 and thereafter |
|
100.000 |
% |
The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes (however, the Issuers are required to offer to repurchase Notes in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.13 and 4.14 below). The Notes shall not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
The Issuers shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 12:00 noon Eastern time on the due date money deposited by the Issuers in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due.
The Issuers shall pay interest (including Accrued Bankruptcy Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it shall pay interest (including Accrued Bankruptcy Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
The Issuers and the Guarantors shall maintain in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuers and the Guarantors in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuers and the Guarantors shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office.
The Issuers and the Guarantors may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such additional designations; provided that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Issuers and the Guarantors of their obligation to maintain an office or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. The Issuers and the Guarantors shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuers hereby designate the Corporate Trust Office as one such office or agency of the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.3 hereof.
So long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers shall deliver or cause to be delivered without cost to the Trustee and each Holder:
The Company (and the management of Parent) shall use their best efforts to participate in quarterly conference calls to discuss results of operations with Holders. In addition, for so long as any Notes remain outstanding, Holders and prospective purchasers that are qualified institutional buyers (as that term is defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) shall have the right to obtain from the Issuers, upon request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
The Issuers shall pay, and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuers and the Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture.
Each Issuer covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and each Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
Except as set forth in this Section 4.7,
Notwithstanding the foregoing if:
then the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors may incur such Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock).
(1) the incurrence by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Purchase Money Indebtedness; provided , that
(2) the incurrence by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness in an aggregate amount incurred and outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(2) (plus any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to retire, defease, refinance, replace or refund such Indebtedness) of up to $20.0 million;
(3) the incurrence by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Indebtedness pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount incurred and outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(3) (plus any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to retire, defease, refinance, replace or refund such Indebtedness) of up to $105.0 million, minus the amount of any such Indebtedness (A) retired with the Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale applied to permanently reduce the outstanding amounts or the commitments with respect to such Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.13 hereof or (B) assumed by a transferee in an Asset Sale;
(4) the incurrence by an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor of Attributable Indebtedness incurred in connection with any sale and leaseback transaction in an aggregate amount incurred and outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(4) (plus any Refinancing Indebtedness issued to retire,
defease, refinance, replace or refund such Attributable Indebtedness) of up to $15.0 million; and
(5) the incurrence by any Foreign Subsidiary of Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount incurred and outstanding at any time pursuant to this Section 4.7(b)(5) (plus any Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refinance, retire, defease, refund or otherwise replace any such Indebtedness) of up to $7.5 million (or the equivalent thereof, at the time of incurrence, in the applicable foreign currency).
Indebtedness (including Disqualified Capital Stock) of any Person which is outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (including upon designation of any subsidiary or other Person as a Subsidiary) or is merged with or into or consolidated with an Issuer or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been incurred at the time such Person becomes or is designated a Subsidiary or is merged with or into or consolidated with an Issuer or any Subsidiary, as applicable.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.7, but only to avoid duplication, a guarantee of Indebtedness of an Issuer or a Subsidiary Guarantor incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture issued at the time such Indebtedness was incurred or, if later, at the time the guarantor thereof became one of the Subsidiaries shall not constitute a separate incurrence, or amount outstanding, of Indebtedness. For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.7, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories described in Sections 4.7(b)(1) (5) hereof, or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.7(a) hereof, the Company shall, in its sole discretion, be permitted to classify (or later classify or reclassify in whole or in part) such item of Indebtedness or any portion thereof in any manner that complies with this Section 4.7.
For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.7, the accrual of interest; the accretion or amortization of original issue discount; the payment of interest on any Indebtedness incurred in accordance with the terms of this Indenture in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same or less onerous terms than such Indebtedness in respect of which the payment of interest is being made; the payment of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Capital Stock; the accrual of dividends on Disqualified Capital Stock; and the accretion of the liquidation preference of Disqualified Capital Stock will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Capital Stock for purposes of this Section 4.7. The foregoing shall not affect the definition of Consolidated Fixed Charges.
The Issuers shall not and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not, and none of the Issuers nor the Subsidiary Guarantors shall permit any of the Subsidiaries to, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind, other than Permitted Liens, upon any of their respective assets now owned or acquired on or after the date of this Indenture or upon any income or profits therefrom.
(1) a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
(2) the Issuers are not permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt Incurrence Ratio in Section 4.7 hereof;
(3) the aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made by the Issuers and the Issuers Subsidiaries, including after giving effect to such proposed Restricted Payment, on and after the Issue Date, would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:
(4) the Consolidated Net Debt to EBITDA Ratio of the Company for the Reference Period immediately preceding the proposed Restricted Payment, after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such proposed Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this Section 4.9(a) since the end of such Reference Period, would be greater than 5.0 to 1.0;
provided , that any Restricted Payment made in accordance with this Section 4.9(a) may be made only during the following two 30-day periods in each fiscal year: (x) the 30-day period beginning on the date that the Issuers deliver financial statements to Holders as provided under Section 4.3 of this Indenture for the fiscal period ended March 31; provided , that the applicable Reference Period for determining whether any Restricted Payment may be made during such period pursuant to this paragraph shall end on such March 31; and (y) the 30-day period
beginning on the date that the Issuers deliver financial statements to Holders as provided under Section 4.3 of this Indenture for the fiscal period ended September 30; provided , that the applicable Reference Period for determining whether any Restricted Payment may be made during such period pursuant to this paragraph shall end on such September 30.
and Section 4.9(a) (1), (2), (3) and (4) will not prohibit:
The full amount of any Restricted Payment made pursuant to Sections 4.9(b)(1), (2), (3) and (5) (but not pursuant to clauses (4), (6) and (7) of Section 4.9(b), however), shall be counted as Restricted Payments made for purposes of the calculation of the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments available to be made referred to in Section 4.9(a)(3) hereof.
The Issuers shall not and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not, and none of the Issuers or the Subsidiary Guarantors shall permit any of the Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, assume or suffer to exist any consensual restriction on the ability of any of the Subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to or on behalf of, or to pay any obligation to or on behalf of, or otherwise to transfer assets or property to or on behalf of, or make or pay loans or advances to or on behalf of, the Issuers or any Subsidiary, except:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease, license or other contract entered into in the ordinary course of business, shall be permitted with respect to such lease, license or other contract and (b) any asset subject to a Lien which is not prohibited to exist with respect to such asset pursuant to the terms of this Indenture may be subject to customary restrictions on the transfer or disposition thereof pursuant to such Lien.
Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall directly or indirectly engage to any substantial extent in any line or lines of business activity other than that which, in the reasonable good faith judgment of its Board of Directors, is a Related Business.
The Finance Company shall exist solely to operate as a co-issuer of debt securities of the Company to facilitate offerings of such securities and shall not have any operations or assets and shall not have any revenue, other than as necessary or incidental to facilitate such offerings; provided , that the foregoing shall not apply in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with and into the Finance Company as provided under Section 5.1 of this Indenture.
On or after the Issue Date, the Issuers shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, in one transaction or a series of related transactions, enter into any contract, agreement, arrangement or transaction or any amendment to any of the foregoing, with any Affiliate (each of the foregoing, an Affiliate Transaction) (other than Exempted Affiliate Transactions), unless (1) the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are fair and reasonable to such Issuer or such Subsidiary, and no less favorable to such Issuer or such Subsidiary than could have been obtained in an arms length transaction with a non-Affiliate, and (2) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration to either party in excess of $1.0 million, such Affiliate Transaction(s) has been approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors that are disinterested in such transaction, if there are any directors who are so disinterested, and (3) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration to either party in excess of $5.0 million, or $1.0 million if there are no disinterested directors for such transaction, in addition the Issuers, prior to the consummation thereof, obtain a written favorable opinion as to the fairness of such transaction to the Issuers from a financial point of view from an independent investment banking firm of national reputation in the United States or, if pertaining to a matter for which such investment banking firms do not customarily render such opinions, an appraisal or valuation firm of national reputation in the United States. Within 10 Business Days after consummation of any Affiliate Transaction(s) (other than an Exempted Affiliate Transaction) involving consideration to either party of $1.0 million or more, the Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate addressed to the Trustee certifying that such Affiliate Transaction (or Transactions) complied with clause (1), (2), and (3), as applicable.
For purposes of clause (1) above, total consideration received means the total consideration received for such Asset Sales, minus the amount of (a) Purchase Money Indebtedness secured solely by the assets sold and assumed by a transferee; provided , that the Issuers are and the Subsidiaries are fully released from all obligations in connection therewith, (b) any of such Issuers or such Subsidiarys liabilities, as shown on such Issuers or such Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; provided , that the Issuers are and the Subsidiaries are fully released from all obligations in connection therewith, (c) property that within 30 days of such Asset Sale is converted into cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that such cash and Cash Equivalents shall be treated as Net Cash Proceeds attributable to the original Asset Sale for which such property was received, and (d) the fair market value of property received as consideration for such Asset Sale that would otherwise constitute a permitted application of Net Cash Proceeds (or other cash in such amount) under clause (b)(1)(A) below (such fair market value to be made as provided in clause (2) above).
permitted under clause (o) of the definition of Permitted Liens; provided , that the amount of Indebtedness repaid with such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not exceed the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness repaid, or
except that, in the case of each of the provisions of clauses (1) and (2), only proceeds from an Asset Sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary may be invested in or used to retire Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary. Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Issuers may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.
In the event that a Change of Control has occurred, each Holder of Notes shall have the right, as described below, at such Holders option, pursuant to an offer (which offer shall
be subject only to conditions required by applicable law, if any) by the Issuers (the Change of Control Offer), to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holders Notes ( provided , that the principal amount of such Notes must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) on a date (the Change of Control Purchase Date) that is no later than 60 days after the occurrence of such Change of Control, at a cash price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (the Change of Control Purchase Price), together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Purchase Date.
The Change of Control Offer shall be made within 30 days following a Change of Control and shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Change of Control Offer Period). Upon expiration of the Change of Control Offer Period, the Issuers shall purchase all Notes properly tendered in response to the Change of Control Offer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers, and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
Prior to the commencement of a Change of Control Offer and as a condition thereof, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall obtain any requisite consents under the Credit Agreement to permit the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. The Issuers failure to comply with the preceding sentence shall constitute an Event of Default described in clause (3) under Section 6.1 hereof.
On or before the Change of Control Purchase Date, the Issuers shall:
The Paying Agent promptly shall pay the Holders of Notes so accepted an amount equal to the Change of Control Purchase Price (together with accrued and unpaid interest) and the Trustee promptly shall authenticate and deliver to such Holders a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered. Any Notes not so accepted shall be delivered promptly by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers publicly shall announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Purchase Date.
Any Change of Control Offer shall be made in compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations, including, if applicable, Regulation 14E under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder and all other applicable Federal and state securities laws. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.14, the Issuers compliance or compliance by Parent or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors with
such laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of their obligations under this Section 4.14.
If the Change of Control Purchase Date hereunder is on or after an interest payment Record Date and on or before the associated Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest due on such Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Record Date.
All of the Issuers respective Subsidiaries (other than Foreign Subsidiaries) jointly and severally shall guarantee all principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes on a senior basis (except that the Finance Company will not be required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor so long as it remains a co-issuer of the Notes).
Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, if any Subsidiary of an Issuer (including a Foreign Subsidiary) that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor guarantees any other Indebtedness of an Issuer or any other Indebtedness of Parent, any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of Parent, or an Issuer, or Parent or any of the Subsidiaries or Parents Subsidiaries, individually or collectively, pledges more than 65% of the Voting Equity Interests of a Subsidiary (including a Foreign Subsidiary) that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to a lender to secure Indebtedness of an Issuer or any Indebtedness of Parent, any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Subsidiary of Parent, then such Subsidiary must become a Subsidiary Guarantor.
The Issuers and the Subsidiaries shall be prohibited from being required to register as an investment company (as that term is defined in the Investment Company Act), or from otherwise becoming subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act.
The Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall cause all material properties used or useful to the conduct of their business and the business of each of their Subsidiaries to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and supplied with all necessary equipment and shall cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in their reasonable judgment may be necessary, so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 4.17 shall prevent the Issuers or any Subsidiary Guarantor from discontinuing any operation or maintenance of any of such properties, or disposing of any of them, if such discontinuance or disposal is (a) (i) in the judgment of the Issuers, desirable in the conduct of the business of such entity and (ii) would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture, and, to the extent applicable, (b) as otherwise permitted under Section 4.13 hereof.
Subject to Section 4.13 hereof and Article V hereof, the Issuers shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) their corporate or other existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of the Subsidiaries, in
accordance with the respective organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Issuers or any such Subsidiary and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Issuers shall not be required to preserve any such right, license or franchise, or the corporate, partnership or other existence of any of their Subsidiaries, if the Board of Directors shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Issuers and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Issuers and the Subsidiary Guarantors to satisfy their obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture.
Neither Issuer shall consolidate with or merge with or into another Person or, directly or indirectly, sell, lease, convey or transfer all or substantially all of its assets (such amounts to be computed on a consolidated basis), whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, to another Person or group of affiliated Persons, unless:
Upon any consolidation or merger or any transfer of all or substantially all of an Issuers assets in accordance with the foregoing, the successor corporation formed by such consolidation or into which such Issuer is merged or to which such transfer is made shall succeed to and (except in the case of a lease) be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the applicable Issuer under the Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been named therein as an Issuer, and (except in the case of a lease) such Issuer shall be released from the obligations under the Notes and the Indenture except with respect to any obligations that arise from, or are related to, such transaction.
For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment, sale or otherwise) of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries, an Issuers interest in which constitutes all or substantially all of such Issuers properties and assets, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of such Issuers properties and assets.
Event of Default, wherever used herein, means any one of the following events:
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Subject to all provisions of this Indenture and applicable law, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising the power conferred on the Trustee.
Subject to Section 6.7 hereof, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuers and to the Trustee, may, on behalf of all Holders, waive any existing or past Default or Event of Default hereunder and its consequences under this Indenture, except a default:
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right arising therefrom.
Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes not joining in the giving of such direction or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, and the Trustee may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of the Notes.
A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, except as permitted by Section 9.2 hereof, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of, premium and interest on the Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase) or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1 hereof occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuers for the whole amount of principal of, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders of the Notes allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuers (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided , however that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and may be a member of the creditors committee.
If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection (including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel);
Second: to Holders of Notes for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, respectively; and
Third: to the Issuers or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10.
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder of a Note pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest (as defined in the TIA) it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.
The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuers use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders of Notes a notice in the manner provided by Section 313(c) of the TIA of the Default or Event of Default, whether or not the TIA is then applicable to the Indenture or the Notes, within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes.
Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders of the Notes a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the 12 months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders of Notes shall be mailed to the Issuers and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d). The Issuers shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.
The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as agreed upon in writing by the Trustee and the Issuers for the Trustees, acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustees compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustees agents and counsel.
The Issuers shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee) (including reasonable attorneys fees) and incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuers (including this Section 7.7) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuers or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or
performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, liability or expense may be attributable to its negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
The obligations of the Issuers under this Section 7.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.
To secure the Issuers payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1(4) or 6.1(5) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
The Trustee shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 313(b)(2) to the extent applicable.
A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustees acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.8.
The Trustee may resign in writing at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of Notes of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove the Trustee if:
If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction at the expense of the Issuers in the case of the Trustee for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder of a Note who has been a Holder of a Note for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder of a Note may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders of the Notes. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.7 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuers obligations under Section 7.7 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation or trust company (or a member of a bank holding company) organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has (or the bank holding company of which it is a member has) a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA § 310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b).
The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.
The Issuers may, at the option of the Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.
Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, each of the Issuers and the Guarantors, as applicable, shall, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes and Guarantees, as applicable, on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Legal Defeasance). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuers shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all amounts owed under the outstanding Notes and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Guarantees, which shall thereafter be deemed to be outstanding only for the purposes of Section 8.5 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a) and (b) below, and to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes, such Guarantees and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.4 hereof, and as more fully set forth in Section 8.4, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Issuers obligations with respect to such Notes under Sections 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuers obligations in connection therewith and (d) the Legal Defeasance provisions under Sections 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, and 8.7 hereof. Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuers may exercise their option under this Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of their option under Section 8.3 hereof.
Upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, the Issuers and the Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under Sections 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.15 and 4.17, and clauses (2), (3) and (4) of Section 5.1 hereof, and the Guarantors shall be released from their obligations under Section 10.3(a) hereof, in each case on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, Covenant Defeasance), and the Notes and the Guarantees shall thereafter be deemed not outstanding for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed outstanding for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuers and the
Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.1 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers exercise under Section 8.1 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, subject to the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 8.4 hereof, (x) Sections 6.1(3), (6), (7) and (8) hereof shall not constitute Events of Default and (y) Sections 6.1(4) and 6.1(5) hereof shall not constitute an Event of Default to the extent they occur after the 91st day following the occurrence of the Issuers exercise of Covenant Defeasance; provided , however that for all other purposes as set forth herein, such Covenant Defeasance provisions shall be effective.
The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof to the outstanding Notes:
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:
Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance shall be deemed to occur on the date all of the applicable conditions set forth in this Section 8.4 are satisfied.
Subject to Section 8.6 hereof, all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.5, the Trustee) pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and, applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuers acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuers shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.
Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Issuers from time to time upon the request of the Issuers any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.4 hereof which, in the opinion of a firm of independent public accountants nationally recognized in the United States expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.4(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuers, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has
become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuers on their written request or (if then held by the Issuers) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as a creditor, look only to the Issuers for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuers as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuers cause to be published once, in the New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining shall be repaid to the Issuers.
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any United States legal tender or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 or 8.3 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order directing the repayment of the deposited money to the Issuers or otherwise making the deposit unavailable to make payments under the Notes when due, or if any court enters an order avoiding the deposit of money with the Trustee or Paying Agent or otherwise requires the payment of the money so deposited to the Issuers or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors, then (so long as the insufficiency exists or the order remains in effect) the Issuers and the Guarantors obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.4 or 8.5 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuers makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuers shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
The Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect (except as to the Issuers obligations under Sections 2.6, 2.7, 2.10 and 4.2 hereof) as to all outstanding Notes when either:
(2) the Issuers have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be,
(3) the Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, has a valid, perfected, first priority security interest in the trust,
(4) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of the deposit or will occur as a result of the deposit and the deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which an Issuer or any Subsidiary Guarantor is bound, and
(5) the Issuers have paid all other amounts payable by them under this Indenture.
The Issuers must also deliver to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel confirming the satisfaction of the conditions in clauses (3) (with respect to the validity and perfection of the security interest) and (4) above.
Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, without the consent of any Holder of a Note:
Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.6 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture that adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Except as expressly stated otherwise in this Section 9.2, and subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, the Issuers, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes).
Subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.7 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuers or any Subsidiary with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes.
However, without the consent of each Holder affected (it being understood that, except as expressly stated otherwise in paragraphs (a) through (d) below, Section 4.13 and 4.14 hereof may be amended, waived or modified in accordance with the first paragraph of this Section 9.2) an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
In connection with any amendment, supplement or waiver under this Article IX, the Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, offer to any Holder who consents to such amendment, supplement or waiver, or to all Holders, consideration for such Holders consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Upon the request of the Issuers accompanied by a resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental Indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.6 hereof, the Trustee shall join with the Issuers in the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture unless such amended or supplemental Indenture adversely affects the Trustees own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental Indenture.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.2 becomes effective, the Issuers shall mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuers to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental Indenture or waiver.
Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental Indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective (as determined by the Issuers and which may be prior to any such amendment, supplement or waiver becoming operative), a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same Indebtedness as the consenting Holders Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective (as determined by the Issuers), which may be prior to any such amendment, supplement or waiver becoming operative.
The Issuers may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver, which record date shall be the date so fixed by the Issuers notwithstanding the provisions of the TIA. If a record date is fixed, then notwithstanding the last sentence of the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date, and only those Persons (or their duly designated proxies), shall be entitled to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (d) of Section 9.2 hereof,
in which case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind only each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holders Note; provided , that any such waiver shall not impair or affect the right of any non-consenting Holder to receive payment of principal and premium of and interest on a Note, on or after the respective dates set for such amounts to become due and payable expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates.
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuers in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental Indenture authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuers may not sign an amended or supplemental Indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive and (subject to Section 7.1 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental Indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
By its execution hereof, each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Issuers and that such party is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits and services. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, and interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes (including fees, expenses or other) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of
clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5 hereof (collectively, the Guarantee Obligations).
Subject to the provisions of this Article X, each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any thereof, the entry of any judgment against the Issuers, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor (and each Issuer, to the extent such Issuer is considered a surety under applicable law) hereby waives and relinquishes: (a) any right to require the Trustee, the Holders or the Issuers (each, a Benefited Party) to proceed against the Issuers, the Subsidiaries or any other Person or to proceed against or exhaust any security held by a Benefited Party at any time or to pursue any other remedy in any secured partys power before proceeding against the Guarantors; (b) any defense that may arise by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority, death or disability of any other Person or Persons or the failure of a Benefited Party to file or enforce a claim against the estate (in administration, bankruptcy or any other proceeding) of any other Person or Persons; (c) demand, protest and notice of any kind (except as expressly required by this Indenture), including but not limited to notice of the existence, creation or incurring of any new or additional Indebtedness or obligation or of any action or non-action on the part of the Guarantors, the Issuers, the Subsidiaries, any Benefited Party, any creditor of the Guarantors, the Issuers or the Subsidiaries or on the part of any other Person whomsoever in connection with any obligations the performance of which are hereby guaranteed; (d) any defense based upon an election of remedies by a Benefited Party, including but not limited to an election to proceed against the Guarantors for reimbursement; (e) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (f) any defense arising because of a Benefited Partys election, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Law, of the application of Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; and (g) any defense based on any borrowing or grant of a security interest under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code. The Guarantors hereby covenant that, except as otherwise provided herein and therein, the Guarantees shall not be discharged except by payment in full of all Guarantee Obligations, including the principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and all other costs provided for under this Indenture or as provided in Article VIII.
If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, or any trustee or similar official acting in relation to either the Issuers or the Guarantors, any amount paid by the Issuers or the Guarantors to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantees, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each of the Guarantors agrees that it shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Guarantee Obligations hereby until payment in full of all such obligations guaranteed hereby. Each Guarantor agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article VI hereof for the purposes hereof, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI hereof, such Guarantee Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee.
To evidence the Guarantees set forth in Section 10.1 hereof, each of the Guarantors agrees that a notation of the Guarantees substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto shall be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of each of the Guarantors by an Officer of each of the Guarantors.
Each of the Guarantors agrees that the Guarantees set forth in this Article X shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of the Guarantees.
If an Officer whose facsimile signature is on a Note or a notation of Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which the Guarantees are endorsed, the Guarantees shall be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantees set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantors.
Parent shall be released from its obligations under its Guarantee in the event of any merger, sale or consolidation involving the Company that also constitutes a Change of Control with respect to the Company (but not with respect to Parent).
Notwithstanding Section 10.3(a) hereof, upon the sale or disposition (including by merger or stock purchase) of a Subsidiary Guarantor (as an entirety) to an entity which is not and is not required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor, or the designation of a Subsidiary to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, which transaction is otherwise in compliance with this Indenture (including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 4.13 hereof), or solely in the case of a Guarantee arising solely as a result of the second paragraph of Section 4.15 hereof, the release or termination of the guarantee giving rise to the obligation to enter into a Guarantee, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released automatically from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee; provided , however , that any such termination shall occur only to the extent that all obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under all of its guarantees of any Indebtedness of either Issuer or any Indebtedness of Parent or any of the other Subsidiaries or any Subsidiary of Parent shall also terminate upon such release, sale or transfer and none of its Equity Interests are pledged for the benefit of any holder of any Indebtedness of either Issuer or any Indebtedness of Parent or any other Subsidiary or any Subsidiary of Parent.
Upon delivery by the Issuers to the Trustee of an Officers Certificate, to the effect that such sale or other disposition or that such designation was made by the Issuers in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guarantee. Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Guarantee shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of and interest on the Notes and for the other obligations of any Guarantor under this Indenture as provided in this Article X.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article X, (i) any Guarantor whose Guarantee would otherwise be released pursuant to the provisions of this Section 10.4 may elect, at its sole discretion, by written notice to the Trustee, to maintain such Guarantee in effect notwithstanding the event or events that otherwise would cause the release of such Guarantee (which election to maintain such Guarantee in effect may be conditional or for a limited period of time), and (ii) any Subsidiary which is not a Guarantor may elect, at its sole discretion, by written notice to the Trustee, to become a Guarantor (which election may be conditional or for a limited period of time).
If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by the TIA, the imposed duties shall control.
Any notice or communication by the Issuers or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), telecopier or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others address:
If to the Issuers
or the Guarantors:
Douglas
Dynamics, L.L.C.
7777 North 73rd Street
Milwaukee, WI 53223
Attention: Robert McCormick
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Gibson,
Dunn & Crutcher LLP
333 South Grand Avenue
Los Angeles, CA 90071
Attention: Linda Curtis, Esq.
If to the Trustee:
U.S.
Bank National Association
60 Livingston Avenue
St. Paul, Minnesota 55107-2292
Attention: Richard Prokosch
The Issuers or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) when answered back, if telexed; (iii) when receipt acknowledged, if telecopied; and (iv) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Issuers mail a notice or communication to Holders, they shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuers, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).
Upon any request or application by the Issuers to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee:
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA § 314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA § 314(e) and shall include:
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
No direct or indirect stockholder, member, employee, manager, Affiliate, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of an Issuer, Parent, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect of such Issuers obligations or the obligations of Parent or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture or the Notes, except that this provision shall in no way limit the obligation of Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Guarantee. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
Section 11.8 Governing Law
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND NEW YORK CIVIL PRACTICE LAWS AND RULES 327(b).
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuers or the Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
All agreements of the Issuers and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.
In case any one or more of the provisions of this Indenture or in the Notes or in the Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
The Table of Contents and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
[ Signatures on following page ]
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indenture as of the date first written above.
|
THE ISSUERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, L.L.C. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
|
Name: James L. Janik |
|
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS FINANCE COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
|
Name: James L. Janik |
|
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PARENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
|
Name: James L. Janik |
|
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
THE TRUSTEE : |
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Richard Prokosch |
|
|
Name: Richard Prokosch |
|
|
Title: Vice President |
Indenture Signature Page
Exhibit 4.3
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
First Supplemental Indenture (Supplemental Indenture) dated as of June 28, 2005 among Fisher, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Guaranteeing Subsidiary), a subsidiary of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), the Company, Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation (together with the Company, Issuers), Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (Parent), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the Trustee).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, the Issuers and Parent have heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the Indenture) dated as of December 16, 2004 providing for the issuance of 7¾% Senior Notes due 2012 (the Notes);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which any newly-acquired or created Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuers obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the Subsidiary Guarantee); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees the Guarantee Obligations, which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes, whether at maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest on the Notes, and payment of expenses, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers, to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise.
The obligations of Guaranteeing Subsidiary to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Subsidiary Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Subsidiary Guarantee.
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder (direct or indirect) of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary (or any such successor entity), as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under this Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation, except in their capacity as an obligor or Guarantor of the Notes in accordance with the Indenture.
This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuers obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and performance and not of collectibility.
The obligations of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
|
THE ISSUERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, L.L.C. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Bob McCormick |
|
Name: |
Bob McCormick |
|
Title: |
V.P. CFO |
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS FINANCE COMPANY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Bob McCormick |
|
Name: |
Bob McCormick |
|
Title: |
V.P. CFO |
|
PARENT: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Bob McCormick |
|
Name: |
Bob McCormick |
|
Title: |
V.P. CFO |
|
GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY: |
|
|
|
|
|
FISHER, LLC |
|
|
By: |
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., |
|
|
its sole Member and Manager |
|
By: |
/s/ Bob McCormick |
|
Name: |
Bob McCormick |
|
Title: |
V.P. CFO |
|
|
|
|
THE TRUSTEE: |
|
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ U.S. Bank National Association |
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
Exhibit 4.4
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF NOTE]
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company
7¾% SENIOR NOTE
DUE 2012
|
CUSIP: |
No. |
$ |
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation (the Finance Company, and together with the Company, the Issuers, which term includes any successors under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of Dollars, on January 15, 2012.
Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15; commencing
Record Dates: January 1 and July 1
Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note on the reverse side, which will, for all purposes, have the same effect as if set forth at this place.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuers have caused this instrument to be duly executed.
|
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. |
||||
|
a Delaware limited liability company |
||||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
|||
|
|
Name: |
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
|||
|
|
Name: |
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
Douglas
Dynamics Finance Company
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
|
||||
|
By: |
|
|||
|
|
Name: |
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
|||
|
|
Name: |
|
||
|
|
Title: |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Notes described in the within-mentioned Indenture.
|
U.S. Bank National Association |
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
||
|
Authorized Signatory |
|||
|
|
|||
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
(Back of Note)
7¾%(1) Senior Notes due 2012
[THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.6(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUERS.](2)
[UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (DTC), TO THE ISSUERS OR THEIR AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.](3)
[THE RIGHTS ATTACHING TO THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE AND THE CONDITIONS AND PROCEDURES GOVERNING ITS EXCHANGE FOR DEFINITIVE NOTES, ARE AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN). NEITHER THE HOLDER NOR THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS OF THIS REGULATION S TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO RECEIVE CASH PAYMENTS OF INTEREST DURING THE PERIOD WHICH SUCH HOLDER HOLDS THIS NOTE. NOTHING IN THIS LEGEND SHALL BE DEEMED TO PREVENT INTEREST FROM ACCRUING ON THIS NOTE.](4)
(1) Reserved.
(2) To be included only on Global Notes deposited with DTC as Depositary.
(3) To be included only on Global Notes deposited with DTC as Depositary.
(4) To be included only on Regulation S Temporary Global Notes.
[THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS NOTE MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.
THE HOLDER OF THIS NOTE AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) THIS NOTE MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS NOTE FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.](5)
[THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE SECURITIES ACT), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.](6)
Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
1. Interest . Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and Douglas Dynamics Finance Co., a Delaware corporation (the Finance Company, and together with the Company, the Issuers), promise to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7¾% per annum until maturity. The Issuers will pay interest semi-annually on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an Interest Payment Date). The first Interest Payment Date shall be . Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date (defined below) referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest
(5) To be included only on Transfer Restricted Notes.
(6) To be included only on Regulation S Global Notes.
Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date. The Issuers shall pay interest (including Accrued Bankruptcy Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including Accrued Bankruptcy Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.
[Until this Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchanged for one or more Regulation S Permanent Global Notes, the Holder hereof shall not be entitled to receive payments of cash interest hereon; until so exchanged in full, this Regulation S Temporary Global Note shall in all other respects be entitled to the same benefits as other Notes under the Indenture.](7)
2. Method of Payment . The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders of Notes at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date (each a Record Date), even if such Notes are cancelled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture (as defined below) with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, interest and premium, if any, at the office or agency of the Issuers maintained within The City and State of New York for such purpose, or, at the option of the Issuers, payment of interest and may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account within the United States shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on all Global Notes. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuers or any of the Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
4. Indenture . The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of the Issue Date (Indenture), by and among the Issuers, the Guarantors party thereto and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) (the Trust Indenture Act). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the Trust Indenture Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
5. Optional Redemption .
(a) Except as set forth in clause (b) of this Section 5, the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this Section 5 prior to January 15, 2009. The Notes shall be redeemable for cash at the option of the Issuers, in whole or in part, at any time on or after January 15, 2009, upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior notice mailed by first class mail to each Holder at its last registered address, at the following redemption prices
(7) To be included only on Regulation S Temporary Global Notes.
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount) if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing January 15 of the years indicated below, in each case (subject to the right of Holders of record on a Record Date to receive the corresponding interest due on the corresponding Interest Payment Date that is on or prior to such Redemption Date) together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the date of redemption of the Notes (the Redemption Date):
Year |
|
Percentage |
|
2009 |
|
103.875 |
% |
2010 |
|
101.938 |
% |
2011 and thereafter |
|
100.000 |
% |
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of clause (a) of this Section 5, at any time or from time to time on or prior to January 15, 2008, upon the consummation of one or more Equity Offerings for cash, up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture (only as necessary to avoid any duplication, excluding any replacement Notes) may be redeemed at the Issuers option within 90 days of such Equity Offering, on not less than 30 days, but not more than 60 days, notice to each Holder of the Notes to be redeemed, with cash received by the Issuers from the Net Cash Proceeds of such Equity Offering, at a redemption price equal to 107.750% of principal, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the Redemption Date; provided , however , that immediately following such redemption not less than 65% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally issued pursuant to the Indenture on the Issue Date remain outstanding (only as necessary to avoid any duplication, excluding any replacement Notes).
(c) Notice of redemption shall be mailed by first class mail at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date interest ceases to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption unless the Issuers default in such payments due on the Redemption Date.
6. Mandatory Redemption . The Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes. The Notes shall not have the benefit of any sinking fund.
7. Offers to Purchase .
(a) Change of Control . As provided in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, in the event that a Change of Control has occurred, each Holder of Notes shall have the right as described below and in the Indenture, at such Holders option, pursuant to an offer (which offer shall be subject only to conditions required by applicable law, if any) by the Issuers (the Change of Control Offer), to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part of such Holders Notes ( provided , that the principal amount of such Notes must be $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) on a date (the Change of Control Purchase Date) that is no later than 60 days after the occurrence of such Change of Control, at a cash price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof (the Change of Control Purchase Price), together with accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Purchase Date.
As provided in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, the Change of Control Offer shall be made within 30 days following a Change of Control and shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Change of Control Offer Period). Upon expiration of the Change of Control Offer Period, the Issuers shall purchase all Notes properly tendered in response to the Change of Control Offer.
As provided in Section 4.14 of the Indenture, prior to the commencement of a Change of Control Offer and as a condition thereof, but in any event within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuers shall obtain any requisite consents under the Credit Agreement to permit the repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer. The Issuers failure to comply with the preceding sentence shall constitute an Event of Default described in clause (3) under Section 6.1 of the Indenture.
(b) Asset Sale . (1) As provided in Section 4.13 of the Indenture, the Issuers shall not and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not, and neither the Issuers nor the Subsidiary Guarantors shall permit any of the Subsidiaries to, in one or a series of related transactions, convey, sell, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of their property, business or assets, including by merger or consolidation (in the case of the Subsidiaries), and including any sale or other transfer or issuance of any Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiaries, whether by an Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries or through the issuance, sale or transfer of Equity Interests by one of the Subsidiaries and including any sale and leaseback transaction (any of the foregoing, an Asset Sale), unless:
(A) at least 75% of the total consideration for such Asset Sale or series of related Asset Sales consists of cash or Cash Equivalents, and
(B) such Issuer or such Subsidiary receives, as applicable, fair market value for such Asset Sale, which fair market determination shall be made by a resolution of the Board of Directors if the value of such Asset Sale is more than $2.5 million.
For purposes of clause (A) above, total consideration received means the total consideration received for such Asset Sales, minus the amount of: (i) Purchase Money Indebtedness secured solely by the assets sold and assumed by a transferee; provided , that the Issuers are and the Subsidiaries are fully released from all obligations in connection therewith, (ii) any of such Issuers or such Subsidiarys liabilities, as shown on such Issuers or such Subsidiarys most recent balance sheet, other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee, that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets; provided , that the Issuers are and the Subsidiaries are fully released from all obligations in connection therewith, (iii) property that within 30 days of such Asset Sale is converted into cash or Cash Equivalents; provided , that such cash and Cash Equivalents shall be treated as Net Cash Proceeds attributable to the original Asset Sale for which such property was received, and (iv) the fair market value of property received as consideration for such Asset Sale that would otherwise constitute a permitted application of Net Cash Proceeds (or other cash in such amount) under clause (2)(A)(i) below (such fair market value to be made as provided in clause (B) above).
(2) Within 360 days following such Asset Sale or the receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds, an amount equal to the Net Cash Proceeds therefrom (the Asset Sale Amount) shall be:
(A) (i) invested in Additional Assets or (ii) used to make Permitted Investments other than those under clauses (a), (b) or (c) under the definition of Permitted Investments in the Indenture, which in the good faith reasonable judgment of the Board of Directors shall immediately constitute or be a part of a Related Business immediately following such transaction, or
(B) used to retire (i) Purchase Money Indebtedness secured by the asset which was the subject of the Asset Sale, (ii) Indebtedness outstanding under the Credit Agreement and to permanently reduce the amount of such Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.7(b)(3) of the Indenture (including that in the case of a revolver or similar arrangement that makes credit available, such commitment is so permanently reduced by such amount), or (iii) other Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 4.7 of the Indenture and secured by a Lien permitted under clause (o) of the definition of Permitted Liens in the Indenture; provided , that the amount of Indebtedness repaid with such Net Cash Proceeds pursuant to this clause (iii) shall not exceed the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness repaid, or
(C) applied to the optional redemption of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Issuers other Indebtedness ranking on a parity with the Notes and with similar provisions requiring the Issuers to redeem such Indebtedness with the proceeds from such Asset Sale, pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts (or accreted values in the case of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount) of the Notes and such other Indebtedness then outstanding,
except that, in the case of each of the provisions of clauses (A) and (B), only proceeds from an Asset Sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Foreign Subsidiary may be invested in or used to retire Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary. Pending the final application of any Net Cash Proceeds, the Issuers may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise use the Net Cash Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by the Indenture.
(c) The accumulated Net Cash Proceeds from Asset Sales not applied as set forth in Sections 4.13(b)(1), (2) or (3) of the Indenture shall constitute Excess Proceeds. Within 30 days after the date that the amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $5,000,000, which date shall not be prior to 390 days subsequent to the Asset Sale that generated such Excess Proceeds, the Issuers shall apply an amount equal to the Excess Proceeds (the Asset Sale Offer Amount) to the repurchase of the Notes and such other Indebtedness ranking on a parity with the Notes and with similar provisions requiring the Issuers to make an offer to purchase such Indebtedness with the proceeds from such Asset Sale pursuant to a cash offer (subject only to conditions required by applicable law, if any) ( pro rata in proportion to the respective principal amounts (or accreted values in the case of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount) of the Notes and such other Indebtedness then outstanding) (the Asset Sale Offer) at a purchase price of 100% of the principal amount (or accreted value in the case of Indebtedness issued with an original issue discount) (the Asset Sale Offer Price) together with accrued and unpaid interest to the date of payment. Each Asset Sale Offer shall remain open for 20 Business Days following its commencement (the Asset Sale Offer Period).
8. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and
fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
[This Regulation S Temporary Global Note is exchangeable in whole or in part for one or more Global Notes only (i) on or after the termination of the 40-day distribution compliance period (as defined in Regulation S) and (ii) upon presentation of certificates (accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel, if applicable) required by Article 2 of the Indenture. Upon exchange of this Regulation S Temporary Global Note for one or more Global Notes, the Trustee shall cancel this Regulation S Temporary Global Note.](8)
9. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
10. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, and any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes. Without the consent of any Holder of a Note, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes; to provide for the assumption of the Issuers obligations to Holders of the Notes in case of a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article V of the Indenture; to provide for additional Guarantors as set forth in the Indenture or for the release or assumption of Guarantees in compliance with the Indenture; to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the rights under the Indenture of any such Holder; to comply with the provisions of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream or the Trustee with respect to the provisions of the Indenture or the Notes relating to transfers and exchanges of Notes or beneficial interests therein; or to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in the Indenture as of the date thereof.
11. Defaults and Remedies . The Indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an Event of Default:
(1) the Issuers failure to pay any installment of interest on the Notes as and when the same becomes due and payable and the continuance of any such failure for 30 days;
(2) the Issuers failure to pay all or any part of the principal, or premium, if any, on the Notes when and as the same becomes due and payable at maturity, redemption, by acceleration or otherwise, including, without limitation, payment of the Change of Control Purchase Price or the Asset Sale Offer Price, on Notes validly tendered and not properly withdrawn pursuant to a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, as applicable;
(8) To be included only on Regulation S Temporary Global Notes.
(3) the Issuers failure or the failure of any of the Subsidiaries to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes or the Indenture, except for the provisions of Sections 4.13, 4.14 and 5.1 of the Indenture, and the continuance of such failure for a period of 30 days after written notice is given to an Issuer by the Trustee or to an Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding;
(4) a court having jurisdiction in the premises enters a decree or order for (A) relief in respect of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter in effect, (B) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or (C) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days;
(5) an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary (A) commences a voluntary case under any applicable Bankruptcy Law now or hereafter in effect, or consents to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (B) consents to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of an Issuer or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Issuer or Significant Subsidiary or (C) effects any general assignment for the benefit of creditors;
(6) a default in Indebtedness of an Issuer or the Indebtedness of any of the Subsidiaries with an aggregate amount outstanding in excess of $10.0 million (A) resulting from the failure to pay principal at maturity or (B) as a result of which the maturity of such Indebtedness has been accelerated prior to its stated maturity;
(7) final unsatisfied judgments not covered by insurance involving an amount in excess of $5.0 million in any individual case or aggregating in excess of $10.0 million at any one time rendered against an Issuer or any of the Subsidiaries and not stayed, bonded or discharged within 60 days; and
(8) any Guarantee of Parent or a Subsidiary Guarantor ceases to be in full force and effect or becomes unenforceable or invalid or is declared null and void (other than in accordance with the terms of the Guarantee and the Indenture) or Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor denies or disaffirms its obligations under its Guarantee.
12. Trustee Dealings with Issuers . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform services for the Issuers or their Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or their Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
13. No Recourse Against Others . No direct or indirect stockholder, member, employee, manager, Affiliate, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of an Issuer, Parent, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect of such Issuers obligations or the obligations of Parent or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture or the Notes, except that this provision shall, in no way limit the obligation of Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any guarantee of the Notes. Each Holder by
accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
14. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
15. Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
16. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.
17. Notation of Guarantee . As more fully set forth in the Indenture, to the extent permitted by law, each of the Guarantors from time to time, in accordance with Article X of the Indenture, unconditionally and jointly and severally guarantees, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, that:
By its execution of the Indenture and its Guarantee endorsed on this Note, each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that it receives substantial benefits from the Issuers and that such party is providing its Guarantee for good and valuable consideration, including, without limitation, such substantial benefits and services. Accordingly, subject to the provisions of Article X of the Indenture, each Guarantor, jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees on a senior basis to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and its successors and assigns that: (i) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes shall be duly and punctually paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, and interest on overdue principal, premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuers to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or under the Notes (including fees, expenses or other) shall be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and the Indenture; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 10.5 of the Indenture.
When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture, the predecessor may be released from those obligations.
18. Governing Law . THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW AND NEW YORK CIVIL LAWS AND RULES 327(b).
The Issuers shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. |
7777 North 73rd Street |
Milwaukee, WI 53223 |
Assignment Form
To assign this Note, fill in the form below: (I) or (We) assign and transfer this Note to |
|
|
(Insert assignees soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Print or type assignees name, address and zip code) |
and irrevocably appoint
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for
him.
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
Your Signature: |
|
||
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note) |
Signature Guarantee* |
|
|
*NOTICE: The Signature must be guaranteed by an Institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature Guarantee Programs: (i) The Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MNSP); (iii) The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) in such other guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.
Option of Holder to Elect Purchase
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, check the box below:
|
o Section 4.13 |
¨ Section 4.14 |
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.13 or Section 4.14 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased (in denominations of $1,000 only, except if you have elected to have all of your Notes purchased): $
Date: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Your Signature: |
|
|
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the Note) |
Social Security or Tax Identification No.: |
|
|
Signature Guarantee* |
|
|
*NOTICE: The Signature must be guaranteed by an Institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature Guarantee Programs: (i) The Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) The New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MNSP); (iii) The Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) in such other guarantee program acceptable to the Trustee.
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE (9)
The following exchanges of an interest in this Global Note for an interest in another Global Notes or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of an interest in another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
Date of Exchange |
|
Amount of Decrease
|
|
Amount of Increase
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
Signature of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9) This should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.
Exhibit 4.5
GUARANTEE
The Guarantors listed below (hereinafter referred to as the Guarantors, which term includes any successors or assigns under the Indenture, dated the date hereof (the Indenture), among the Guarantors, the Issuers (defined below) and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee, and any additional Guarantors), have irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis the Guarantee Obligations (as defined in Section 10.1 of the Indenture), which include (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 7¾% Senior Notes due 2012 (the Notes) of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation (the Finance Company, and together with the Company, the Issuers), whether at maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on the overdue principal and premium, if any, and (to the extent permitted by law) interest on any interest on the Notes, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuers, to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms set forth in Article X of the Indenture, and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same shall be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a Change of Control Offer, upon an Asset Sale Offer, or otherwise.
The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to such Indenture for the precise terms of this Guarantee.
No direct or indirect stockholder, member, employee, manager, Affiliate, officer or director, as such, past, present or future of an Issuer, Parent, the Subsidiary Guarantors or any successor entity shall have any personal liability in respect of such Issuers obligations or the obligations of Parent or the Subsidiary Guarantors under the Indenture or the Notes, except that this provision shall in no way limit the obligation of Parent or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Guarantee. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.
This is a continuing Guarantee and shall remain in full force and effect and shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns until full and final payment of all of the Issuers obligations under the Notes and Indenture or until released or legally defeased in accordance with the Indenture and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders, and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges herein conferred upon that party shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This is a Guarantee of payment and performance and not of collectibility.
This Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Guarantee is noted shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers.
The obligations of each Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be limited to the extent necessary to insure that it does not constitute a fraudulent conveyance under applicable law.
THE TERMS OF ARTICLE X OF THE INDENTURE ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE.
Capitalized terms used herein have the same meanings given in the Indenture unless otherwise indicated.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this instrument to be duly executed.
|
|
|
||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. |
|||
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
||
|
Name: |
|||
|
Title: |
Exhibit 10.8
Execution Copy
SECURITIES REPURCHASE AND CANCELLATION AGREEMENT
This Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 (the Effective Date ) by and between James Janik (the Securityholder ) and Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ).
WHEREAS, the Company has previously granted to the Securityholder, pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, certain options to acquire the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the Common Stock ), and the Securityholder as of the date hereof holds options to purchase an aggregate of twenty one thousand four hundred forty four (21,444) shares of Common Stock, all of which are exercisable at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Securityholder has previously exercised certain of his options and as of the date hereof owns three thousand three hundred (3,300) shares of Common Stock, all of which were acquired at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Company has offered to repurchase three thousand two hundred twenty five (3,225) shares of Common Stock (the Repurchased Securities ) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Securityholder has accepted the Companys repurchase offer; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Securityholder desire to set forth the terms of the repurchase of the Repurchased Securities.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
Control Price ) is less than Two Hundred Ninety Six Dollars and Ninety and 41/100 Cents ($296.9041), then the Securityholder agrees that he will promptly (and in any event no later than the date of the consummation of any such transaction) remit to the Company an amount equal to the product of (i) the difference between Two Hundred Ninety Six Dollars and Ninety and 41/100 Cents ($296.9041) and the Change in Control Price multiplied by (ii) three thousand two hundred twenty five (3,225) shares.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Securityholder and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
|
SECURITYHOLDER: |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James Janik |
|
|
James Janik |
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Mark Rosenbaum |
|
Name: Mark Rosenbaum |
|
|
Title: |
Exhibit 10.9
SECURITIES REPURCHASE AND CANCELLATION AGREEMENT
This Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 (the Effective Date ) by and between James Janik (the Securityholder ) and Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ).
WHEREAS, the Company has previously granted to the Securityholder, pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, certain options to acquire the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the Common Stock ), and the Securityholder as of the date hereof holds options to purchase an aggregate of twenty one thousand four hundred forty four (21,444) shares of Common Stock, all of which are exercisable at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Securityholder has previously exercised certain of his options and as of the date hereof owns seventy five (75) shares of Common Stock, all of which were acquired at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Company has offered to repurchase seventy five (75) shares (the Shares ) of Common Stock and options to purchase an aggregate of three thousand three hundred forty one (3,341) shares of Common Stock (the Options ; collectively with the Shares, the Repurchased Securities ) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Securityholder has accepted the Companys repurchase offer; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Securityholder desire to set forth the terms of the repurchase of the Shares and Options and provide for the cancellation of the Options upon payment of the Purchase Price (as defined below), less any required withholding.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Securityholder and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
|
SECURITYHOLDER: |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James Janik |
|
|
James Janik |
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Mark Rosenbaum |
|
Name: Mark Rosenbaum |
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
Exhibit 10.10
SECURITIES REPURCHASE AND CANCELLATION AGREEMENT
This Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of December 22, 2008 (the Effective Date ) by and between Robert McCormick (the Securityholder ) and Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ).
WHEREAS, the Company has previously granted to the Securityholder, pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, certain options to acquire the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the Common Stock ), and the Securityholder as of the date hereof holds options to purchase an aggregate of five thousand three hundred thirty (5,330) shares of Common Stock, all of which are exercisable at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Securityholder has previously exercised certain of his options and as of the date hereof owns three thousand (3,000) shares of Common Stock, all of which were acquired at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Company has offered to repurchase one thousand seven hundred one (1,701) shares of Common Stock (the Repurchased Securities ) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Securityholder has accepted the Companys repurchase offer; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Securityholder desire to set forth the terms of the repurchase of the Repurchased Securities.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Repurchase of the Repurchased Securities .
(a) Repurchase and Cancellation . In consideration for the Purchase Price (as defined below), the Securityholder hereby sells, assigns and transfers to the Company, and the Company hereby accepts, purchases and acquires, all of the Securityholders right, title and interest in and to the Repurchased Securities.
(b) Purchase Price . The aggregate purchase price (the Purchase Price ) for the Repurchased Securities is Five Hundred Five Thousand Thirty Four Dollars ($505,034), comprised of cash in the amount of Three Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Four Dollars ($334,934) and the cancellation of the principal amount of One Hundred Seventy Thousand One Hundred Dollars ($170,100) of that certain promissory note dated as of October 24, 2007, representing a price per Share of Two Hundred Ninety Six Dollars and Ninety and 41/100 Cents ($296.9041). The cash component of the Purchase Price, less any required withholdings, shall be paid by the Company to the Securityholder in immediately available funds promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement to such bank account as designated by Securityholder.
(c) Purchase Price Adjustment . In the event the Company consummates a transaction which results in a Change of Control (as defined in the Companys Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated April 8, 2004), within twelve (12) months following the date hereof, or in the event the Company agrees in writing to consummate such a transaction within twelve (12) months following the date hereof (and such transaction subsequent to such 12-month period occurs), and the price per share of Common Stock payable in such Change of Control transaction (the Change in
Control Price ) is less than Two Hundred Ninety Six Dollars and Ninety and 41/100 Cents ($296.9041), then the Securityholder agrees that he will promptly (and in any event no later than the date of the consummation of any such transaction) remit to the Company an amount equal to the product of (i) the difference between Two Hundred Ninety Six Dollars and Ninety and 41/100 Cents ($296.9041) and the Change in Control Price multiplied by (ii) one thousand seven hundred one (1,701) shares.
(d) Termination of Employment . In the event the Securityholder is terminated for Cause (as defined in the employment agreement between the Securityholder and the Company, dated as of September 7, 2004 (the Employment Agreement )) or voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company for any reason other than Material Breach (as defined in the Employment Agreement) within thirty-six (36) months following the date hereof, then the Securityholder agrees that he will promptly (and in any event no later than ten (10) business days after date of such termination) remit to the Company Three Hundred Thirty Four Thousand Nine Hundred Thirty Four Dollars ($334,934).
(e) Offset Rights . The Securityholder agrees that the Company has the right to offset any obligation of the Company to pay proceeds or monies to the Securityholder, whether pursuant to the Employment Agreement, pursuant to other securities of the Company held by the Securityholder, or otherwise, against any unsatisfied obligations of the Securityholder hereunder (including without limitation under Sections 1(c) or (d) above).
2. Representations of Securityholder . The Securityholder hereby represents and warrants that:
(a) The Securityholder owns the Repurchased Securities free and clear of any and all covenants, conditions, restrictions, liens and adverse claims or rights whatsoever, subject only to the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004 among the Company and certain of its stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders;
(b) the execution, delivery and performance by the Securityholder of this Agreement and the consummation thereby of the transactions contemplated hereby are within the Securityholders powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Securityholder;
(c) this Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Securityholder, enforceable against him in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws affecting creditors rights generally and subject to general principles of equity; and
(d) the execution, delivery and performance by the Securityholder of this Agreement does not and will not contravene or conflict with or constitute a violation of any provision of applicable law or any contract, agreement, indenture or other instrument binding on such person or any of his assets.
3. Non-Disclosure . The existence and terms of this Agreement are confidential. The Securityholder will not at any time disclose to any third party, except his spouse or significant other, attorney, accountant or other professional advisors, the existence or terms of this Agreement, except as required by law. The Securityholder will request that each person to whom he communicates such information agrees similarly to be bound.
4. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws (without reference to choice or conflict of laws) of the State of Delaware.
5. Miscellaneous . No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing signed by the Securityholder and the Company. No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any breach by the other party hereto of, or compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other party will be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or any prior or subsequent time. No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
6. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect.
7. Survivability . The representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof, the Effective Date and the transfer of the Repurchased Securities pursuant hereto.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Securityholder and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
|
SECURITYHOLDER : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert McCormick |
|
|
Robert McCormick |
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY : |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Mark Rosenbaum |
|
Name: Mark Rosenbaum |
|
|
Title: |
Exhibit 10.11
SECURITIES REPURCHASE AND CANCELLATION AGREEMENT
This Securities Repurchase and Cancellation Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of January 23, 2009 (the Effective Date ) by and between Robert McCormick (the Securityholder ) and Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc. (the Company ).
WHEREAS, the Company has previously granted to the Securityholder, pursuant to the Companys 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, certain options to acquire the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (the Common Stock ), and the Securityholder as of the date hereof holds options to purchase an aggregate of five thousand three hundred thirty (5,330) shares of Common Stock, all of which are exercisable at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Securityholder has previously exercised certain of his options and as of the date hereof owns one thousand two hundred ninety nine (1,299) shares of Common Stock, all of which were acquired at a per share price of One Hundred Dollars ($100.00);
WHEREAS, the Company has offered to repurchase one thousand two hundred ninety nine (1,299) shares (the Shares ) of Common Stock and options to purchase an aggregate of four hundred twenty two (422) shares of Common Stock (the Options ; collectively with the Shares, the Repurchased Securities ) on the terms and conditions set forth herein and the Securityholder has accepted the Companys repurchase offer; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Securityholder desire to set forth the terms of the repurchase of the Shares and Options and provide for the cancellation of the Options upon payment of the Purchase Price (as defined below), less any required withholding.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Securityholder and the Company have executed this Agreement as of the Effective Date.
|
SECURITYHOLDER: |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert McCormick |
|
|
Robert McCormick |
|
|
|
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Mark Rosenbaum |
|
Name: Mark Rosenbaum |
|
|
Title: Authorized Signatory |
Exhibit 10.18
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
RESTATED DEFERRED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
This Restated Deferred Stock Unit Agreement (this Agreement ) is made as of , by and between Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and (the Executive ).
WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive entered into that certain Deferred Stock Unit Agreement dated as of April 1, 2004 (the Original Agreement ) pursuant to which the Executive was granted Deferred Stock Units (as defined in the Original Agreement) representing the right to receive, pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Original Agreement, a number of shares of the Companys Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and a number of shares of Series A Redeemable Exchangeable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the Series A Preferred Stock );
WHEREAS, in connection with the partial redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock in December 2004 (the 2004 Partial Redemption ), pursuant to Section 6 of the Original Agreement, the Company paid a cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to the amount that the Executive would have received on account of the 2004 Partial Redemption if the shares of Series A Preferred Stock subject to the Original Agreement were issued and outstanding at the time of the 2004 Partial Redemption (the 2004 Cash Payment );
WHEREAS, in connection with the payment of the 2004 Cash Payment and in accordance with Section 6 of the Original Agreement, the Company and the Executive provided for an adjustment to the Deferred Preferred Stock Units pursuant to an amendment to the Original Agreement dated as of December 14, 2004 (the Amendment , and collectively with the Original Agreement, the Amended Agreement ) providing that, upon the payment of the 2004 Cash Payment, the number of Deferred Preferred Stock Units (as defined in the Original Agreement) would be reduced by the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that would have been redeemed as part of the 2004 Partial Redemption if the shares of Series A Preferred Stock subject to the Original Agreement were issued and outstanding at the time of the 2004 Partial Redemption;
WHEREAS, the Company currently intends to redeem all of the remaining outstanding shares of its Series A Preferred Stock (the 2006 Redemption );
WHEREAS, in connection with the 2006 Redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company intends to pay a cash payment to the Executive in an amount equal to the amount that the Executive would receive on account of the 2006 Redemption if the shares of Series A Preferred Stock subject to the Amended Agreement were issued and outstanding at the time of the 2006 Redemption (the 2006 Cash Payment ); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to this Agreement, the Company and the Executive desire to provide for an additional adjustment to the Deferred Preferred Stock Units pursuant to Section 6 of the Amended Agreement to eliminate, upon the payment of the 2006 Cash Payment, any references to the Deferred Preferred Stock Units (as defined in the Amended Agreement) such that no Deferred Preferred Stock Units shall be deemed outstanding effective as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement.
NOW THEREFORE, on the basis of the foregoing premises and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:
For the purposes of this Agreement, a Liquidity Event means the first to occur of (i) a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined) and (ii) the later of (x) the Qualified IPO Date (as such term is defined in the Securityholders Agreement) and (y) the expiration of an lock-up agreement the Executive is or would be required to enter into in connection with the Qualified IPO (as such term is defined in the Securityholders Agreement).
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control means, at any time, (i) the Aurora Purchasers and Ares Purchasers shall cease to collectively beneficially own and control at least 51%, on a fully diluted basis, of the outstanding Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors (or similar governing body) of the Company (the Board ), unless the Aurora Purchasers and Ares Purchasers collectively beneficially own and control (a) at least 35%, on a fully diluted basis, of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board and (b) on a fully diluted basis, more of the outstanding Capital Stock of the Company entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote for the election of members of the Board than any other Person or group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act); (ii) any Person or group (within the meaning of Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) other than the Aurora Purchasers and Ares Purchasers collectively shall have obtained the power (whether or not exercised) to elect a majority of the members of the Board; (iii) the Company shall cease to
beneficially own and control 100% on a fully diluted basis of the economic and voting interests in the capital stock (or similar ownership interests) of Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.; or (iv) the majority of the seats (other than vacant seats) on the Board cease to be occupied by Persons who either (a) were members of the Board on the Initial Date or (b) were nominated for election by the Board, a majority of whom were directors on the Initial Date or whose election or nomination for election was previously approved by a majority of such directors.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Aurora Purchasers means Douglas Dynamics Holdings, LLC and its affiliates and co-investors.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Ares Purchasers means Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. and its affiliates.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Capital Stock means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of the Company, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including, without limitation, partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.
For purposes of this Agreement, the term Person means a natural person, a company, a corporation, a joint venture, a limited liability company, a partnership, a trust, an unincorporated association or organization or other legal entity, or a government or an agency or political subdivision thereof.
acknowledges and agrees that he has not executed this Agreement in reliance on any such other agreement, promise, representation, covenant, warranty, or undertaking. This Agreement may not be orally modified. All modifications must be agreed to in writing and signed by both parties.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS DEFERRED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. (THE COMPANY) SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL THAT REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THAT ACT AND UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED. THE SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES IS ALSO SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF APRIL 12, 2004, AS SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED AND AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDERS, OPTIONHOLDERS AND WARRANTHOLDERS SIGNATORY THERETO, A COPY OF WHICH AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.
[signatures on next page]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Executive have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
Exhibit 10.19
Douglas
Dynamics
2009 Annual Incentive Plan
· Operating Income will be given a 70% weighting
· Operating Income is defined as EBITDA less Depreciation, plus Other Expense (i.e. before Amortization and Other Expense)
· Performance will be measured by the degree to which Actual Operating Income achieved exceeds, or falls short of, Baseline Operating Income
· Baseline Operating Income is calculated by multiplying $13,018 per inch by snowfall for the snow season that ends in the then current fiscal year
· For example, for the year ended December 2009, if there were 3,300 inches of snowfall for the snow season from November 2008 to April 2009, then Baseline Operating Income would be $43.0 million for the year ended December 2009 ($13,018 x 3,300 inches)
· Each executive starts with a Base Percentage of 35% (in a few instances this Base Percentage is 25%, but we will assume 35% for illustrative purposes for the balance of the memo). The Target Bonus for each executive is to earn 70% of that executives base salary. Therefore Target Bonuses are achieved when a 2X factor is achieved (2X * 35% = 70%). Payouts for Operating Income begin once 80% of Baseline Operating Income has been achieved and increase linearly thereafter, according to the following schedule:
· 80% of Baseline Operating Income = 0X factor (0X * 35% = 0% of base salary)
· 90% of Baseline Operating Income = 1X factor (1X * 35% = 35% of base salary)
· 100% of Baseline Operating Income = 2X factor (2X * 35% = 70% of base salary)
· Additionally, Actual Operating Income in excess of Baseline Operating Income would follow the schedule below:
· 112.5% of Baseline Operating Income = 3X factor (3X * 35% = 105% of base salary)
· 125% of Baseline Operating Income = 4X factor (4X * 35% = 140% of base salary)
· Etc.
· Performance between points on the Matrix and beyond 125% is extrapolated based on a linear relationship. Please see the Operating Income Matrix below:
Operating Income Matrix - 2009
Weight |
|
0X |
|
1X |
|
2X |
|
3X |
|
4X |
|
70.0 |
% |
80.0 |
% |
90.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
112.5 |
% |
125.0 |
% |
· The result o f this calculation is then given a 70% weighting (since the Operating Income component has a 70% weighting). As an example, if 100% of Baseline Operating Income is achieved, then 49% of base salary is earned in bonus thus far, before factoring in the remaining metric discussed next (2X * 35% Base Percentage * 70% weighting = 49% of base salary).
· Perfect Shipment will be given a 30% weighting
· A Perfect Shipment is defined as the shipment of an order that (i) includes all components that were ordered, and (ii) was shipped on or before the date promised by Douglas. Douglas currently promises shipment of all plows within 5 days and all parts and accessories within 3 days. However, components currently in stock often ship sooner.
Perfect Shipment Matrix - 2009
Weight |
|
0X |
|
1X |
|
2X |
|
3X |
|
4X |
|
30.0 |
% |
90.0 |
% |
92.5 |
% |
95.0 |
% |
97.5 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
· Performance between points on the Matrix is extrapolated based on a linear relationship. The 2009 budget for Perfect Shipment is 95% (similar to the prior table on Operating Income, this is the point on the Perfect Shipment Matrix where a 2X factor is achieved). If the Company achieves its plan of 95% Perfect Shipment, then the Base Percentage of 35% is multiplied by 2X factor. This results in 70%. The result of this calculation is then given a 30% weighting of the total compensation plan. Therefore, if 95% Perfect Shipment is achieved, then 21% of base salary is earned in bonus for the Perfect Shipment component (2X * 35% Base Percentage * 30% weighting = 21% of base salary). When this 21% for achieving the Perfect shipment plan is added to the 49% for achieving the Operating Income plan, the resulting payout is 70% of base salary (which is the Target Bonus if the company achieves its plan).
· The Perfect Shipment matrix used in 2008 is below for reference. The 2008 metric only measured Q2-Q4 performance. Actual Perfect Shipment for those 9 months was 97.5%. For the full year (Q1-Q4 2008), Perfect Shipment performance was 81.5%
Perfect Shipment Matrix - 2008
Weight |
|
0X |
|
1X |
|
2X |
|
3X |
|
4X |
|
30.0 |
% |
70.0 |
% |
77.5 |
% |
85.0 |
% |
87.5 |
% |
90.0 |
% |
· The Companys perfect shipment history for 2005 to 2008 is below for reference:
Perfect Shipment History
2009 Target |
|
95.0 |
% |
2008 Actual |
|
81.5 |
% |
2007 Actual |
|
74.0 |
% |
2006 Actual |
|
82.0 |
% |
2005 Actual |
|
71.0 |
% |
· Once both Operating Income and Perfect Shipment metrics have been individually calculated with no caps, then the total bonus payout is subject to a cap of 140% of base salary. This amount is two times the Target Bonus of 70% of Base Salary.
Exhibit 10.20
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C.
Annual Incentive Plan
2009
Employees are recommended for participation in the plan by the President of Douglas Dynamics subject to review and approval of the DDLLC board of directors Compensation Committee.
The annual incentive plan will reward participants for achieving performance objectives in areas critical to the companys success, specifically operating income and delivery. The performance matrix is shown below:
Performance Matrix - 2009
Performance
|
|
Weight |
|
0X |
|
1X |
|
2X |
|
3X |
|
4X |
|
|||||
Operating Income |
|
70.0 |
% |
$ |
38.1 |
|
$ |
42.8 |
|
$ |
47.6 |
|
$ |
53.6 |
|
$ |
59.5 |
|
Perfect Shipment |
|
30.0 |
% |
90.0 |
% |
92.5 |
% |
95.0 |
% |
97.5 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
|||||
The annual incentive factor will be equal to the participants participation level (25% or 35%) times the total weighted interpolated X factor from the above performance matrix. For example, the total weighted average X factor for the 2009 projection is shown below, assuming projected performance levels in all categories.
X Factor at Projection
Performance
|
|
Proj |
|
Factor |
|
Weight |
|
X Factor |
|
|
Operating Income |
|
$ |
42.7 |
|
0.97 |
|
70.00 |
% |
0.69 |
|
Perfect Shipment |
|
97.5 |
% |
3.00 |
|
30.00 |
% |
0.90 |
|
|
|
|
Total Weighted Factor |
|
|
|
1.59 |
|
|||
The measurement period for the Perfect Shipment metric is January-December.
The annual incentive payout will be equal to the participants base earnings for the year times the annual incentive factor.
Participants must be actively employed by Douglas Dynamics on the last day of the fiscal year to be eligible for an annual incentive payout, except in the case of death or disability, where the employee or employees estate would be eligible for a pro rata payout.
Participants must have signed a confidentiality and non compete agreement prior to the last day of the fiscal year to be eligible for an annual payout.
Payout will occur no later than February 15 th of the following year.
The DDLLC board of directors Compensation Committee will review and approve all proposed payments of the plan. The committee may modify, suspend or terminate the plan at any time.
Exhibit 10.21
Douglas Dynamics, LLC
Long Term Incentive Plan
2009
Participants are recommended by the President of DDLLC and are subject to review and approval by the DDLLC board of directors Compensation Committee.
The key measurement factor for the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) will be defined cash flow (DCF). DCF is measured as cash flow from operations before financing costs, management fees, interest, and income taxes and after normal capital expenditures.
Plant expansions in excess of $2 million will be considered non-normal and amortized as normal over a four (4) year period beginning with the year of expansion.
Acquisitions in excess of $2 million will be considered non-normal and amortized as normal over a six (6) year period beginning with the year of acquisition.
If the initial calculation of DCF in the current year is negative then amortization of acquisitions or large capital expenditures will not be included in the current year DCF calculation. Under these circumstances the amortization will be included in subsequent years calculations until the amortization period is complete.
There are two potential sources of input to the participants account:
1. A Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C. (DDLLC) total seed amount will be calculated each year equal to 0.5% of DCF from current year operations, excluding the impact of plant expansion or acquisition amortization. There will be no seed amount in any year where DCF is less than $20 million.
2. A growth % will be determined through interpolation by the following matrix:
DCF |
|
$5M |
|
$10M |
|
$20M |
|
$30M |
|
$40M |
|
$50M |
|
$55M |
|
$60M |
|
$65M |
|
>$65M |
|
Growth % |
|
-45 |
% |
-25 |
% |
-10 |
% |
-5 |
% |
5 |
% |
15 |
% |
20 |
% |
25 |
% |
30 |
% |
30 |
% |
Seed money will be allocated to each participants account by the ratio of their base earnings to the total of all participants base earnings. The total cumulative seed money allocated to a participant cannot exceed the participants current base earnings.
The growth % will be applied to the participants beginning of the year balance adjusted for any payouts during the year. The amount of growth, which can be positive or negative, will be allocated to the participants account.
All amounts allocated to the participants account are vested except in the event of voluntary separation (quit) or termination for cause. In this case the last two years will not be considered vested as far as positive increase in the participants account are considered. Each of the last two years will be considered separately, but growth and seed amounts will be combined for each year for determining if the total is positive or not for the year.
Participants will be eligible to receive vested portions of the plan upon separating from DDLLC. The payment methods are:
· Lump sum payment for death, long term disability, or normal retirement
· For all other reasons if the balance to be paid is less than $75,000, the payment will be lump sum and for balances of $75,000 or more, the payout will be made in five equal annual payments with interest on the unpaid balances at US treasury one-year rates effective at the beginning of each year.
Employees who cease being a participant without separation from DDLLC will receive a payout in five equal annual installments with interest on unpaid balances at US treasury one-year rates effective at the beginning of each year. If the employee voluntarily separates (quits) or is terminated for cause, the payouts will not include any non-vested amounts.
If the total in any given participants account reaches two times their base earnings, one-fifth of the account balance will be paid out by February 15 th .
The DDLLC board of directors Compensation Committee will review and approve all allocations and payments of the plan. The Compensation Committee may modify, suspend, or terminate the plan at any time.
Exhibit 10.22
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
Liquidity Bonus Plan
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ) , wishes to attract and retain employees of the Company and encourage them to increase their efforts to make the Companys business more successful. In furtherance thereof, this Liquidity Bonus Plan (the Plan ) is designed to provide grants of cash-based incentives to select employees of the Company in the event of a change in control of the Company.
Affiliate means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in Control of, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such Person.
Aurora Entities means Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC, Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P., and their Affiliates.
Ares Entities means Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates.
Award means a bonus award granted under the Plan.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Change in Control means the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities shall cease collectively to have the power to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of the Company (determined on a fully diluted basis), unless: (i) the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities collectively own, beneficially and of record, at least 35% of the common stock of the Company (determined on a fully diluted basis), (ii) the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities collectively own, of record and beneficially, an amount of common stock of the Company equal to at least 51% (on a fully diluted basis) of the common stock of the Company collectively owned by the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities, of record and beneficially, as of the Effective Date, (iii) the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities collectively have the power (pursuant to stockholder agreements, proxies or other contractual arrangements) to elect a majority of the Board and (iv) no person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act )) , has become, or had obtained rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more of the outstanding common stock of the Company than that so held collectively by the Aurora Entities and the Ares Entities.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Company means Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Eligible Employee means any individual who is treated by the Company or its subsidiaries as an employee as of the date of a Change in Control, as determined by the Board.
Participant means an Eligible Employee granted an Award under the Plan.
Person means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, governmental authority or other entity of whatever nature.
Pool means a bonus pool established in accordance with Section 5.1 upon the occurrence of a Change in Control.
Plan means this Liquidity Bonus Plan, as it may from time to time be amended.
Termination of Employment means, subject to the terms of any Award Agreement, a termination (whether for cause or without cause, voluntarily or involuntarily) of the Participants employment with the Company or its Affiliates for any reason.
approved such payments and benefits in a manner consistent with Section 280G(b)(5)(A)(ii)(II) of the Code.
Exhibit 10.24
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT
AMONG
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND
CERTAIN OF ITS STOCKHOLDERS,
OPTIONHOLDERS
AND
WARRANTHOLDERS
June 30, 2004
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
||
|
|
|
||
1. |
Definitions |
1 |
||
|
|
1.1 |
Certain Defined Terms |
1 |
|
|
1.2 |
Index of Other Defined Terms |
9 |
|
|
|
||
2. |
Compliance with Securities Laws |
11 |
||
|
|
2.1 |
Restrictions on Transfer |
11 |
|
|
2.2 |
Cooperation of Company |
11 |
|
|
2.3 |
Rule 144 Acknowledgment |
11 |
|
|
2.4 |
Restrictions on Transfer for Benefit of Securityholders |
12 |
|
|
|
||
3. |
Further Restrictions |
12 |
||
|
|
3.1 |
Prohibition on Transfer Prior to Qualified IPO Date |
12 |
|
|
3.2 |
Certain Releases Required |
12 |
|
|
3.3 |
Certain Restrictions on Releases of Securities of Managing Directors |
12 |
|
|
3.4 |
Restriction on Transfer Subsequent to Qualified IPO Date |
13 |
|
|
|
||
4. |
First Refusal Rights |
13 |
||
|
|
4.1 |
Restrictions Cumulative |
13 |
|
|
4.2 |
Bona Fide Offers |
13 |
|
|
4.3 |
Involuntary Transfers |
16 |
|
|
4.4 |
Application of First Refusal Rights |
17 |
|
|
4.5 |
Termination of First Refusal Rights |
17 |
|
|
|
||
5. |
Third-Party Offer for All Outstanding Securities |
17 |
||
|
|
5.1 |
Drag-Along Obligations |
17 |
|
|
5.2 |
Termination of Drag-Along Obligations |
18 |
|
|
5.3 |
Restrictions Cumulative |
18 |
|
|
|
||
6. |
Tag-Along Rights |
18 |
||
|
|
6.1 |
Tag-Along Sales |
18 |
|
|
6.2 |
Notice of Tag-Along Opportunity |
19 |
|
|
6.3 |
Notice and Terms of Acceptance of Tag-Along Opportunity |
20 |
|
|
6.4 |
Application of Tag-Along Provisions |
21 |
|
|
6.5 |
Termination of Tag-Along Rights |
21 |
|
|
6.6 |
Restrictions Cumulative |
21 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
|
|
Page |
||
|
|
|
||
7. |
Certain Voting Agreements |
21 |
||
|
|
7.1 |
Grant of Irrevocable Proxy |
21 |
|
|
7.2 |
Agreement of GEPT |
22 |
|
|
|
||
8. |
Call Upon the Occurrence of Certain Events |
23 |
||
|
|
8.1 |
Joint Call by Holdings and Ares |
23 |
|
|
8.2 |
Closing of Joint Call by Holdings and Ares |
23 |
|
|
8.3 |
Call by the Company |
23 |
|
|
8.4 |
Non-Exercise of Call |
24 |
|
|
8.5 |
Closing Mechanics |
24 |
|
|
|
||
9. |
Registration Rights |
24 |
||
|
|
|
||
10. |
Right of First Offer |
24 |
||
|
|
10.1 |
Right of First Offer |
24 |
|
|
10.2 |
Definition of New Securities |
24 |
|
|
10.3 |
Notice of Right |
25 |
|
|
10.4 |
Exercise of Right |
25 |
|
|
10.5 |
Lapse and Reinstatement of Right |
25 |
|
|
10.6 |
Termination of Right |
26 |
|
|
|
||
11. |
Information Rights; Board Observer Rights and Consultation |
26 |
||
|
|
11.1 |
Information Rights; Board Observer Rights and Consultation |
26 |
|
|
|
||
12. |
Termination |
28 |
||
|
|
|
||
13. |
Miscellaneous |
28 |
||
|
|
13.1 |
Governing Law |
28 |
|
|
13.2 |
Entire Agreement; Amendments |
28 |
|
|
13.3 |
Legend on Stock Certificates |
29 |
|
|
13.4 |
Specific Performance |
30 |
|
|
13.5 |
Waiver |
30 |
|
|
13.6 |
Successors and Assigns |
30 |
|
|
13.7 |
Severability |
30 |
|
|
13.8 |
Headings |
30 |
|
|
13.9 |
Further Assurances |
31 |
|
|
13.10 |
Gender |
31 |
|
|
13.11 |
Notices |
31 |
|
|
13.12 |
Counterparts |
31 |
|
|
13.13 |
Arbitration |
31 |
|
|
13.14 |
Effective Date |
32 |
|
|
13.15 |
GEPT Liability |
32 |
TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
EXHIBIT A |
Class A Securityholders |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT B |
Class B Securityholders |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C |
Class C Securityholders |
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D |
Registration Rights |
|
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT
This Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement (the Agreement ) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2004, by and among (a) Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its permitted successors, the Company ), (b) each of the stockholders, optionholders and warrantholders of the Company whose names and addresses are listed on Exhibit A hereto, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time (collectively, the Class A Securityholders , which term shall include any Permitted Transferees thereof), (c) each of the stockholders of the Company whose names and addresses are listed on Exhibit B hereto, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time (collectively, the Class B Securityholders , which term shall include any Permitted Transferees thereof) and (d) each of the stockholders of the Company whose names and addresses are listed on Exhibit C hereto, as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time (collectively, the Class C Securityholders , which term shall include any Permitted Transferees thereof). The Class A Securityholders, the Class B Securityholders and Class C Securityholders are referred to herein collectively as the Securityholders .
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company is authorized to issue an aggregate of 1,100,000 shares of capital stock, including 1,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 100,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 65,000 shares of which have been designated as Series A Redeemable Exchangeable Cumulative Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Series A Preferred), one (1) share of which has been designated as Series B Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Series B Preferred), and one (1) share of which has been designated as Series C Special Voting Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (Series C Preferred); and
WHEREAS, the Securityholders desire to enter into an agreement with each other and the Company concerning, inter alia , the transfer or other disposition of securities of the Company;
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.1 Certain Defined Terms . The following terms, as used herein or in the Exhibits hereto, have the following meanings:
Act means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
AEP II means Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Affiliate , when used with reference to any Person, means any other Person directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controlling, Controlled by or under common Control with such first Person and, when used with reference to any natural person, shall also include such persons spouse, parents and descendants (whether by blood or adoption, and including stepchildren) and the spouses of such persons. Affiliated with shall have a correlative meaning to the term Affiliate.
Ares means Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.
Associate means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any other Person of which such Person is an officer, director or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent (10%) or more of any class of equity securities issued by such other Person, (b) any trust or estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, and (c) any spouse of such Person, or any relative of such Person who has the same home as such Person.
Beneficial Owner has the meaning attributed to it in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act (as in effect on the Initial Date), whether or not applicable, except that a person shall not be deemed to have beneficial ownership of any shares that any such person has the right to acquire, whether or not such right is exercisable immediately or within sixty (60) days after the date as of which such determination is being made. Beneficially Owned shall have a correlative meaning to the term Beneficial Owner.
Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
Business Day means Monday through Friday of each week, except that no legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States or the State of California shall be regarded as a Business Day.
Call Period means, with respect to a particular Securityholder, the period beginning on the date of the commencement of such Securityholders employment or consultancy for the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, provided that if such Securityholder is an employee or consultant for any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, such period shall not begin prior to the date such Subsidiary is acquired by the Company, and ending on the earlier of (i) the second anniversary of the date of such commencement and/or acquisition, as the case may be, and (ii) the Qualified IPO Date.
Capital Stock means, with respect to any corporation, any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase (other than convertible or exchangeable indebtedness), warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests (however designated) in stock issued by that corporation.
Cause means, with respect to any Class A Securityholder under an employment or consulting relationship with the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, (i) if such relationship is pursuant to a written agreement between such Class A Securityholder and the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries containing a definition for cause, such
definition, or (ii) if such relationship is not pursuant to such a written agreement containing a definition for cause, the occurrence or existence of any of the following with respect to such Class A Securityholder, as determined by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Board: (a) a material breach by such Class A Securityholder of any of his or her obligations as an employee or consultant of the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, provided, however , that Cause shall not be deemed to exist until the Company or the applicable Subsidiary shall have given written notice specifying the claimed material breach and such Class A Securityholder fails to correct the claimed breach within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the applicable notice; (b) a material breach by such Class A Securityholder of his duty not to engage in any transaction that represents, directly or indirectly, self-dealing with the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries which has not been approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Board, provided, however , that Cause shall not be deemed to exist until the Company shall have given written notice specifying the claimed material breach and such Class A Securityholder fails to correct the claimed breach within thirty (30) days after the receipt of the applicable notice; (c) the repeated material breach by such Class A Securityholder of any material duty referred to in clause (a) or (b) above as to which at least two (2) written notices have been given pursuant to such clause (a) or (b); (d) any misappropriation, embezzlement, intentional fraud or similar conduct involving the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries; (e) the conviction or the plea of nolo contendere or the equivalent in respect of a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; (f) intentional infliction of any damage of a material nature to any property of the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries; or (g) the repeated non-prescription use of any controlled substance or the repeated use of alcohol or any other non-controlled substance which, in any case described in this clause (g), the Board reasonably determines renders such Class A Securityholder unfit to serve in his or her capacity as an officer, employee or consultant of the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries.
Certificate of Designations means, (a) with respect to any series of Preferred Stock of the Company outstanding on the date hereof the designations of the preferences and relative and optional and other special rights of such Preferred Stock and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions applicable thereto contained in the Companys Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect on the date hereof or as amended from time to time after the date hereof in accordance with its terms, and (b) with respect to any series of Preferred Stock issued after the date hereof, the Certificate of Designations, Preferences, and Relative, Optional and Other Special Rights of Preferred Stock and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions Thereof of such series of Preferred Stock of the Company, as in effect on the date of issuance thereof or as amended from time to time after such date of issuance in accordance with its terms.
Co-Investor means any Class A Securityholder identified in Exhibit A hereto as a designated Co-Investor.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Common Stock means the Companys common stock, par value $0.01 per share, any stock into which such common stock shall have been changed or any stock resulting from any reclassification of such common stock, and all other stock of any class or classes (however designated) of the Company the holders of which have the right, without limitation as to amount,
either to all or to a share of the balance of current dividends and liquidating dividends after the payment of dividends and distributions on any shares entitled to preference.
Control means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.
Eligible Holders means all Securityholders.
Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
Fair Market Value of any Securities as of a particular date means the average value of the Securities of such class for the ten (10) Business Day period immediately preceding such date. Such average value shall be the average of the last reported sales price of the Securities of such class on the New York Stock Exchange for each of such ten (10) Business Days, or, if not reported on such Exchange, on the Composite Tape, or, in case no such reported sales take place for each of such ten (10) Business Days, the average of the reported closing bid and asked quotations on the New York Stock Exchange for each of such ten (10) Business Days, or if no such quotations are available, the last reported sale prices for such ten (10) Business Days on the principal national securities exchange on which such class of Securities is listed, or if not listed on any national securities exchange, the last reported sales prices for such ten (10) Business Days in the over-the-counter market as reported by the National Quotation Bureau, Incorporated or similar organization, or if none of such sale prices are available for each Business Day in such ten (10) Business Day period, the average of the high bid and low asked quotations in the over-the-counter market as so reported for such ten (10) Business Days, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value per share as determined in good faith by the Board, whose determination shall be conclusive.
GEPT means General Electric Pension Trust, a New York common law trust.
Holdings means Douglas Dynamics Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
HSR Act means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.
Initial Date means June , 2004.
Involuntary Transfer means any transfer, proceeding or action (other than to a Permitted Transferee) by or in which a Securityholder shall be deprived or divested of any right, title or interest in or to any Securities, including, without limitation, (i) any seizure under levy of attachment or execution, (ii) any foreclosure upon a pledge of such Securities, (iii) any transfer in connection with bankruptcy (whether pursuant to the filing of a voluntary or an involuntary petition under the Federal Bankruptcy Code of 1978, or any modifications or revisions thereto or any similar state laws) or other court proceeding to a debtor in possession, trustee in bankruptcy or receiver or other officer or agency, (iv) any transfer to a state or to a public officer or agency
pursuant to any statute pertaining to escheat or abandoned property, (v) any transfer to such Securityholder, with respect to the disposition of the community property interest of such Securityholders spouse in all or any part of the Securities upon the death of such spouse, and any transfer occasioned by the incompetence of such Securityholder, or (vi) any transfer to a Securityholders spouse as a result of the termination of the marital relationship of the Securityholder and the Securityholders spouse. Involuntary Transferee shall have a correlative meaning to Involuntary Transfer.
Liens means any and all liens, claims, options, charges, encumbrances, voting trusts, irrevocable proxies or other rights of any kind or nature.
Managing Director means, as of any date, any individual who is then designated as a Managing Director of the general partner of AEP II or a Managing Director of Ares, as the case may be.
Net Common Book Value means, with respect to any Call Event, the remainder that results when (i) the consolidated net book value of the liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (ii) the Net Preferred Book Value are subtracted from the consolidated net book value of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of the last day of the month in which the Call Event related to such Securities occurs, such calculation to be performed, on an unaudited basis, in accordance with the accounting principles and procedures used by the Company in the preparation of its regularly prepared financial statements.
Net Preferred Book Value means, with respect to any Call Event, the amount that would be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock upon a liquidation of the Company, as of the last day of the month in which the Call Event related to such Securities occurs, such calculation to be performed, on an unaudited basis, in accordance with the accounting principles and procedures used by the Company in the preparation of its regularly prepared financial statements.
Options means any stock option now or hereafter granted or issued by the Company entitling the holder thereof to purchase shares of Common Stock.
Per Share Book Value means, with respect to:
(a) any share of Common Stock subject to Section 8 hereof, the quotient that results when (i) the Net Common Book Value is divided by (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the last day of the month in which the Call Event relating to such calculation occurs; and
(b) any share of Preferred Stock subject to Section 8 hereof, the quotient that results when (i) the Net Preferred Book Value is divided by (ii) the number of shares of preferred stock outstanding on the last day of the month in which the Call Event relating to such calculation occurs.
Per Share Call Price means, with respect to:
(a) any shares of Common Stock subject to Section 8 hereof, the lesser of (i) the Per Share Book Value of such Securities and (ii) the purchase price paid by such Class A Securityholder for such Securities, without the payment to such Class A Securityholder of interest, appreciation or return thereon; and
(b) any shares of Preferred Stock subject to Section 8 hereof, the lesser of (i) the Per Share Book Value of such Securities and (ii) the original stated value of such shares of preferred stock, without the payment to such Class A Securityholder of interest, appreciation, return or dividends thereon.
Permitted Transferee means:
(a) as to any Securityholder who is a natural person, (i) the successors in interest to such Securityholder, in the case of a Transfer upon the death of such Securityholder, provided that such successors in interest would be a Permitted Transferee under clauses (a)(ii) or (a)(iv) of this definition, (ii) such Securityholders spouse, parents and descendants (whether by blood or adoption, and including stepchildren) and the spouses of such persons, (iii) such Securityholder, with respect to the disposition of the community property interest of such Securityholders spouse in all or any part of the Securities upon the death of such spouse, and any Transfer occasioned by the incompetence of such Securityholder and (iv) in the case of a Transfer during such Securityholders lifetime, any Person in which no Person has any interest (directly or indirectly) except for any of such Securityholder, such Securityholders spouse, parents and descendants (whether by blood or adoption, and including stepchildren) and the spouses of such persons; provided , however , that in respect of any Transfer by any Securityholder during such Securityholders lifetime pursuant to clause (ii) or (iv), such Securityholder shall retain voting power over all of the outstanding Securities being Transferred; and provided , further , that, in the case of a Transfer to a Person (such as a partnership or a trust) as to which a governing instrument exists, (x) such Securityholder shall furnish a copy of such governing instrument to the Company in advance, (y) the terms of such governing instrument shall not be inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement and (z) during the period that such Securities are held by such Person, the relevant Securityholder and all other relevant parties shall agree in writing that the terms of such governing instrument shall not be amended in any manner that results in such governing instrument being inconsistent with the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Company;
(b) as to any Securityholder that is a trust, all the beneficiaries of which are natural persons, such beneficiaries or the grantor of the trust; provided , however , that if such trust is a Permitted Transferee under clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv) of this definition, each such beneficiary or grantor of such trust is a Person who would be permitted to have an interest in such trust under such clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv);
(c) as to any Securityholder that is a limited partnership or limited liability company, (i) any limited or general partner, member, officer, employee or Affiliate of such Securityholder or (ii) any Affiliate of any limited or general partner or member of such Securityholder; provided , however , that if such limited partnership or limited liability company is a Permitted Transferee under clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv) of this definition, each such limited or general partner,
member, officer, employer or Affiliate is a Person who would be permitted to have an interest in such partnership or limited liability company under such clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv);
(d) as to any Securityholder, a bank or other financial institution to which Securities are Transferred by way of pledge or to which Securities are Transferred upon the foreclosure thereof; provided , however , that as to any Securityholder, any such pledge must be approved in advance in writing by of a majority of the disinterested directors of the Board;
(e) as to any Securityholder that is a corporation, all Affiliates of such Securityholder; provided , however , that if such corporation is a Permitted Transferee under clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv) of this definition, each such Affiliate is a Person who would be permitted to have an interest in such corporation under such clause (a)(i) or (a)(iv); and
(f) as to GEPT, any successor plan;
provided , in each such case, that prior written notice of any such Transfer is given to the Company by such Securityholder and that the Permitted Transferee shall agree in advance of such Transfer to be designated as a Securityholder and to be bound by the terms of this Agreement pursuant to a written agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Company and Holdings.
Person means a company, a corporation, an association, a partnership, a limited liability company, an organization, a joint venture, a trust or other legal entity, an individual, a government or political subdivision thereof or a governmental agency.
Preferred Stock means the Companys Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred, Series C Preferred, and any other preferred stock of the Company issued after the date hereof howsoever designated that is entitled to any preference over the Common Stock in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Company.
Pro Rata means, with respect to any Securityholder in reference to any class or group of Securityholders, the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Securityholder or issuable to such Securityholder to the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock at the time outstanding held by or issuable to all Securityholders of such class or group, in each case calculated on a fully diluted basis.
Qualified IPO means an underwritten public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the Commission; provided that there are sales pursuant to such registration statement of shares of Common Stock for an aggregate offering price of not less than $50,000,000.
Qualified IPO Date means the closing date of the registration statement for the Qualified IPO.
Reference Rate means the per annum rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank of America as its prime rate (or reference rate). Any change in the Reference Rate shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the rate of interest payable by any
party hereto under this Agreement exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable law with respect to such payments under this Agreement.
Registrable Securities means:
(a) any shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the date hereof or issuable upon exercise of options or warrants issued and outstanding on the date hereof sold to the Securityholders (or any options or warrants issued after the date hereof upon transfer or exchange of such options or warrants pursuant to the terms thereof);
(b) any shares of Common Stock issued after the date hereof or issuable upon exercise of options or warrants issued after the date hereof that, in any such case, are designated by the Company as Registrable Securities for purposes of this Agreement to Persons who are or become Securityholders;
(c) any shares of Common Stock purchased pursuant to this Agreement; and
(d) any securities issued or issuable with respect to any Common Stock referred to in clauses (a), (b) or (c) of this definition by way of stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise.
As to any particular Registrable Securities, once issued such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when:
(x) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement;
(y) all of such securities held by any Person and his, her or its Affiliates may be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Act in any three (3) month period unless the aggregate Fair Market Value of such securities at the start of such three (3) month period is greater than the lesser of (i) Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000) or (ii) ten percent (10%) of the Fair Market Value of all shares of Common Stock outstanding at the start of such three (3) month period; or
(z) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.
Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, no Transfer of Registrable Securities shall cause such Registrable Securities to lose such status.
Registration Expenses means all expenses incident to the Companys performance of or compliance with Section 9 and Exhibit D hereto, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and NASD fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, all word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, the fees and expenses of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits or cold comfort letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, the reasonable fees and expenses of a single counsel retained by
the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being registered and any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any.
Securities means the shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, the Options and the Warrants now or hereafter issued to or otherwise acquired by the Securityholders (including acquisitions of such securities concurrent with the execution of this Agreement and acquisitions of any such securities of the Company after the date hereof whether or not pursuant to the terms hereof and including issuances of any such securities pursuant to any Option or Warrant existing on the date hereof or issued subsequent to the date hereof) and all shares of Capital Stock or other securities (including convertible securities and the securities into which such convertible securities convert) of the Company or any successor of the Company issued or issuable in respect thereof as a result of any stock dividend on, or stock split or reclassification or conversion of, or in exchange for, any such Common Stock and Preferred Stock or issued or issuable with respect to such Common Stock, Preferred Stock, Options or Warrants in connection with any merger or reorganization or similar transaction involving the Company.
Shelf Registration means a shelf registration statement on an appropriate form pursuant to Rule 415 under the Act and/or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission.
Subsidiary with respect to any Person means (i) a corporation a majority of whose Capital Stock with voting power, under ordinary circumstances, to elect directors is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person, by such Person and one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person or by one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person, or (ii) any other Person (other than a corporation) in which such Person, one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person, or such Person and one or more direct or indirect Subsidiaries of such Person, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination thereof has at least majority ownership interest.
Transfer means any direct or indirect disposition of an interest whether by sale, exchange, merger, consolidation, transfer, assignment, conveyance, distribution, pledge, inheritance, gift, mortgage, the creation of any security interest in, or lien or encumbrance upon, any other disposition of any kind and in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, or any other transfer or agreement which would result in a change in the percentage of the Companys Capital Stock Beneficially Owned by a Securityholder or a Beneficial Owner.
Warrants means any warrants now or hereafter issued by the Company entitling the holder thereof to purchase shares of Common Stock.
1.2 Index of Other Defined Terms . In addition to those terms defined in Section 1.1, the following terms shall have the respective meanings given thereto in the sections or paragraphs indicated below:
Defined Term |
|
Section |
|
|
|
Acquisition Notice |
|
5.1 |
Acquisition Proposal |
|
5.1 |
Agreement |
|
Preamble |
Bona Fide Offer |
|
4.2 |
Call Event |
|
8.1 |
Call Notice |
|
8.1 |
Call Option |
|
8.1 |
Call Securities |
|
8.1 |
Claims |
|
Exh. C, ¶ 7(a) |
Class A Securityholder |
|
Preamble |
Class B Securityholder |
|
Preamble |
Company |
|
Preamble |
Company Call Notice |
|
8.3 |
Consultation |
|
11.1(c) |
Counter-Notice |
|
4.2 |
Demand Holder |
|
Exh. C., ¶ 2(a) |
Demand Registration |
|
Exh. C., ¶ 2(a) |
Drag-Along Securityholder |
|
5.1 |
Election Notice |
|
10.3 |
Financing Notice |
|
10.3 |
Involuntary Transfer Notice |
|
4.3 |
Maximum Number |
|
Exh. C, ¶ 2(c) |
New Securities |
|
10.2 |
Notice Date |
|
6.2 |
Observer |
|
11.1(b) |
Option Notice |
|
4.2 |
Other Securityholder |
|
6.1 |
Other Sellers |
|
Exh. C, ¶ 2(c) |
Outside Party |
|
4.2 |
Proposed Transferor |
|
6.1 |
Proposed Transferor Notice |
|
6.2 |
Pro-Rata Portion |
|
10.1 |
Proxy Holder |
|
7 |
Registration Demand Securities |
|
Exh. C., ¶ 2(a) |
Registration Documents |
|
Exh. C, ¶ 7(a) |
Right of First Offer |
|
10.1 |
Rule 144 |
|
2.3 |
Securityholder |
|
Preamble |
Selling Securityholder |
|
4.2 |
Series A Preferred |
|
Preamble |
Series B Preferred |
|
Preamble |
Series C Preferred |
|
Preamble |
Subscribing Parties |
|
4.2 |
Tag-Along Notice |
|
6.3 |
Tag-Along Sale |
|
6.1 |
Third-Party Offeror |
|
5.1 |
Transferred Securities |
|
4.3 |
2.1 Restrictions on Transfer . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary and in addition to, and not in lieu of, the terms of Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement, each Securityholder agrees that, prior to making any Transfer of any Securities (other than a Transfer to the Company or to another Securityholder as required or permitted by this Agreement), such Securityholder will give written notice to the Company describing the manner and terms of such proposed Transfer, the identity of such proposed transferee and such other information as the Company may reasonably request. Each such Securityholder further agrees that such proposed Transfer will not be effected until:
The Company will use its best efforts to respond to any such notice from a Securityholder within ten (10) days of its receipt of such notice.
2.2 Cooperation of Company . In the case of any proposed Transfer under this Section 2, the Company will use reasonable efforts to comply with any such applicable state securities or blue sky laws, but shall in no event be required, in connection therewith, to qualify to do business in any state where it is not then qualified or to take any action that would subject it to tax or to the general service of process in any state where it is not then subject, unless the Company was otherwise required to do so prior to the proposed Transfer. The restrictions on Transfer contained in Section 2.1 shall be in addition to, and not by way of limitation of, any other restrictions on Transfer contained in any other Section of this Agreement.
2.3 Rule 144 Acknowledgment . Each Securityholder acknowledges that such Person is familiar with Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations of the Commission, as amended, promulgated pursuant to the Act ( Rule 144 ), and that such Person has been advised that Rule 144 permits, only under certain circumstances, the resale of restricted securities such as the Securities being purchased on the date hereof or that may become subject hereto after the date hereof, but that Rule 144 is not currently, and may not in the future become, available to permit resales by such Person of any Securities. Each Securityholder understands that, to the extent that
Rule 144 is not available, such Person will be unable to sell any Securities without either registration under the Act or the existence of another exemption from such registration requirement, and that the Company has no obligation whatsoever (except as set forth herein) to any Securityholder to register any Securities.
2.4 Restrictions on Transfer for Benefit of Securityholders . Each Securityholder agrees that such Securityholder will not Transfer any Securities (or any direct or indirect interest therein) or any stock certificate representing the same, now or hereafter at any time owned by such Securityholder, except (i) to the Company, (ii) to a Permitted Transferee, or (iii) as required or permitted by the provisions of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement.
3.1 Prohibition on Transfer Prior to Qualified IPO Date . Each Securityholder agrees that, prior to the occurrence of the Qualified IPO Date such Securityholder will not Transfer any Securities now or hereafter owned by such Securityholder except with the consent of (i) Holdings (which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion with or without any reason or liability therefor except as hereinafter provided in this Section 3; provided , however , that such consent shall not be required with respect to any Transfer of Securities to such Permitted Transferees described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition of a Permitted Transferee) and (ii) Ares (which may be given or withheld in its sole and absolute discretion with or without any reason or liability therefor except as hereinafter provided in this Section 3; provided , however , that such consent shall not be required with respect to any Transfer of Securities to such Permitted Transferees described in clauses (c) and (e) of the definition of a Permitted Transferee). The foregoing restriction shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the terms of Sections 2, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement.
3.2 Certain Releases Required . Notwithstanding the provisions of the first sentence of Section 3.1, if (i) Holdings shall make a distribution of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in kind to its members in compliance with Section 3.1 or (ii) Ares shall make a distribution of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in kind to its partners in compliance with Section 3.1, then promptly after Holdings or Ares, as the case may be, receipt of a written request to do so from any Class A Securityholder identified in Exhibit A hereto as a Designated Class A Securityholder, given at any time or from time to time, Holdings and Ares shall consent to the release from the terms of this Section 3 of the same proportion of such class of Securities which are then held subject to the terms of this Section 3 by such Designated Class A Securityholder as the number of shares of such class being distributed by Holdings or Ares, as the case may be, to its members or partners, as applicable, bears to the total number of shares of such class which would be distributed to such members or partners, as applicable, if Holdings or Ares, as the case may be, then distributed in kind all Securities of such class to its members or partners, as applicable.
3.3 Certain Restrictions on Releases of Securities of Managing Directors . Holdings and Ares may not release any Securities of a Managing Director from the restrictions imposed by this Section 3 or consent to the Transfer of any such Securities by a Managing Director unless, in either such case, concurrent therewith Holdings and Ares shall consent to the
release from the terms of this Section 3 of the same proportion of such class of Securities subject to the terms of this Section 3 by each Class A Securityholder as the number of Securities of such class held by such Managing Director being released from such restrictions or being Transferred bears to the total number of Securities of such class held by such Managing Director; provided , however , that this sentence shall not apply (a) to any Securities released from such restrictions pursuant to Section 3.2 or (b) to Securities held by a Managing Director which are Transferred (i) to Holdings or Ares or any Affiliate of Holdings or Ares or any Associate of any of the foregoing or (ii) to any other Person acceptable to Holdings or Ares if, in any such case, the manager of Holdings or the general partner of Ares, as the case may be, shall have determined that such Transfer is reasonably necessary to avoid financial or other hardship to such Affiliate or Associate.
3.4 Restriction on Transfer Subsequent to Qualified IPO Date . Each Securityholder agrees that, without the consent of Holdings and Ares (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to any Transfer of Securities to a Permitted Transferee), after the occurrence of the Qualified IPO Date, such Securityholder will not effectuate any Transfer, or submit to any broker any sell order with respect to a proposed Transfer, of Securities that would exceed the lesser of two (2) times the volume limitations set forth in clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of Rule 144(e)(1), regardless of whether such Transfer or such Securities are otherwise subject to Rule 144.
4.1 Restrictions Cumulative . Each Securityholder agrees that such Securityholder will not Transfer any Securities (or any direct or indirect interest therein) or any stock certificate representing the same, now or hereafter at any time owned by him, except to a Permitted Transferee or as required or permitted by the provisions of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement. The restrictions on transfer imposed by this Section 4 on any Securityholder shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the restrictions on transfer imposed by Sections 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement to the extent the same are otherwise applicable to such Securityholder.
4.2 Bona Fide Offers . (a) If any Securityholder desires to Transfer any Securities (the Selling Securityholder ) and such Selling Securityholder shall have received a bona fide arms-length written offer (a Bona Fide Offer ) from a Person other than an Affiliate or Associate of such Selling Securityholder (the Outside Party ) for the Transfer of such Securities, such Selling Securityholder shall give written notice (the Option Notice ) to Holdings, Ares, GEPT and the Company setting forth such desire; provided , however , that to the extent Holdings is such Selling Securityholder, the Option Notice shall be sent by Holdings to Ares, GEPT and the Company; provided , further , that to the extent Ares is such Selling Securityholder, the Option Notice shall be sent by Ares to Holdings, GEPT and the Company; and provided , further , that to the extent GEPT is such Selling Securityholder, the Option Notice shall be sent by GEPT to Holdings, Ares and the Company. The Option Notice shall set forth at least the name and address of the Outside Party and the price and terms of the Bona Fide Offer and shall be accompanied by a copy of the Bona Fide Offer and reasonable evidence demonstrating the Outside Partys ability to consummate such offer. Upon the giving of such Option Notice, Holdings, Ares and GEPT shall have the option to purchase, on a Pro Rata basis,
at the price offered by the Outside Party in the Bona Fide Offer, all or any portion of the Securities specified in the Option Notice; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to contrary set forth herein, (i) in the event such Option Notice is given by Holdings, then only Ares and GEPT shall have such option to purchase all or any portion of the Securities specified in the Option Notice delivered by Holdings, (ii) in the event such Option Notice is given by Ares, then only Holdings and GEPT shall have such option to purchase all or any portion of the Securities specified in the Option Notice delivered by Ares and (iii) in the event such Option Notice is given by GEPT, then only Holdings and Ares shall have such option to purchase all or any portion of the Securities specified in the Option Notice delivered by GEPT; provided , further , however , that in the event either Holdings, Ares or GEPT, as the case may be, does not elect to purchase all of its Pro Rata share of the Securities specified in the Option Notice and the other parties elect to purchase all of their Pro Rata share (the Subscribing Parties ), then the Selling Securityholder shall provide notice (the Second Notice ) to such Subscribing Parties and such Subscribing Parties shall have the option to purchase such unsubscribed shares. Said option to purchase shall be exercised within ten (10) Business Days following the giving of such Option Notice or within five (5) Business Days following the giving of such Second Notice, as the case may be, by giving a counter-notice (a Counter-Notice ) to the Selling Securityholder (with a copy of such Counter-Notice to the Company). In the event that a determination must be made (as described below) as to the fair market value of non-cash consideration, the ten (10) Business Day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be extended to such greater period of time, not to exceed twenty (20) Business Days after said Option Notice, specified in good faith by a disinterested majority of the Board. In the event that the Bona Fide Offer provides, in whole or in part, for non-cash consideration, (i) the price offered by the Outside Party shall be deemed to be the amount of cash, if any, provided in the Bona Fide Offer plus the fair market value of the non-cash consideration as determined in good faith by a disinterested majority of the Board, and (ii) Holdings, Ares and GEPT shall be entitled to pay such price in the same ratio of cash and non-cash consideration provided in such Bona Fide Offer, with the fair market value of the non-cash consideration provided by Ares, Holdings and/or GEPT determined in good faith by a disinterested majority of the Board.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Holdings and/or Ares shall not be permitted to purchase any Securities from GEPT pursuant to this Section 4 if such purchase would constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time (ERISA).
4.3 Involuntary Transfers . (a) Each Securityholder shall notify the Company, Holdings, Ares and GEPT promptly upon the occurrence of an Involuntary Transfer of any Securities (including Involuntary Transfers of any beneficial interest by a Beneficial Owner); provided , however , that to the extent Holdings is such Securityholder, such notice shall be sent by Holdings to Ares, GEPT and the Company; provided , further , that to the extent Ares is such Securityholder, such notice shall be sent by Ares to Holdings, GEPT and the Company and provided , further , that to the extent GEPT is such Securityholder, such notice shall be sent by GEPT to Holdings, Ares and the Company. If an Involuntary Transfer of any of the Securities owned by any Securityholder shall occur, Holdings, Ares, GEPT and the Company shall have the same rights of first refusal under Section 4.2 above with respect thereto (the Transferred Securities ) as if the Involuntary Transfer had been a proposed voluntary Transfer by such Securityholder, except that:
If such Transferred Securities were shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, the purchase price thereof shall be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such Transferred Securities on the date of such Involuntary Transfer or on the date of the relevant Involuntary Transfer Notice from the Securityholder from whom such Involuntary Transfer took place (or from such Involuntary Transferee). If such Transferred Securities are Options or Warrants that are then exercisable, the purchase price thereof shall be equal to (i) the lesser of (y) the aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of such Involuntary Transfer of the number of shares of Common Stock which the holder of such Options or Warrants is entitled to receive upon exercise of such Transferred Securities or (z) the aggregate Fair Market Value of such number of shares on the date of the relevant Involuntary Transfer Notice from the Securityholder from whom such Involuntary Transfer took place (or from such Involuntary Transferee), less (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such Transferred Securities, but not less than zero. If such Transferred Securities are Options or Warrants that are not then exercisable, the purchase price thereof shall be as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence after such appropriate discount for the fact that such Transferred Securities are not then exercisable as may be determined by the Board, in good faith and in the exercise of business judgment.
purchase, the Securityholder that was the transferor in respect of the Involuntary Transfer shall represent and warrant to the purchaser or purchasers that such Securityholder had conveyed to the Involuntary Transferee good and valid title to the Transferred Securities. The Person making such purchase shall deliver at closing, by a certified or bank check, payment in full of the purchase price for the Transferred Securities being purchased by such Person. At such closing, all of the parties to the transaction shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise necessary or appropriate.
4.4 Application of First Refusal Rights . The first refusal rights provided in Sections 4.2 and 4.3 shall not apply to any Transfer of Securities:
4.5 Termination of First Refusal Rights . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights of first refusal provided in this Section 4 shall terminate, with respect to all Securities held by each Securityholder, upon the occurrence of the Qualified IPO Date.
5.1 Drag-Along Obligations . If Holdings and/or Ares shall receive an offer in writing from a third party which is not an Affiliate of Holdings or Ares (a Third-Party Offeror ) to purchase all of the issued and outstanding Securities held by Holdings and Ares for purposes of effecting a business combination of the Company with such Person or an Affiliate thereof or to purchase all or substantially all the assets of the Company (each an Acquisition Proposal ), and both Holdings and Ares desire to accept or cause the Company to accept such Acquisition Proposal, Holdings and Ares shall deliver a joint notice (an Acquisition Notice ) to the Company (which shall deliver a copy of such Acquisition Notice to each of the other Securityholders within three (3) Business Days of its receipt thereof). Such Acquisition Notice shall contain a copy of such Acquisition Proposal, including the name and address of the Third-
Party Offeror and the terms of the Acquisition Proposal. If any other Securityholder receives any Acquisition Proposal (which, for this purpose, includes an offer to purchase all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock and any other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock but not an offer to purchase only such other Securityholders Common Stock and any other securities exercisable for or convertible into Common Stock), such Securityholder shall promptly transmit such Acquisition Proposal to the Company, Holdings and Ares (which Holdings and/or Ares may elect not to pursue without any liability or obligation to any Securityholder or the Company). The other Securityholders (other than Holdings and Ares) (the Drag-Along Securityholders ) severally agree that, upon receipt of such Acquisition Notice, they shall be obligated to sell, at the same time Holdings and Ares sell, all of their Securities to the Third-Party Offeror upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Acquisition Proposal, or, as the case may be, to vote their Securities in favor of the merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company as described in the Acquisition Proposal, and otherwise to take all actions reasonably necessary or appropriate to cause the Company to consummate the proposed transaction. In any such transaction, all of such shares of Common Stock shall be purchased at, or be converted into the right to receive, the same price per share of Common Stock as received by Holdings and all of such shares of Preferred Stock shall be purchased at, or be converted into the right to receive, the same price per share of Preferred Stock as received by Holdings. Notwithstanding the foregoing, GEPT shall not be obligated to sell any Securities to any Third-Party Offeror pursuant to this Section 5 if such sale would constitute a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA. In that regard, Holdings and/or Ares may, in their sole discretion and at their own expense, seek an administrative exemption from the U.S. Department of Labor (or other appropriate governmental agency) to allow such sale.
5.2 Termination of Drag-Along Obligations . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations provided for in this Section 5 shall terminate, with respect to all Securities held by any Securityholder, upon the occurrence of the Qualified IPO Date.
5.3 Restrictions Cumulative . The restrictions on transfer imposed by this Section 5 on any Securityholder shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the restrictions on transfer imposed by Sections 2, 3, 4, 6, 7 and 8 of this Agreement to the extent the same are otherwise applicable to such Securityholder.
6.1 Tag-Along Sales . If Holdings or Ares (for purposes of this Section 6, respectively the Proposed Transferor ) at any time or from time to time, in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, desires to enter into an agreement (whether oral or written) to Transfer (for purposes of this Section 6, a Tag-Along Sale ) shares of Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock to any Person, then each of the other Securityholders (other than Holdings only if such Proposed Transferor is Holdings or other than Ares only if such Proposed Transferor is Ares) (for purposes of this Section 6, collectively, the Other Securityholders ) shall have the right, but not the obligation, to elect that the Proposed Transferor be obligated to require, as a condition to such Tag-Along Sale, that the proposed purchaser purchase from each such electing Other Securityholder:
provided , however , that if any Other Securityholder chooses not to sell any or all Securities which such Other Securityholder may be entitled to sell under this Section 6.1, the Proposed Transferor may sell, in the same transaction, (x) additional shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock which such Other Securityholder is entitled to sell and the number of shares of Common Stock such Other Securityholder chooses to sell, if any, and (y) additional shares of Preferred Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares of Preferred Stock which such Other Securityholder is entitled to sell and the number of shares of Preferred Stock such Other Securityholder chooses to sell. Any such sales by any Other Securityholder shall be on the same terms and conditions as the proposed Tag-Along Sale by the Proposed Transferor. Each Other Securityholder whose Securities are sold in a Tag-Along Sale shall be required to bear a proportionate share of the expenses of the transaction, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees and expenses.
6.2 Notice of Tag-Along Opportunity . The Proposed Transferor participating in a Tag-Along Sale shall promptly (and in no event less than twenty (20) Business Days prior to the consummation thereof) provide the Company with notice (for purposes of this Section 6, the Proposed Transferor Notice ) of the proposed Tag-Along Sale (which the Company shall transmit to each Other Securityholder within three (3) Business Days after its receipt thereof) containing the following:
correspondingly reduced. In the event that the proposed transferee does not purchase the Securities of the Proposed Transferor, then the proposed Tag-Along Sale by the Other Securityholders to such proposed transferee shall not take place. If the Tag-Along Notice from any Other Securityholder is not received by the Proposed Transferor within the ten (10) Business Day period specified above in this Section 6.3, the Proposed Transferor shall have the right to transfer the Securities of Common Stock and Preferred Stock to the proposed transferee without any participation by such Other Securityholder, but only on the terms and conditions stated in the notice to such Other Securityholders or on terms and conditions no more favorable to the Proposed Transferor and only if a definitive and binding agreement to sell or otherwise transfer such Securities is entered into not later than thirty (30) days after the end of such ten (10) Business Day period specified above in this Section 6.3.
6.4 Application of Tag-Along Provisions . The provisions of this Section 6 shall not apply to:
6.5 Termination of Tag-Along Rights . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations provided for in this Section 6 shall terminate, with respect to all Securities held by each Other Securityholder, upon the occurrence of the Qualified IPO Date.
6.6 Restrictions Cumulative . The restrictions on transfer imposed by this Section 6 on any Securityholder shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the restrictions on transfer imposed by Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 7 and 8 of this Agreement to the extent the same are otherwise applicable to such Securityholder .
7.1 Grant of Irrevocable Proxy . Each Class A Securityholder (other than GEPT) hereby irrevocably appoints Holdings, and each of them (with full power of substitution), as such Class A Securityholders proxy and attorney in fact (each, in such capacity, a Proxy
Holder ) to vote and to give or withhold consent with respect to all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock (if any such rights exists) held by such Class A Securityholder from time to time in such manner as such Proxy Holder or Proxy Holders shall determine in their respective sole and absolute discretion, at any meeting (whether annual or special and whether or not an adjourned meeting) of the Company or by written consent or otherwise, giving and granting to the Proxy Holders all powers such Class A Securityholder would possess if personally present and hereby ratifying and confirming all that said Proxy Holders or either shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof, provided, however , that the foregoing proxy shall not apply to any action to be taken or consent to be given by any such Class A Securityholder, in its capacity as such, under the terms of Sections 11 and 12.2 of this Agreement and provided, further , that Holdings shall be prohibited from using any of such proxies to amend the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 11 and 12 hereof. Neither of the Proxy Holders shall have any liability to any Securityholder as a result of any action taken or failure to take action pursuant to the foregoing proxy except for any action or failure to take action not taken or omitted in good faith or which involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of applicable law. Each such Class A Securityholder represents that any proxies heretofore given by such Class A Securityholder in respect of its Securities are not irrevocable; any such prior proxies are hereby revoked. Each such Class A Securityholder hereby affirms that this irrevocable proxy is given in consideration for the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement and in connection with such Class A Securityholders subscription for its Securities and constitutes a material inducement to the Company and Holdings to approve such subscription, and that this irrevocable proxy is coupled with an interest and may, under no circumstances, be revoked. The Company hereby acknowledges receipt of and the validity of the foregoing irrevocable proxy, and agrees to recognize the Proxy Holders as the sole attorneys and proxies for each such Class A Securityholder at all times prior to the termination date of such irrevocable proxy as hereinafter provided in this Section 7. Each such Class A Securityholder intends that this irrevocable proxy is executed and intended to be irrevocable in accordance with the provisions of Section 212 of the Delaware General Corporation Law to the extent that the same is or may be applicable. The proxy granted by this Section 7 shall terminate with respect to any share of Common Stock or Preferred Stock held by any such Class A Securityholder only at such time as such share is no longer owned beneficially or of record by such Class A Securityholder or any of his, her or its Permitted Transferees.
7.2 Agreement of GEPT . GEPT hereby irrevocably agrees, with respect to any matter, to vote and to give or withhold consent with respect to all shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock held by GEPT as a Class A Securityholder from time to time in such manner as Holdings shall vote or give or withhold consent with respect to such matter; provided, however , that GEPT shall not be so obligated to the extent that it reasonably believes, based on advice of counsel, that its fiduciary duties under ERISA shall require otherwise; and provided, further , that the foregoing shall not apply to any action to be taken or consent to be given by GEPT, in its capacity as a Class A Securityholder, under the terms of Sections 11 and 12.2 of this Agreement. GEPT represents that it has not heretofore given any proxies in respect of its Securities, and agrees that so long as such Securities are subject to this Section 7.2, it will not grant any proxy to any Person in conflict with the provisions of this Section 7.2. GEPT hereby affirms that its agreement to vote its Securities set forth in this Section 7.2 is given in consideration for the mutual agreements contained in this Agreement and in connection with its subscription for its Securities and constitutes a material inducement to the Company and
Holdings to approve such subscription, and that this agreement to vote is coupled with an interest and may, under no circumstances, be revoked. The agreement set forth in this Section 7.2 shall terminate with respect to each Security only at such time as such Security is no longer owned beneficially or of record by GEPT or any of its Permitted Transferees.
8.1 Joint Call by Holdings and Ares . If (i) any Class A Securityholder is employed by the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or (ii) any Class A Securityholder is a consultant to the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries, and such employment or consulting relationship shall, during the Call Period, be terminated by the Company for Cause or be voluntarily terminated by such Class A Securityholder (in either case, a Call Event ), then Holdings and Ares shall have the option to purchase (the Call Option ) on a Pro Rata basis, at the Per Share Call Price, and such Class A Securityholder shall be required to sell, all or any portion of the Securities held by such Class A Securityholder (collectively, the Call Securities ), such option to be exercised within sixty (60) days after the Call Event by the giving of an exercise notice (the Call Notice ) to such Class A Securityholder (with a copy of such Call Notice to the Company).
8.2 Closing of Joint Call by Holdings and Ares . Subject to Section 8.4, if Holdings and/or Ares elect to purchase such Call Securities, each such purchasing entity shall be obligated to purchase, and such Class A Securityholder shall be obligated to sell, such Call Securities at a closing to be held on the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the giving of the Call Notice at the principal executive offices of the Company, or at such other time and place as may be mutually acceptable to each such purchasing entity and such selling Class A Securityholder. The closing of any such purchase by Holdings and/or Ares, as the case may be, may, at the election of the purchasers, be delayed up to thirty (30) Business Days in order to permit such acquisition of such Call Securities to be made in conformity with applicable laws, including the HSR Act.
8.3 Call by the Company . Subject to Section 8.4, if Holdings and/or Ares do not elect to purchase all of such Call Securities within the time limits specified in Section 8.1, then the Company shall have the option, exercisable by the delivery of an exercise notice (the Company Call Notice ) to such Class A Securityholder no later than fifteen (15) Business Days following the date of expiration of the sixty (60) day period specified in Section 8.1, to purchase, at the Per Share Call Price, all or any portion of the Call Securities specified in the Call Option and not purchased by Holdings and/or Ares. In the event that the Company elects to purchase the Call Securities pursuant to this Section 8.3, the Company will be obligated to purchase, and such Class A Securityholder shall be obligated to sell, such Call Securities at a closing to be held on the fifteenth (15th) Business Day after the delivery of the Company Call Notice to such Class A Securityholder at the principal executive offices of the Company, or at such other time and place as may be mutually acceptable to the Company and such selling Class A Securityholder. The closing of any such purchase by the Company may, at the election of the Company, be delayed up to thirty (30) Business Days in order to permit such acquisition of such Call Securities to be made in conformity with applicable laws, including the HSR Act.
8.4 Non-Exercise of Call . If Holdings, Ares and the Company elect not to purchase all of the Call Securities subject to the Call Event within the time limits specified above, then the sale of the Call Securities to Holdings, Ares and/or the Company shall be deemed revoked.
8.5 Closing Mechanics . At the closing of any purchase of Call Securities pursuant to this Section 8, the selling Class A Securityholder shall deliver certificates representing such Call Securities duly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by all requisite stock transfer taxes. Any Call Securities purchased pursuant to this Section 8 shall be transferred free and clear of any and all Liens (other than those arising under this Agreement) and at the Closing of the purchase the selling Class A Securityholder shall represent and warrant to such effect and to the effect that such selling Class A Securityholder is the beneficial owner of such Call Securities. The Person making such purchase shall deliver at such closing, by certified or bank check, payment in full for the Call Securities being purchased by such Person. At such closing, all of the parties to the transaction shall execute such additional documents as are otherwise reasonably necessary or appropriate, consistent with the terms hereof.
The Company agrees to afford to each Eligible Holder the registration rights set forth in Exhibit D hereto and each party hereby agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions included in Exhibit D hereto as if such terms and conditions were included in the body of this Agreement.
10.1 Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Section 10, the Company grants to GEPT, each Class B Securityholder and Class C Securityholder the right of first offer to purchase such Securityholders Pro-Rata Portion (as defined below) of any New Securities (as defined below), that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue (the Right of First Offer ). GEPTs, a Class B Securityholders or Class C Securityholders Pro Rata Portion in respect of any New Securities consisting of Common Stock or Preferred Stock or any rights, options or warrants to purchase the same shall be the ratio that (x) the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Securityholder or issuable to such Securityholder bears to (y) the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, in each case calculated on a fully-diluted basis. Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Section 10, any portion of the New Securities not purchased pursuant to the Right of First Offer may be sold to any other Person.
10.2 Definition of New Securities . Except as set forth below, New Securities shall mean any shares of capital stock of the Company, including Common Stock or Preferred Stock, whether authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into said shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, issued after the date hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Securities does not include (i) the shares of Series A Preferred which have been issued prior to the date hereof and shares of Series A Preferred, Series B Preferred or Series C Preferred to be issued by the Company concurrently with the execution of this Agreement; (ii) securities offered to the public generally pursuant to a registration
statement under the Securities Act; (iii) securities issued in connection with the acquisition of another corporation by the Company by merger, purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or shares or other reorganization whereby the Company or its stockholders own not less than a majority of the voting power of the surviving or successor corporation, provided such transaction is approved by the Board in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as then in effect; (iv) any shares of Common Stock or related options convertible into or exercisable for such Common Stock issued to employees, officers and directors of, and consultants to, the Company, pursuant to any of the Companys option plan or plans, provided that such shares of Common Stock shall not exceed the number of shares allocated or reserved for issuance under the Companys option plan or plans (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like); (v) stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization by the Company or (vi) shares of capital stock including Common Stock or Preferred Stock, issued or to be issued by the Company after April 12, 2004 to any Affiliate of AEP II or Holdings or any Co-Investor with an aggregate purchase price not to exceed $10,300,000.
10.3 Notice of Right . In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give to GEPT, each Class B Securityholder and Class C Securityholder written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities and the price and terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same and, if available, the definitive documents for such a financing (a Financing Notice ). GEPT and each Class B Securityholder and Class C Securityholder shall have ten (10) Business Days from the date of receipt of any such Financing Notice to agree to purchase, on a Pro Rata basis, such New Securities, for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice, by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (the Election Notice ).
10.4 Exercise of Right . If GEPT, any Class B Securityholder or Class C Securityholder exercises its Right of First Offer hereunder, the closing of the purchase of the New Securities with respect to which such right has been exercised shall take place within fifteen (15) Business Days after GEPT, such Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder gives notice of such exercise, which period of time may be delayed up to thirty (30) Business Days in order to permit such acquisition of such New Securities to be made in conformity with applicable laws, including the HSR Act. Upon exercise of such Right of First Offer, the Company and GEPT and/or such Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder shall be legally obligated to consummate the purchase contemplated thereby and shall use their best efforts to secure any approvals required in connection therewith.
10.5 Lapse and Reinstatement of Right . In the event GEPT, any Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder fails to exercise the Right of First Offer provided in this Section 10 within said ten (10) Business Day period, then GEPT or any other Class B Securityholder or Class C Securityholder, as the case may be, that elects to purchase all of its Pro Rata Portion of the New Securities in said ten (10) Business Day period shall have the option to purchase such unsubscribed shares of New Securities within fifteen (15) Business Days after GEPT, such Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder, as the case may be, receives notice from the Company of such unsubscribed shares, which period of time may be delayed up to thirty (30) Business Days in order to permit such acquisition of such New Securities to be made in conformity with applicable laws, including the HSR Act. In the event GEPT, any
Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder fails to exercise the Right of First Offer provided in this Section 10 to purchase all of the New Securities set forth in the Financing Notice within said ten (10) Business Day period, the Company shall have a period of three (3) months thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within thirty (30) Business Days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities not elected to be purchased by GEPT, such Class B Securityholder and/or Class C Securityholder at the price and upon terms no less favorable to the Company than those contained in the Financing Notice. In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities or entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities within said three (3) month period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within thirty (30) Business Days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities to GEPT, each Class B Securityholder and Class C Securityholder as provided in Section 10.1 above.
10.6 Termination of Right . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations provided in this Section 10 shall terminate upon the occurrence of a Qualified IPO.
11.1 Information Rights; Board Observer Rights and Consultation . In the event that the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Ares is less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Ares as of the Initial Date but not less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by Ares as of the Initial Date, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by Ares is less than 30% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by Ares as of the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), but not less than 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by Ares as of the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), and in the event that the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by GEPT is not less than 10% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by GEPT as of the Initial Date, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by GEPT is not less than 10% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned by GEPT as of the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), then
12. Termination .
Except for the provisions of Sections 9 and 13, which shall survive the expiration or other termination of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate on the earlier to occur of (a) June , 2014 and (b) upon the written approval of (i) the Company, (ii) Holdings so long as the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors is not less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors on the Initial Date and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors is not less than 30% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors on the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), (iii) Ares so long as the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates is not less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates on the Initial Date and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates is not less than 30% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates on the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), and (iv) the holders of a majority in voting interest of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and each such share being entitled to one vote per share, held by all the Securityholders (including Holdings and Ares); provided that any termination that would adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder (other than any termination that would adversely affect the rights of all Securityholders in the same manner) under this Agreement must be consented to by such Securityholder before such termination may be deemed effective against such Securityholder. A Securityholder shall cease to be deemed a Securityholder hereunder, and shall no longer be a party to this Agreement, at such time as such Securityholder ceases to own any Securities.
13.1 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware without regard to principles of conflicts of law.
13.2 Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement (including the exhibits hereto) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified or amended except by a written agreement signed by (a) the Company, (b) Holdings so long as the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors is not less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors on the Initial Date and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors is not less than 30% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Holdings, its Affiliates and Co-Investors on the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), (c) Ares so long as the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates is not less than 30% of the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates on the Initial Date and the number of shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned collectively by Ares and its Affiliates is not less than 30% of the shares of Preferred Stock beneficially owned
collectively by Ares and its Affiliates on the Initial Date (other than by reason of the redemption of the Preferred Stock), and (d) the holders of a majority in interest of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and each such share being entitled to one vote per share, held by the Securityholders; provided that no amendment shall be made to Sections 7.2, 11 (solely with respect to the rights of GEPT as set forth therein) and 13.15 hereof without the consent of GEPT and provided further that any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder (other than any amendment that would adversely affect the rights of all Securityholders in the same manner) under this Agreement must be consented to by such Securityholder before such amendment may be deemed effective against such Securityholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the subscription rights set forth in Section 10 and subject to any limitations set forth in its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the Company shall have the right, from and after the date hereof, in the sole discretion of the Board, to issue shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, or Options or Warrants to purchase or securities convertible into such shares, to any Person (whether or not such Person is already party to this Agreement) and to cause such securities and such Persons (to the extent not already subject to this Agreement) to become subject to this Agreement (including, at the option of the Company, the designation of any of such securities as Registrable Securities) and as a Securityholder of whatever class as the Company may determine, respectively.
13.3 Legend on Stock Certificates . Each certificate representing Securities which are subject to this Agreement shall be endorsed with a legend substantially to the following effect (in addition to any legend required by applicable state securities or blue sky laws):
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER THAT ACT AND UNDER APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. (THE COMPANY) SHALL HAVE RECEIVED AN OPINION OF ITS COUNSEL THAT REGISTRATION OF SUCH SECURITIES UNDER THAT ACT AND UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS IS NOT REQUIRED. THE SALE, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF THE SECURITIES IS ALSO SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JUNE 30, 2004, AS SUPPLEMENTED, MODIFIED AND AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, AMONG THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDERS, OPTIONHOLDERS AND WARRANTHOLDERS SIGNATORY THERETO, A COPY OF WHICH AGREEMENT IS AVAILABLE FOR INSPECTION DURING REGULAR BUSINESS HOURS AT THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES OF THE COMPANY.
Any stock certificate issued at any time in exchange or substitution for any certificate bearing such legend (except a new certificate issued upon the completion of a public distribution of securities of the Company represented thereby) shall also bear such legend, unless the restrictions contained in Sections 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 of this Agreement are no longer in effect and, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, the Securities represented thereby need no longer be subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2 of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Securityholders and all subsequent holders of Securities who acquired the same directly or indirectly from a Securityholder in a transaction or series of transactions not involving any public offering. The Company agrees that it will not transfer on its books any certificate representing Securities in violation of the provisions of this Agreement.
13.4 Specific Performance . Due to the fact that the securities of the Company cannot be readily purchased or sold in the open market, and for other reasons, the parties will be irreparably damaged in the event that this Agreement is not specifically enforced. In the event of a breach or threatened breach of the terms, covenants and/or conditions of this Agreement by any of the parties hereto, the other parties shall, in addition to all other remedies, be entitled (without any bond or other security being required) to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without showing any actual damage or that monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and/or a decree for specific performance, in accordance with the provisions hereof.
13.5 Waiver . No waiver of any breach or default hereunder shall be considered valid unless in writing, and no such waiver shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of the same or similar nature. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, any waiver, consent or other instrument under or pursuant to this Agreement signed by, or binding upon, a Securityholder shall be valid and binding upon any and all persons or entities (other than the Company) who may, at any time, have or claim any rights under or pursuant to this Agreement in respect of the Securities originally acquired by such Securityholder.
13.6 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and the Securityholders and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.
13.7 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall attach only to such provision and shall not in any manner affect or render invalid or unenforceable any other severable provision of this Agreement, and this Agreement shall be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision were not contained herein.
13.8 Headings . The section headings contained herein are for the purposes of convenience of reference only and are not intended to define or limit the contents of said sections.
13.9 Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall cooperate and shall take such further action and shall execute and deliver such further documents as may be reasonably requested by any other party in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.
13.10 Gender . Whenever the pronouns he or his are used herein they shall also be deemed to mean she or hers or it or its whenever applicable. Words in the singular shall be read and construed as though in the plural and words in the plural shall be construed as though in the singular in all cases where they would so apply.
13.11 Notices . Any notice or other communication to be given hereunder by any party to any other party shall be in writing and delivered in person or by courier or by facsimile transmission or by mail, postage prepaid, as follows:
13.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes, but all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.
proceeding and have a final decision from the arbitrator within ninety (90) days from the date of selection of the arbitrator; provided, however , that the arbitrator shall be entitled to extend such ninety (90) day period one or more times to the extent necessary for such arbitrator to place a dollar value on any claim that may be unliquidated. The arbitrator shall promptly deliver a decision with respect to the dispute to each of the parties, who shall promptly act in accordance therewith. Each party to such arbitration agrees that any decision of the arbitrator shall be final, conclusive and binding and that they will not contest any action by any other party thereto in accordance with a decision of the arbitrator. It is specifically understood and agreed that any party may enforce any award rendered pursuant to the arbitration provisions of this Section 13.13 by bringing suit in any court of competent jurisdiction. The parties hereto agree that the arbitrator shall have authority to grant injunctive or other forms of equitable relief to any party that prevails in any such arbitration.
13.14 Effective Date . The effective date of this Agreement shall be the Initial Date, and each reference herein to the date of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a reference to the Initial Date.
13.15 GEPT Liability . Any monetary obligation or liability of GEPT under this Agreement shall be enforced solely against the assets of GEPT and not against the Trustees of GEPT or General Electric Company or any affiliate thereof. In addition, all references to and provisions of this Agreement relating to GEPT shall apply and be effective only upon GEPT becoming a party to and subject to this Agreement as a Securityholder.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
THE COMPANY: |
|||
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
|
Name: |
James L. Janik |
|
|
|
Title: |
President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
THE CLASS A SECURITYHOLDERS: |
|||||
|
|
|||||
|
|
|||||
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS EQUITY PARTNERS L.P. |
|||||
|
By: |
Aurora Advisors II LLC,
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|||
|
Richard K. Roeder, Vice President |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
GENERAL ELECTRIC PENSION TRUST |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
GE ASSET MANAGEMENT INCORPORATED,
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
/s/ David W. Widerecht |
|||
|
Name: |
David W. Wiederecht |
||||
|
Title: |
Vice President |
||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
AURORA CAPITAL GROUP
401(k) PLAN
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|||||
|
By: |
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|||
|
|
Richard K. Roeder, Trustee |
||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
AURORA CAPITAL GROUP
401(k) PLAN
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|||
|
|
Richard K. Roeder, Trustee |
||||
|
AURORA CAPITAL GROUP
401(k) PLAN
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|
|
|
Richard K. Roeder, Trustee |
|
JAMES D. AND MARIA D. HODGSON INTERVIVOS PERSONAL TRUST |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
/s/James. D. Hodgson |
|
|
|
James Hodgson, Trustee |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
DALE FREY FAMILY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
/s/ Dale Frey |
||
|
|
Dale Frey, General Partner |
||
|
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|
Richard K. Roeder |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Richard R. Crowell |
|
Richard R. Crowell |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Lawrence A. Bossidy |
|
Lawrence Bossidy |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert Anderson |
|
Robert Anderson |
|
THE CLASS B SECURITYHOLDERS: |
|||
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, LLC |
|||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
/s/ Richard K. Roeder |
|
|
|
Name: |
Richard K. Roeder |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President and Secretary |
|
|
THE CLASS C SECURITYHOLDERS: |
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P. |
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
By: |
ACOF Management, L.P., its general partner |
||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
|
By: |
ACOF Operating Manager, L.P., its general partner |
|||||
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
By: |
Ares Management, Inc., its general partner |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ Jeff Serota |
||
|
|
Name: |
Jeff Serota |
|||||
|
|
Title: |
Partner |
|||||
EXHIBIT A
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.
Class A Securityholders
as of February 12, 2010
Name
and Address of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Options
to
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Dynamics Equity Partners L.P.
|
|
1,460 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated Co-Investor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (310) 551-0101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.: (310) 277-5591 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson, Dunn &
Crutcher LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (213) 229-7979 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.: (213) 229-7520 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Electric Pension Trust
|
|
92,500 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated Co Investor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
City National Bank Trustee for the
Aurora Capital Group 401(k) Plan
|
|
1,250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Designated Co-Investor |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (619) 645-3464 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telecopy No.: (619) 645-3478; or |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(619) 545-3463 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
and Address of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Options
to
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Anderson, Jr. Revocable Trust dated
2/10/97, Robert Anderson, Jr., Trustee
|
|
62.50 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: 310-860-7055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Anderson Living Trust restated 2/21/06,
f/b/o Kathleen Thomas
|
|
62.50 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: 310-860-7055 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James D. and Maria D. Hodgson Intervivos Personal Trust |
|
50 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dale Frey Family Limited Partnership |
|
500 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lawrence Bossidy |
|
750 |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James R. Roethle |
|
3,016 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Flemming H. Smitsdorff |
|
2,445 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond S. Littlefield |
|
1,630 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ralph R. Gould |
|
1,630 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James L. Janik |
|
None |
|
18,103 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bob McCormick |
|
None |
|
4,908 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Adamson |
|
None |
|
5,000 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jack Peiffer |
|
None |
|
2,062 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
Name
and Address of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Options
to
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael Wickham |
|
None |
|
2,062 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Anderson |
|
None |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert Anderson |
|
None |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Simon Ramo |
|
None |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James Hodgson |
|
None |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dale Frey |
|
None |
|
250 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
EXHIBIT B
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.
Class B Securityholders
as of February 12, 2010
Name
and Address of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
Shares
of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aurora Equity Partners II L.P.
(Successor
in Interest from dissolution of Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC, formerly
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, LLC)
|
|
296,070 |
|
None |
|
1 |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (310) 551-0101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (213) 229-7979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aurora
Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P.
|
|
3,930 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (310) 551-0101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (213) 229-7979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT C
Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc.
Class C Securityholders
as of February 12, 2010
Name
and Address of
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Options to
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Shares of
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ares
Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P.
|
|
200,000 |
|
857 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (310) 201-4100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.: (212) 751-3000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT D
Registration Rights
1. Piggy-Back Registration .
(a) Right to Include Registrable Securities . If the Company at any time following a Qualified IPO, proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Act (other than by a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar forms), whether or not for sale for its own account, in a manner which would permit registration of Registrable Securities for sale to the public under the Act, then the Company will each such time give prompt written notice (which shall be at least thirty (30) days prior to filing) to all Eligible Holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to do so, of such Eligible Holders rights under this Paragraph 1 and, to the extent such information is available, of the type and number of equity securities to be registered, the distribution arrangements and if the offering is underwritten the proposed price and identity of the lead underwriter(s). Upon the written request of any such Eligible Holder made within twenty (20) days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such Eligible Holder and the intended method of disposition thereof), the Company will use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Act of all Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the holders thereof, to the extent requisite to permit the disposition (in accordance with the intended methods thereof as aforesaid) of the Registrable Securities so to be registered, by inclusion of such Registrable Securities in the registration statement which covers the securities which the Company proposes to register or in a separate registration statement concurrently filed and on terms substantially the same as those being offered to the Company; provided, however, that if, at any time after giving written notice of its intention to register any securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register or to delay registration of such securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each Eligible Holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon:
(i) in the case of a determination not to register, shall be relieved of its obligation to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but not from its obligation to pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), and
(ii) in the case of a delay in registering, shall be permitted to delay registering any Registrable Securities for the same period as the delay in registering such other securities.
(b) Priority in Piggy-Back Registrations . If a registration pursuant to this Paragraph 1 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that, in its opinion, the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the offering, the Company will include in such registration to the extent of the number which the
Company is so advised can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the offering, securities determined as follows:
(i) first, the securities proposed by the Company to be sold for its own account,
(ii) second, any Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the holders thereof requesting such registration on the basis of the number of shares of such securities requested to be included by such holders, and
(iii) third, any other securities of the Company proposed to be included in such registration statement in accordance with the priorities, if any, then existing among the holders of such securities.
2. Demand Registration Right of Certain Securityholders .
(a) Right to Require Registration . Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 2, at any time after the date 6 months following a Qualified IPO, any Holder of 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock (a Demand Holder ) shall have the right to require the Company to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for a public offering of all or any portion of the Registrable Securities held by such Holder when such right is exercised (the shares subject to the demand, the Registration Demand Securities ), provided that any request for a Demand Registration (as defined below) shall not be otherwise deemed to be effective unless such request is with respect to Registrable Securities constituting at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of the class of Registrable Securities. The demand registration rights granted to the Demand Holders in this Paragraph 2 are subject to the following limitations: (i) each Demand Holder may make a demand under this Paragraph 2 only two (2) times (a Demand Registration ); (ii) the Company shall not be obligated to cause any registration statement filed under this Paragraph 2 to be declared effective less than six months after the effective date of the most recent registration statement filed by the Company on its own behalf; (iii) the managing underwriter of any such offering shall be a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the Company and approved by the Demand Holder making the Demand Registration (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld); (iv) notwithstanding the giving of notice by a Demand Holder of the exercise of its right to require registration under this Paragraph 2, the Company may elect to convert such registration into a registration of shares for sale by the Company pursuant to Paragraph 1 hereof by providing notice to the Securityholders in accordance with Paragraph 1, and in such event the provisions of Paragraph 1 shall apply to such registration rather than the provisions of this Paragraph 2 and such registration shall not count as a Demand Registration; (v) during any two-year period, the Company may make a one-time election to postpone the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration for up to six months if the Board determines, in its good faith judgment, that (x) such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on, interfere with or delay any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its subsidiaries to engage in any acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or any merger, consolidation, tender offer or similar transaction, (y) the filing of a registration statement or a sale of Registrable Securities pursuant thereto would require disclosure of material information
that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) the Company is unable to comply with the registration requirements of the Commission; provided , that, in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration will be entitled to withdraw such request and, if such request is withdrawn, such request for Demand Registration will not count as a request for Demand Registration hereunder and the Company will pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such withdrawn registration request; and (vi) any demand under this Paragraph 2 shall be for a firm commitment underwritten offering, with respect to which the Company shall be required to maintain an effective registration statement for a maximum of 90 days.
(b) Notice of Exercise of Demand Registration Right; Participation Rights . Any Demand Holder shall provide written notice to the Company of the Demand Registration (which notice shall state the number of shares of Registrable Securities the Demand Holder desires the Company to register and the intended method of disposition of such securities), and the Company promptly shall provide written notice of such Demand Registration to all of the other Securityholders and all of the Securityholders then will have the opportunity to include in the offering shares of Registrable Securities then owned by such Securityholders, but in each case only to the extent permitted by Paragraph 2(c) below. In addition, subject to Paragraph 2(c) below, the Company may elect to include in any registration statement and offering pursuant to this Paragraph 2 newly issued shares of Registrable Securities. Solely for purposes of Paragraphs 3 through 9 below, any securities registered pursuant to this Paragraph 2 shall be deemed to be Registrable Securities.
(c) Priority . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the registration pursuant to this Paragraph 2 involves an underwritten offering and the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that the number of shares of Registrable Securities desired to be offered by the Company or Securityholders other than the Demand Holder (the Other Sellers ) together with the Registration Demand Securities of the Demand Holder exceeds the maximum number of such shares which the managing underwriter considers, in good faith, to be appropriate based on market conditions and other relevant factors (including, without limitation, pricing) (the Maximum Number ), then the securities proposed to be included by the Company shall be excluded from such registration before any such securities of the Demand Holder or the Other Sellers. If, and to the extent that, after exclusion of the securities proposed to be included by the Company, the Registration Demand Securities proposed to be included by the Demand Holder and the securities proposed to be included by the Other Sellers exceeds the Maximum Number, then the Registration Demand Securities proposed to be included by the Demand Holder and the securities proposed to be included by the Other Sellers that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all Securityholders thereof, including the Demand Holder, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities owned by each Securityholder; provided , however , that the number of Registration Demand Securities to be included in such underwriting is not reduced below thirty-five percent (35%) percent of the aggregate number of Registration Demand Securities for which inclusion has been requested by the Demand Holder. Each of the Demand Holder, the Other Sellers and the Company (in the event that any securities are to be offered by the Company) may withdraw from any demand registration pursuant to this Paragraph 2 by giving written notice to the Company prior to the effective date of such registration statement and, in the event of a withdrawal by the Demand Holder, such withdrawn Demand Registration shall not be deemed to be a Demand Registration counting against the
maximum of two Demand Registrations set forth in Paragraph 2(a) if the Demand Holder pays or promptly reimburses the Company for all Registration Expenses incurred by the Company in connection with such withdrawn Demand Registration.
3. Registration Procedures . If and whenever the Company is required to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Act as provided in Paragraph 1 or 2, the Company will, subject to the terms and conditions of Paragraph 1 or 2:
(a) prepare and file with the Commission as expeditiously as possible (and, in any event, within ninety (90) days), the requisite registration statement to effect such registration and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; provided, however, that as provided in Paragraph 1 and 2 hereof, the Company may discontinue any registration of its securities at any time prior to the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto;
(b) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective and to comply with the provisions of the Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement until the earlier of such time as all of such securities have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the seller or sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement or the expiration of ninety (90) days after such registration statement becomes effective; provided , however , that if less than all the Registrable Securities are withdrawn from registration after the expiration of such period, the shares so withdrawn shall be allocated pro rata among the holders thereof on the basis of the respective numbers of Registrable Securities held by them included in such registration;
(c) promptly furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), such number of copies of the prospectus contained in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and such other documents as such seller may reasonably request;
(d) use its best efforts to register or qualify, prior to the effective date of such registration, all Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such registration statement under such securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller thereof shall reasonably request, to keep such registration or qualification in effect for so long as such registration statement remains in effect, and take any other action which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of the securities owned by such seller, except that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to:
(i) qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not but for the requirements of this Paragraph 2(d) be obligated to be so qualified,
(ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or
(iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction;
(e) use its best efforts to cause, prior to the effective date of such registration statement, all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;
(f) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement a signed counterpart, addressed to such seller (and the underwriters, if any), of:
(i) an opinion of counsel for the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion of counsel for the Company dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to such seller, and
(ii) a comfort letter, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a comfort letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the independent public accountants who have certified the Companys financial statements included in such registration statement,
covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of the accountants letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuers counsel and in accountants letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and, in the case of the accountants letter, such other financial matters as such seller or such holder (or the underwriters, if any) may reasonably request;
(g) immediately notify each holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement, at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Act, of the happening of any event or the existence of any condition as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, or if in the opinion of counsel for the Company it is necessary to supplement or amend such prospectus to comply with law and, at the request of any such holder promptly prepare and furnish to such holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made or such prospectus, as supplemented or amended, shall comply with law;
(h) otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably
practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months, but not more than eighteen (18) months, beginning with the first full calendar month after the effective date of such registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and not file any amendment or supplement to such registration statement or prospectus to which any such seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such amendment or supplement does not comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Act or of the rules or regulations thereunder, having been furnished with a copy thereof at least five (5) business days prior to the filing thereof;
(i) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement not later than the effective date of such registration statement;
(j) use its best efforts to list, not later than the effective date of such registration statement, all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement on any securities exchange on which any of the Registrable Securities are then listed or any other trading market on which any of the Registrable Securities are then admitted for trading; and
(k) pay all Registration Expenses relating to any such registration.
The Company may require each seller of Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to furnish the Company with such information and undertakings as it may reasonably request regarding such seller and the distribution of such securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.
Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities as follows:
(A) that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Paragraph 3(g), such holder will forthwith discontinue such holders disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement relating to such Registrable Securities until such holders receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Paragraph 3(g) and, if so directed by the Company, will deliver to the Company (at the Companys expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such holders possession of the prospectus relating to such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, and
(B) that it will immediately notify the Company, at any time when a prospectus relating to the registration of such Registrable Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which information previously furnished by such holder to the Company in writing for inclusion in such prospectus contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made.
In the event the Company or any such holder shall give any such notice, the period referred to in Paragraph 3(h) shall be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during the period from and including the giving of notice pursuant to Paragraph 3(g) to and including the
date when each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Paragraph 3(h).
4. Underwritten Offerings .
(a) Underwriting Agreement . If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Act as contemplated by Paragraph 1 or 2 and such securities are to be distributed by or through one or more underwriters, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 1(b) or 2(c), use its best efforts to arrange for such underwriters to include the Registrable Securities to be offered and sold by a holder who elects to exercise his rights pursuant to Paragraph 1(a) or 2(a) or (b) among the securities to be distributed by such underwriters for and on the same price, terms, and conditions offered to the Company, and each holder of Registrable Securities agrees, by acquisition of such Registrable Securities, that all Registrable Securities of such holder to be included in such registration shall be distributed and sold through such underwriters. The holders of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriters shall be parties to the underwriting agreement between the Company and such underwriters and may, at their option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the other agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such holders of Registrable Securities and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such holders of Registrable Securities. The Company will use its best efforts to ensure that no underwriter shall require any holder of Registrable Securities to make any representations or warranties to or agreements, including indemnification obligations, with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements, including indemnification obligations, regarding such holder and such holders intended method of distribution and any other representation required by law, and, despite the Companys best efforts, if an underwriter requires any holder of Registrable Securities to make additional representation or warranties to or agreements, including indemnification obligations, with such underwriter, such holder may elect not to participate in such underwritten offering (but shall not have any claims against the Company as a result of such election).
(b) Selection of Underwriters . The selection of the underwriter or underwriters for the public offering to be made pursuant to a registration statement filed under Paragraph 1 above shall be made by the Company, in its sole discretion, from amongst underwriting firms of national reputation. Notwithstanding anything else in this Exhibit D to the contrary, if General Electric Pension Trust (GEPT) is eligible to participate in an underwriting pursuant to the terms hereof and the General Electric Company is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding equity interests of an underwriter or underwriters acting in such underwriting, GEPT shall have the absolute right to disapprove such underwriter or underwriters so owned by General Electric Company.
(c) Holdback Agreements .
(i) Whether or not a holder of Registrable Securities participates in a registration pursuant to Paragraph 1, such holder agrees by acquisition of its Registrable Securities, if so requested by the Company or required by the
managing underwriter, not to effect any public sale or distribution of such securities or sales of such securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or otherwise, (I) during the later to occur of (A) thirty (30) days prior to any firm commitment underwritten registration pursuant to Paragraph 1 has become effective or (B) such period of time after which a written notice has been provided by the Company to such holder of an intention to undertake a firm commitment underwritten registration pursuant to Paragraph 1, and (II) the ninety (90) days after any firm commitment underwritten registration pursuant to Paragraph 1 has become effective; provided , however , that either the Company or such managing underwriter shall be entitled, in its discretion, to extend the period during which the sale or distribution of Registrable Securities is restricted pursuant to this paragraph by up to an additional one hundred and twenty (120) days following the effective date of any such registration; provided, further, that this paragraph (i) shall not apply (x) to any holder unless all executive officers and directors and greater than five percent (5%) stockholders of the Company enter into similar agreements or (y) for a period in excess of 120 days in the aggregate without first obtaining the consent of each holder affected thereby.
(ii) The Company agrees:
(A) not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities during the seven (7) days prior to and the ninety (90) days after any firm commitment underwritten registration pursuant to Paragraph 1 or 2 has become effective, except as part of such underwritten registration and except pursuant to registrations on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or any successor or similar forms thereto, and
(B) to use its best efforts to cause each holder of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, in each case purchased from the Company at any time after the date hereof (other than in a public offering) to agree not to effect any such public sale or distribution of such securities, during such period or, in either case, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that in its opinion, no such public sale or distribution should be effected for a specified period longer than ninety (90) days after such underwritten registration in order to complete the sale and distribution of securities included in such registration, during a reasonably longer period after such underwritten registration, except as part of such underwritten registration.
5. Preparation; Reasonable Investigation . In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement under the Act, the Company will give the holders of Registrable Securities registered under such registration statement, their underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel and accountants, the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and will give each of them such access to its books and records and such opportunities to discuss the business, finances and accounts of the
Company and its subsidiaries with its officers, directors and the independent public accountants who have certified its financial statements as shall be necessary, in the opinion of such holders and such underwriters respective counsel, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of the Act.
6. Certain Rights of Holders . The Company will not file any registration statement under the Act which refers to any holder of Registrable Securities by name or otherwise without the prior written approval of such holder, which may not be unreasonably withheld.
7. Indemnification .
(a) Indemnification by the Company . In the event of any registration of any securities of the Company under the Act, the Company will, and hereby does, indemnify and hold harmless the seller of any Registrable Securities covered by any registration statement filed pursuant to Paragraph 1 or 2, its directors, officers, partners, employees, agents and investment advisors, each other Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and each other Person, if any, who controls such seller or any such underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several (or actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, in respect thereof) (collectively, Claims ), to which such seller or any such director or officer or employee or agent or investment advisor or underwriter or controlling person may become subject under either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such Claims arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which such securities were registered under the Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Company is required to keep the registration statement current) (collectively, Registration Documents ), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made, or any violation by the Company of the Act or any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Act or any state securities law, or any other law applicable to the Company relating to any such registration or qualification, and the Company will reimburse such seller and each such director, officer, employee, agent, investment advisor, underwriter and controlling person for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such Claim; provided , however , that the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such Claim or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in any such Registration Document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through an instrument duly executed by such seller stating that it is for use in the preparation thereof; provided, further , that the Company shall not be liable to any Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of Registrable Securities or any other Person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (or the selling holder of Registrable Securities, if the sale is not made through an underwriter) in any such case to the extent that any such Claim or expense arises out of such Persons failure to send or give a copy of the final prospectus to the Person claiming an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission at or
prior to the written confirmation of the sale of Registrable Securities to such Person if such statement or omission was corrected in such final prospectus. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of such seller or any such director, officer, employee, agent, investment advisor, partner, underwriter or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller.
(b) Indemnification by the Sellers . The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Paragraph 1 or 2, that the Company shall have received an undertaking satisfactory to it from the prospective seller of such securities, to indemnify and hold harmless (in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in this Paragraph 7(b)) the Company, each director of the Company, each officer of the Company and each other person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each underwriter participating in any distribution being made pursuant to such registration statement, with respect to any statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission from such Registration Document, if such statement or alleged statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company through an instrument duly executed by such seller specifically stating that it is for use in the preparation of such Registration Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any selling stockholder or any director, officer, employee, agent, investment advisor or controlling person thereof be liable to indemnify the Company pursuant to this Paragraph 7(b) in an amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds of the Registrable Securities sold by him, her or it in any such offering. Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company of any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such securities by such seller. The Company shall use its best efforts to ensure that no underwriter shall require any holder of Registrable Securities to provide any indemnification other than that provided hereinabove in this Paragraph 7(b), and, if, despite the Companys best efforts, an underwriter requires any holder of Registrable Securities to provide additional indemnification, such holder may elect not to participate in such underwritten offering (but shall not have any claim against the Company as a result of such election).
(c) Notices of Claims, etc . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a Claim referred to in the preceding subdivisions of this Paragraph 7, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the latter of the commencement of such action; provided , however , that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding subdivisions of this Paragraph 7, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, unless in such indemnified partys reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist in respect of such claim, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently
incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which an indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought under Paragraph 7(a) without the consent of the indemnified party which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.
(d) Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding subdivisions of this Paragraph 7 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration or other qualification of securities under any Federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority, other than the Act. If the indemnification provided for in Paragraphs 7(a), (b) or (c) is unavailable to an indemnified party or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party or parties on the other hand from the offering of the securities or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the indemnified party or parties on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , that in no event shall any contribution by the selling stockholder or any director, officer, employee, agent, investment advisor or controlling person thereof pursuant to this Paragraph 7(d) exceed the amount of the net proceeds of the Registrable Securities sold by him, her or it in any such offering.
(e) Indemnification Payments . The indemnification required by this Paragraph 7 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expense, loss, damage or liability is incurred.
8. Adjustment Affecting Registrable Securities . The Company will not effect or permit to occur any combination or subdivision of shares which would adversely affect the ability of the holders of Registrable Securities to effect the registration of such securities in the manner contemplated by these registration rights provisions.
9. Covenants Relating to Rule 144 . At all times after the effective date of the registration statement under the Act of the initial underwritten public offering of Common Stock, and until such time as all of the Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities, the Company will file reports in compliance with the Exchange Act and will, at its expense, forthwith upon the request of any holder of Restricted Securities (as defined in Rule 144 (or any successor provision under the Act)), deliver to such holder a certificate, signed by the Companys principal financial officer, stating:
(a) the Companys name, address and telephone number (including area code);
(b) the Companys Internal Revenue Service identification number;
(c) the Companys Commission file number;
(d) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding as shown by the most recent report or statement published by the Company; and
(e) whether the Company has filed the reports required to be filed under the Exchange Act for a period of at least ninety (90) days prior to the date of such certificate and in addition has filed the most recent annual report required to be filed thereunder.
Exhibit 10.25
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT
AMONG
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC.
AND
CERTAIN OF ITS
STOCKHOLDERS, OPTIONHOLDERS AND WARRANTHOLDERS
DATED AS OF JUNE 30, 2004
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDERS AGREEMENT (the Amendment), dated as of December 27, 2004, is being entered into by and among Douglas Dynamics Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Ares Corporate Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and the holders of a majority in voting interests of the Common Stock and Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class, held by the Securityholders. All capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement (as defined below).
R E C I T A L S
WHEREAS, the Company and the Securityholders are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement dated as of June 30, 2004 (the Agreement);
WHEREAS, Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC (formerly known as Douglas Dynamics Holdings, LLC), the Class B Securityholder party to the Agreement, shall be dissolved contemporaneously with the execution of this Amendment and the Securities held by it shall be distributed to its members (each a Permitted Transferee), Aurora Equity Partners II L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership, each of which shall contemporaneously execute an Addendum to Securityholders Agreement agreeing to be designated a Securityholder and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement;
WHEREAS, in connection with such dissolution of Aurora Industrial Holdings LLC, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Amendment to amend the Agreement as set forth below; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 13.2 of the Agreement, the Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented by written agreement of the parties hereto.
A G R E E M E N T
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
A. Amendment to the Agreement
1. The following defined terms shall be added to Section 1.1 of the Agreement:
AOEP II means Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II, L.P., a Cayman Islands limited partnership.
Aurora Entities means AEP II and AOEP II.
2. The defined term Holdings in Section 1.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety.
3. All references to Holdings in the Agreement shall be amended to refer to the Aurora Entities.
4. Exhibit B of the Agreement shall be amended and restated in its entirety as set forth on Attachment A attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.
B. Miscellaneous
1. Except as amended as set forth above, the Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.
2. This Amendment may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall be deemed one and the same document.
[Signature Page follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Securityholders Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
COMPANY : |
|
|
|
|
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ James L. Janik |
|
Name: James L. Janik |
|
|
Title: President and Chief Executive Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECURITYHOLDERS: |
|
|
|
|
|
AURORA INDUSTRIAL HOLDINGS LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ R K Roeder |
|
Name: Richard K. Roeder |
|
|
Title: Secretary |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARES CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
ACOF Management, L.P., its general partner |
|
|
|
|
By: |
ACOF Operating Manager, L.P., its general partner |
|
|
|
|
By: |
Ares Management Inc., its general partner |
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jeffrey Serota |
|
Name: Jeffrey Serota |
|
|
Title: |
ATTACHMENT A
EXHIBIT B
Class B Securityholders
as of December 27, 2004
Name and Address of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
Aurora Equity Partners II L.P.
|
|
296,070 |
|
5,581 |
|
One |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
(310) 551-0101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
(213) 229-7979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Address of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
|
Number of
|
Aurora Overseas Equity Partners II,
L.P.
|
|
3,930 |
|
74 |
|
None |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
(310) 551-0101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
With copies of any notice to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gibson, Dunn & Crutcher LLP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone No.:
(213) 229-7979
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.27
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC. INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
This INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT, dated as of , 2010 (this Agreement ), is by and between Douglas Dynamics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and the individual whose name appears below on the signature page ( Indemnitee ).
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors has determined that the inability to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers is detrimental to the best interests of the Companys stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there shall be adequate certainty of protection through insurance and indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the Company; and
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted provisions in its Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws providing for indemnification and advancement of expenses of its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, and the Company wishes to clarify and enhance the rights and obligations of the Company and Indemnitee with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses; and
WHEREAS, in order to induce and encourage highly experienced and capable persons such as Indemnitee to serve and continue to serve as directors and officers of the Company and in any other capacity with respect to the Company as the Company may request (including, without limitation, as directors and officers of direct and indirect subsidiaries of the Company), and to otherwise promote the desirable end that such persons shall resist what they consider unjustified lawsuits and claims made against them in connection with the good faith performance of their duties to the Company, with the knowledge that certain costs, judgments, penalties, fines, liabilities and expenses incurred by them in their defense of such litigation are to be borne by the Company and they shall receive the maximum protection against such risks and liabilities as may be afforded by applicable law, the Board of Directors of the Company has determined that the following Agreement is reasonable and prudent to promote and ensure the best interests of the Company and its stockholders; and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to have Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company and in such other capacity with respect to the Company as the Company may request, as the case may be, free from undue concern for unpredictable, inappropriate or unreasonable legal risks and personal liabilities by reason of Indemnitee acting in good faith in the performance of Indemnitees duty to the Company; and Indemnitee desires to serve or continue so to serve the Company, provided , and on the express condition, that he or she is furnished with the indemnity set forth hereinafter.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of Indemnitees continued service as a director or officer of the Company, the parties hereto agree as follows:
[Signature Page Follows.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on and as of the day and year first above written.
|
DOUGLAS DYNAMICS, INC. |
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
Name: |
|
|
Signature Page to Douglas Dynamics, Inc. Indemnification Agreement
Douglas Dynamics, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company
Douglas Dynamics Finance Company, a Delaware corporation
Fisher, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated March 8, 2010, in this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-164590) and related Prospectus of Douglas Dynamics, Inc. for the registration of shares of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP | ||
Milwaukee, Wisconsin March 8, 2010 |
|
|